2023 RDX
Owner’s Manual
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 0 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is
uploaded to Acura upon vehicle start up.
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
NOTICE
Software End User License Agreement
Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by
the End User License Agreement in this Owner’s Manual, and
which contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End
User License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing
your use of the installed software, as well as the applications,
services, functions, and content provided through the software.
Your use of the installed software will serve as your consent to the
terms and conditions of the End User License Agreement.
You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software
by sending a signed, written notice to Acura at American Honda
Motor Co., Inc., Acura Client Relations, Mail Stop CHI-4, 1919
Torrance Blvd., Torrance, CA 90501-2746.
Privacy Notice
This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage
this setting, visit www.acuralink.com/vehicle-data-choices.
To learn more about how we collect and use Personal
Information, please read our Privacy Policy, accessible
at www.acura.com.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 1 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
System Updates Terms and Conditions
General
Your vehicle has an application that allows your 10.25-in. Color
Touchscreen to automatically search for Acura software updates
that are specific to your 10.25-in. Color Touchscreen and its
connected devices (initially every one (1) week via Wi-Fi or every
four (4) weeks via Telematics Control Unit (TCU)
*
, queries may
occur more or less frequently due to internet outages, retries, direct
user action, WAP push from the server or a change in query policy
on the Honda servers). This application periodically transmits to our
servers a limited amount of vehicle and device information (Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), the Model Type (MT) Identification
Number, Hardware and Software Part Number, Serial Number,
Software Version, preferred language, Internet Protocol (IP)
address, Transaction Log (alert or update viewing, update
download and installation, software status), etc.). When the
application finds an update from the server, the application initially
asks permission to download and install the update. Where
available, in your settings menu you may elect to automatically
download and install these updates or you may elect to manually
update the system.
When your 10.25-in. Color Touchscreen searches our servers for
updates or alerts, we will automatically provide you with the
opportunity to update your devices or transmit the update or alert
directly to your 10.25-in. Color Touchscreen. We will also maintain
on our servers a log of the updates or alerts that are installed.
Your Personal Data
Should the aforementioned information transmitted to Honda
constitute personal information in your region, please note that this
information will be treated in strict accordance with the rules and
regulations outlined in this notice as well as applicable data
protection law.
The terms of our privacy policy are incorporated into these terms by
reference and your use of system updates will be subject to the
privacy policy. Our privacy policy sets out information about how
we and any named third parties will process any personal data we
collect from you or that you provide to us, via the application.
For further details, see Acura’s connected product privacy policy at:
U.S.: www.acura.com
Canada: www.honda.ca/privacy/vehicledata
Honda collects, uses and stores your personal data for the reasons
set out below:
●
to deliver the system updates and related services to you;
●
to allow us to improve and optimize the system updates
products and services;
●
to respond to user questions and complaints; and for internal
record keeping.
●
where necessary for Honda's legitimate interests, as listed below, and
where our interests are not overridden by your data protection rights.
Protecting our legitimate business interests and legal rights
includes, but is not limited to, use in connection with compliance,
regulatory, auditing, legal claims (including disclosure of such
information in connection with legal process or litigation) and other
ethics and compliance reporting requirements.
Honda will also convert personal data into anonymous data and
use it (normally on an aggregated statistical basis) for uses such as
market research and analysis, to improve the system updates, to
analyze trends, and to assess the success of software update
releases. Aggregated personal information does not personally
identify you or any other user of the system updates.
Honda may share this data with Honda's worldwide support
organization or affiliated Honda companies or other third parties
engaged by Honda for the purposes of rendering support services
in connection with system support.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 2 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgment.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
●
Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
●
Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol
3
and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
●
Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
●
Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
●
Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.
3DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you don't follow
instructions.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 3 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Contents
This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
The Navigation Manual is available online at owners.acura.com
(U.S.) or acura.ca (Canada). If you are the first registered owner
of your vehicle, you may request a complimentary printed
copy of the Navigation Manual within the first six months of
vehicle purchase. To request a copy, visit owners.acura.com. In
Canada, please request a copy from your Acura dealer.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.
This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.
2 Safe Driving P. 31
For Safe Driving P. 32 Seat Belts P. 37 Airbags P. 46
2 Instrument Panel P. 79
Indicators P. 80 Gauges and Displays P. 136
2 Controls P. 153
Clock P. 154 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 156
Panoramic Roof P. 189
Seats P. 216
2 Features P. 253
Audio System P. 254 Audio System Basic Operation P. 260
Customized Features P. 359 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver P. 386
2 Driving P. 429
Before Driving P. 430 Towing a Trailer P. 435
Braking P. 545
Parking Your Vehicle P. 555
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions P. 578 Turbo Engine Vehicle P. 579
2 Maintenance P. 581
Before Performing Maintenance P. 582 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 585
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 609
Climate Control System Maintenance P. 627 Cleaning P. 629
2 Handling the Unexpected P. 639
Tools P. 640 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 641
Overheating P. 669 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 671
If You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 686
2 Information P. 689
Specifications P. 690 Identification Numbers P. 692
Warranty Coverages P. 697 Authorized Manuals P. 700
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 4 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Contents
Child Safety P. 64 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 77 Safety Labels P. 78
Tailgate P. 173 Security System P. 183 Windows P. 186
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 193 Mirrors P. 213
Interior Convenience Items P. 230 Climate Control System P. 247
Audio Error Messages P. 332 General Information on the Audio System P. 336
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 389 AcuraLink® P. 419
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 441 When Driving P. 443 AcuraWatch
TM
P. 483
Multi-View Rear Camera
*
P. 565 Surround View Camera System
*
P. 567 Refueling P. 575
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 592 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 605
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 614 Battery P. 623 Remote Transmitter Care P. 625
Accessories and Modifications P. 636
Handling of the Jack P. 663 Engine Does Not Start P. 664 If the Battery Is Dead P. 667
Fuses P. 678 Emergency Towing P. 685
If You Cannot Open the Tailgate P. 687 Refueling P. 688
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 693 Reporting Safety Defects P. 694 Emissions Testing P. 695
Client Service Information P. 701
Quick Reference Guide
P. 6
Safe Driving
P. 31
Instrument Panel
P. 79
Controls
P. 153
Features
P. 253
Driving
P. 429
Maintenance
P. 581
Handling the Unexpected
P. 639
Information
P. 689
Index
P. 702
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 5 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
6
Quick Reference Guide
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 6 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
7
Quick Reference Guide
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 7 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Visual Index
8
Quick Reference Guide
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 8 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
9
Quick Reference Guide
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 9 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Visual Index
10
Quick Reference Guide
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 10 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
11
Quick Reference Guide
Auto Idle Stop Function
To improve fuel economy, the engine stops and then restarts as detailed below. When Auto Idle Stop is on, the Auto Idle Stop indicator
(green) comes on. (P464)
At Automatic transmission Engine status
Deceleration
Stop
Start-up
Depress the brake pedal.
Automatic Brake Hold Off
(P550)
Automatic Brake Hold On
(P550)
On
Keep the brake pedal
depressed.
With the automatic brake hold system
activated, you can release the brake pedal
when the indicator (green) comes on.
U.S. Canada
Off
Release the brake pedal.
With the automatic brake hold system
activated, depress the accelerator pedal.
Restarting
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 11 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
12
Quick Reference Guide
Safe Driving
(P 31)
Airbags
(P 46)
●
Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety
(P 64)
●
All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
●
Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
●
Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard
(P 77)
●
Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist
(P 36)
●
Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Seat Belts
(P 37)
●
Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
●
Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 12 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
13
Quick Reference Guide
Instrument Panel
(P 79)
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 13 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
14
Quick Reference Guide
Controls
(P 153)
Clock
(P 154)
The clock is automatically updated through
the audio system.
You can adjust the time using the A-zone
touchpad.
a
Press the (home) button.
b
Select Settings.
c
Select System.
d
Select Date & Time.
e
Select Set Date & Time.
f
Select Automatic Date & Time.
g
Select Off.
h
Select Set Date or Set Time.
i
Select (+/(- to adjust the dates, hours
and minutes.
j
Press the (back) button to set the
date or time.
ENGINE START/STOP
Button
(P 193)
Press the button to change the vehicle’s
power mode.
Turn Signals
(P 196)
Lights
(P 197)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 14 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
15
Quick Reference Guide
Wipers and Washers
(P 204)
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring
(- : Low Sensitivity
*1
: Lower speed, fewer sweeps
*2
(+ : High Sensitivity
*1
: Higher speed, more sweeps
*2
MIST
OFF
AUTO
*1
: Wiper speed varies automatically
INT
*2
: Low speed with intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
*1: Models with automatic intermittent wipers
*2: Models without automatic intermittent
wipers
AUTO should always be turned OFF before
the following situations in order to prevent
severe damage to the wiper system:
●
Cleaning the windshield
●
Driving through a car wash
●
No rain present
Steering Wheel
(P 212)
●
To adjust, push the adjustment lever
down, adjust to the desired position, then
lock the lever back in place.
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
Unlocking the Front
Doors from the Inside
(P 170)
●
Pull either front door inner handle to
unlock and open it at the same time.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 15 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
16
Quick Reference Guide
Tailgate
(P 173)
●
Press the tailgate outer handle to unlock
and open the tailgate when you have the
keyless remote on you.
●
Press the power tailgate button on the
driver’s door.
●
Press the power tailgate button on the
remote transmitter.
Use a forward and back kicking motion
under the center of the rear bumper to
open or close the power tailgate while
carrying the keyless remote.
Models with Hands Free Access
1 sec.
Power Door Mirrors
(P 214)
●
With the power mode in ON, move the
selector switch to L or R.
●
Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
●
Press the folding button
*
to fold in and
out the door mirrors.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Folding Button
*
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 16 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
17
Quick Reference Guide
Power Windows
(P 186)
●
With the power mode in ON, open and
close the power windows.
●
If the power window lock button is in the
off position, each passenger’s window
can be opened and closed with its own
switch.
●
If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator on), each
passenger’s window switch is disabled.
Power Window Lock Button
Window Switch
Indicator
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 17 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
18
Quick Reference Guide
Climate Control System
(P 247)
●
Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
●
Press the button to turn the system on or off.
●
Press the button to defrost the windshield.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 18 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
19
Quick Reference Guide
Features
(P 253)
Audio Remote Controls
(P 258)
●
VOL(+/VOL(- (Volume) Switch
Press up or down to adjust the volume.
●
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
●
Left Selector Wheel
When selecting the audio mode
Press the APPS button, then roll up or
down to select an item on the multi-
information display or the head-up
display
*
, and then press the left selector
wheel.
Left Selector Wheel
APPS Button
VOL
(+/VOL(- (Volume) Switch
(Power) Button
Roll up or down: To cycle through the
following items, roll up or down and then
press the left selector wheel:
You can add or remove the items and
change their order on multi-information
display or the head-up display
*
.
*1: Model with head-up display
Navigation
*1
Phone
Audio Modes (FM Radio, USB
Audio, etc.)
Select Driving View
*1
Customize Apps
●
When listening to the radio
Move to a side to change the favorite
radio station or channel.
●
When listening to an iPod, USB flash
drive, Bluetooth® Audio, or Smartphone
Connection
Move to a side to skip to the beginning of
the next song or return to the beginning
of the current or previous song.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 19 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
20
Quick Reference Guide
Audio System
(P 260)
(Home) Button
(Cards List) Button
(Back) Button
Audio/Information Screen
For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual
A-Zone Touchpad
(Seek/Skip) Button
(Seek/Skip) Button
VOL/AUDIO
(Volume/Power) Knob
B-Zone Touchpad
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 20 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
21
Quick Reference Guide
Driving
(P 429)
D/S
Drive
S Position
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 21 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
22
Quick Reference Guide
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 22 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
23
Quick Reference Guide
CMBS
TM
On and Off
(P490)
●
When a possible frontal collision is likely
unavoidable, the CMBS
TM
can reduce the
vehicle speed and the severity of the
collision.
●
The CMBS
TM
is turned on every time you
start the engine.
●
To turn the CMBS
TM
on or off, use the
safety support switch.
VSA® On and Off
(P 472)
●
The Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®)
system helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
●
VSA® comes on automatically every time
you start the engine.
●
To partially disable or fully restore VSA®
function, press and hold the (VSA®
OFF) button until you hear a beep.
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) with Tire
Fill Assist
(P 475)
●
The TPMS monitors tire pressure.
●
TPMS is turned on automatically every
time you start the engine.
●
TPMS fill assist provides audible and visual
guidance during tire pressure adjustment.
Refueling
(P 575)
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or
higher
Fuel tank capacity: 17.1 US gal (64.7 L)
a
Unlock the driver’s door.
(P169)
b
Press on the edge of the
fuel fill door to make it
pop up slightly.
c
After refueling, wait for
about five seconds before
removing the filler nozzle.
Wait for five seconds
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 23 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
24
Quick Reference Guide
AcuraWatch
TM
(P483)
AcuraWatch
TM
is a driver support system
which employs the use of two distinctly
different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor
located behind the emblem, and a front
sensor camera mounted to the interior side
of the windshield, behind the rearview
mirror.
AcuraWatch
TM
is a driver support system
which employs the use of three distinctly
different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor
located behind the emblem, a front sensor
camera mounted to the interior side of the
windshield, behind the rearview mirror, and
the sonar sensors located in the front and
rear bumpers.
Models without Low Speed Braking Control
Models with Low Speed Braking Control
All models
Front Sensor
Camera
Radar Sensor
Models with Low Speed Braking Control
Sonar Sensors
Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
(P486)
The system can assist you when it
determines there is a possibility of your
vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of your vehicle.
The CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when
the potential for a collision is determined, as
well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is
deemed unavoidable.
Low Speed Braking
Control
*
(P497)
Using sonar sensors located on the front and
rear bumpers, the vehicle can detect if there
is danger of a potential collision with a wall
or other obstacle. The system is designed to
alert you when a potential collision is
determined, as well as assist in reducing
speed, avoiding collisions, and reducing
collision severity.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 24 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
25
Quick Reference Guide
Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
(P502)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and
a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected
vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate and
stop your vehicle, without you having to
keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS)
(P522)
Provides steering input to help keep the
vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the
vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
Road Departure
Mitigation System
(P530)
Alerts and helps to assist you when the
system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane
markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.
Traffic Sign Recognition
System
(P 535)
Reminds you of road sign information, such
as the current speed limit your vehicle has
just passed through, showing it on the
multi-information display and the head-up
display
*
.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 25 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
26
Quick Reference Guide
Maintenance
(P 581)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 26 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Quick Reference Guide
27
Handling the Unexpected
(P 639)
Flat Tire
(P 641)
●
Park in a safe location and repair the flat
tire using the tire repair kit.
●
Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire
located under the cargo area.
Indicators Come On
(P 671)
●
Identify the indicator and consult the
owner’s manual.
Vehicles with tire repair kit
Vehicles with a compact spare tire
Engine Won’t Start
(P 664)
●
If the battery is dead, jump start using a
booster battery.
Blown Fuse
(P 678)
●
Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.
Overheating
(P 669)
●
Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the engine cool down.
Emergency Towing
(P 685)
●
Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 27 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
28
Quick Reference Guide
What to Do If
Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P553)
The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in the
lock position. If so, open the rear
door with the outside door handle.
To cancel this function, slide the
lever up to the unlock position.
Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.
Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver’s door?
The beeper sounds when:
●
The power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
The exterior lights are left on.
●
The Auto Idle Stop is in operation.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 28 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
29
Quick Reference Guide
Why does a beeper sound
when I walk away from the
vehicle after I close the
door?
The beeper sounds if you move outside the walk away auto lock
operating range before the door completely closes.
2 Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock®) (P163)
Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are
not wearing their seat belts.
Pulling the electric parking
brake switch does not
release the parking brake.
Why?
Pull the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal
depressed.
I’m seeing an amber
indicator of a tire with an
exclamation point. What is
that?
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention.
Check tire pressure.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks (P676)
Depressing the accelerator
pedal does not release the
parking brake
automatically. Why?
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
●
Check if the transmission is in
(P
or
(N
. If so, select any other
position.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 29 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
30
Quick Reference Guide
Why does the gear position
automatically change to
(P
when I open the driver’s
door to check for parking
space lines when
reversing?
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
●
Close the driver’s door and manually change the gear
position.
2 When opening the driver’s door (P454)
Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
Unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 91 or higher is
recommended.
Is it possible to use
unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 87 or lower on
this vehicle?
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic
knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine
performance.
Use of a gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to
engine damage.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 30 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
31
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions.............. 32
Important Handling Information......... 34
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 35
Safety Checklist ................................. 36
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts ........................ 37
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 42
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 45
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 46
Types of Airbags ................................ 49
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 49
Knee Airbags ..................................... 54
Side Airbags....................................... 57
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 59
Airbag System Indicators.................... 60
Airbag Care ....................................... 63
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 64
Safety of Infants and Small Children....... 66
Safety of Larger Children ................... 75
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 77
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 78
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 31 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
32
Safe Driving
For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle’s safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Important Safety Precautions
■
Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
■
Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.
■
Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
■
Don’t drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don’t drink and drive, and don’t let your friends drink and drive, either.
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 32 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
33
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions
Safe Driving
■
Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely
Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.
■
Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
■
Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
■
Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle
Children, pets, and people needing assistance left unattended in the vehicle may be
injured if they activate one or more of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the
vehicle to move, resulting in a crash in which they and/or another person(s) can be
injured or killed. Also, depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of
the interior may reach extreme levels, which can result in harm or death. Even if the
climate control system is on, never leave them in the vehicle unattended as the
climate control system can shut off at any time.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 33 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
34
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Handling Information
Safe Driving
Important Handling Information
Your vehicle has higher ground clearance than a passenger vehicle designed for use
only on pavement. Higher ground clearance has many advantages for off-highway
driving. It allows you to travel over bumps, obstacles, and rough terrain. It also
provides good visibility so you can anticipate problems earlier.
These advantages come at some cost. Because your vehicle is taller and rides higher
off the ground, it has a higher center gravity making it more susceptible to tipping
or rollover if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher
rollover rate than other types of vehicles. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. As a reminder,
make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
1Important Handling Information
For information on how to reduce the risk of rollover,
read:
2 Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
P. 449
2 Off-Highway Driving Guidelines P. 441
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 34 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
35
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features
Safe Driving
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.
1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front and
outer rear seat belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
6
7
8
9
10
Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Knee Airbags
11
Door Locks
6
9
Seat Belt Tensioners
12
10
11
8
7
12
11
9
12
8
10
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 35 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
36
uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist
Safe Driving
Safety Checklist
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are
closed and locked. Locking the doors and the tailgate helps prevent an occupant
from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door or the
tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 169
• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Seats P. 216
• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 225
• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 42
• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age,
height, and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 64
1Safety Checklist
If the door and/or tailgate open message appears on
the multi-information display, a door and/or the
tailgate is not completely closed. Close all doors and
the tailgate tightly until the message disappears.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages P. 107
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 36 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
37
Continued
Safe Driving
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers
■
Lap/shoulder seat belts
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
locking retractors. In normal driving, the retractor lets you move freely while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop, the retractor locks to
restrain your body.
The front passenger’s and rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with
child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 71
1About Your Seat Belts
If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in
place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt,
then extend it slowly.
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
3
WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 37 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
38
Safe Driving
■
Proper use of seat belts
Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
1About Your Seat Belts
If a passenger moves around and extends the seat
belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If this
happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then, refasten the belt.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 38 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
39
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
Safe Driving
■
Front seats
The seat belt system includes an indicator on
the instrument panel to remind the driver or a
front passenger or both to fasten their seat
belts.
If you set the power mode to ON and a seat
belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound and
the indicator will blink. After a few seconds,
the beeper will stop and the indicator will
come on and remain illuminated until the seat
belt is fastened.
When the vehicle is moving, the beeper will
sound and the indicator will blink for a while
until the seat belt is fastened.
Then, the beeper will stop and the indicator
will stay on.
■
Seat Belt Reminder
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt after the power mode
is set to ON.
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound.
The indicator also may not come on and the beeper
may not sound when the occupant is not heavy
enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants
(e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved
to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will
injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 64
The multi-information display uses colors to aid the
driver in checking the status of the passengers.
For the front seating positions:
•
Green indicates the seat belt is fastened.
•
An unfastened gray graphic indicates the seat belt
is not fastened and an occupant has not been
detected.
•
An unfastened red graphic indicates the seat belt is
unfastened and an occupant has been detected.
: Fastened
: Unfastened
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 39 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
40
Safe Driving
■
Rear seats
Your vehicle monitors rear seat belt use. The
multi-information display notifies you if any of
the rear seat belts are unfastened after they
were previously fastened.
In order to encourage the driver to evaluate
rear seat belt usage, the display appears
when:
• Any of the rear passenger seat belts are
unfastened when the power mode is set to
ON.
• A rear door is opened and then closed.
• Any of the rear passengers fasten or
unfasten their seat belt.
The seat belt reminder indicator blinks and the
beeper sounds if any rear passenger seat belts
are unfastened while driving.
1Seat Belt Reminder
The system will not detect a passenger in the rear
seats who has not fastened the seat belt.
The driver should check the status of the rear
passengers’ seat belts at the start of each trip and
each time a passenger is seated in the rear seats,
using the multi-information display as an aid.
An alert will sound if a passenger in the rear seats
unfastens the seat belt while the vehicle is in motion
or if motion resumes while the graphic is red.
The multi-information display uses colors to aid the
driver in checking the status of the passengers.
For the rear seating positions:
•
Green indicates the seat belt is fastened.
•
An unfastened gray graphic indicates the seat belt
has not been fastened recently.
•
An unfastened red graphic indicates the seat belt
was unfastened recently.
The system does not monitor harnesses that are part
of a child seat, nor the anchors of the LATCH system.
While the system can inform you that a seat belt is
fastened, it cannot determine whether a child seat is
properly installed or used.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 64
: Fastened
: Unfastened
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 40 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
41
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
Safe Driving
The front seats and the outer rear seats are equipped with automatic seat belt
tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts and the outer rear seat belts
during a moderate-to-severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not
severe enough to inflate the front airbags or the knee airbags.
■
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 41 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
42
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Seats P. 216
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.
If the seat belt appears to be locked in a fully
retracted position, firmly pull out on the shoulder belt
once, then push it back in.
Then, smoothly pull it out of the retractor and fasten.
If you are unable to release the seat belt from a fully
retracted position, do not allow anyone to sit in the
seat, and take your vehicle to a dealer for repair.
2 About Your Seat Belts P. 37
2 Seat Belt Inspection P. 45
Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.
Latch Plate
Buckle
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 42 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
43
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
holding the release button.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
across the center of your chest and over
your shoulder.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and
then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly
stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing
door.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
Lap belt
as low as
possible
■
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.
Push
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 43 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
44
Safe Driving
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.
■
Advice for Pregnant Women
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
•
When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
•
When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 44 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
45
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe Driving
Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract
easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.
1Seat Belt Inspection
3
WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 45 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
46
Safe Driving
Airbags
Airbag System Components
6
7
8
9
10
9
9
9
6
9 911
12
6
6
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 46 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
47
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Continued
Safe Driving
The front, driver’s knee, front passenger’s
knee, side, and side curtain airbags are
deployed according to the direction and
severity of impact. Both side curtain airbags
are deployed in a rollover. The airbag
system includes:
a
Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
front airbags. The driver’s airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger’s airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.
b
Two knee airbags. The driver’s knee
airbag is stored under the steering
column; the front passenger’s knee
airbag is stored under the glove box.
Both are marked SRS AIRBAG.
c
Two side airbags, one for the driver and
one for the front passenger. The airbags
are stored in the outer edges of the seat-
backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
d
Two side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
e
An electronic control unit that, when the
power mode is in ON, continually
monitors information about the various
impact sensors, seat and buckle sensors,
rollover sensor, airbag activators, seat
belt tensioners, and other vehicle
information. During a crash event the
unit can record such information.
f
Seat belt tensioners for the front seats
and outer rear seats. In addition, the
driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt
buckles incorporate sensors that detect
whether or not the belts are fastened.
g
Driver’s seat position sensor. This sensor
detects the driver’s seat slide position to
help determine the optimal deployment
of the driver’s airbag.
h
Weight sensors in the front passenger’s
seat. The sensors are used for occupant
classification to activate or deactivate the
front passenger’s airbag.
i
Impact sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
j
An indicator on the center console that
alerts you that the front passenger’s front
airbag has been turned off.
k
An indicator on the instrument panel that
alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
l
A rollover sensor that can detect if your
vehicle is about to roll over and signal the
control unit to deploy both side curtain
airbags.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 47 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
48
Safe Driving
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front, driver’s knee and front
passenger’s knee airbag covers. Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG
could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the
vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
■
Important Facts About Your Airbags
1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 48 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
49
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Continued
Safe Driving
Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats.
• Knee airbags: Airbags under the steering column and under the glove box.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
■
Housing Locations
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is
in ON.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 49 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
50
Safe Driving
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won’t interfere with the driver’s visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
■
Operation
■
How the Front Airbags Work
1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the driver’s and front passenger’s airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold, that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 50 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
51
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Continued
Safe Driving
■
When front airbags should not deploy
Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seat belt or, if your vehicle
is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seat belt and a side curtain airbag. Front
airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide
little if any protection.
■
When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■
When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 51 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
52
Safe Driving
The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related
injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver’s advanced airbag system includes a
seat position sensor.
Based on information from this sensor and the
severity of the impact, the advanced airbag
system determines the optimal deployment of
the driver’s airbag.
The front passenger’s advanced airbag system
has weight sensors. The sensors are used for
occupant classification to activate or
deactivate the front passenger’s airbag.
For adult size occupants, the system will
automatically activate the front passenger’s
airbag. If a small adult sits in the front
passenger seat and the system does not
recognize him/her as an adult, see
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 61
■
Advanced Airbags
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position
sensor or the passenger’s seat weight sensors, the
SRS indicator will come on, and in the event of a
crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of the driver’s
seating position or passenger’s occupant
classification) with a force corresponding to the
severity of the impact.
2 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
Indicator P. 60
For the advanced front airbags to work properly,
confirm that:
•
The occupant is sitting in an upright position,
wearing the seat belt properly and the seat-back is
not excessively reclined.
•
The occupant is not leaning against the door or
center console.
•
The occupant’s feet are placed on the floor in front
of them.
•
There are no objects hanging from the front
passenger’s seat.
•
Only small, lightweight objects are in the seat-back
pocket.
•
The steering wheel and passenger’s side dashboard
are not obstructed by any object.
•
No liquid has been spilled on or under the seat.
Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor
Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensors
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 52 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
53
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
We advise against allowing a child age 12 or under to ride in the front passenger’s
seat. However, if you do allow a small child or infant to ride in the front passenger’s
seat, the system is designed to automatically deactivate the front passenger’s airbag.
Do not let a small child or infant ride in the front passenger’s seat if the airbag does
not automatically deactivate.
1Advanced Airbags
•
There is no child seat or other object pressing
against the rear of the seat or seat-back.
•
There is no rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passenger’s seat.
•
There are no objects placed under or beside the
front passenger’s seat. Improperly positioned
objects can interfere with the advanced airbag
sensors.
•
The head restraint is not contacting the roof.
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 61
•
The floor mat behind the front passenger’s seat is
set in the correct position evenly on the floor. An
improperly placed mat can interfere with the
advanced airbag sensors.
2 Floor Mats P. 630
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 53 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
54
uuAirbagsuKnee Airbags
Safe Driving
Knee Airbags
The knee SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help keep
the driver and/or front passenger in the proper position and to help maximize the
benefit provided by the vehicle’s other safety features.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbag is designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.
The knee airbag for the driver and the one for
the front passenger are housed under the
steering column and the glove box
respectively.
Both are marked SRS AIRBAG.
■
Housing Locations
1Knee Airbags
Do not attach accessories on or near a knee airbag as
they can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbag, or even hurt someone if the airbag inflates.
The driver and front passenger should not store any
items under the seat or behind their feet. The items
can interfere with proper airbag deployment in the
event of a moderate to severe frontal collision and
may result in inadequate protection.
Housing
Location
Housing
Location
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 54 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
55
uuAirbagsuKnee Airbags
Continued
Safe Driving
The driver’s and front passenger’s knee airbag
deploy at the same time as the driver’s and
front passenger’s airbag, respectively.
Even if the collision is not severe enough to
deploy the front airbags, the knee airbags may
inflate alone.
■
Operation
When
inflated
Knee
Airbag
When
inflated
Knee
Airbag
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 55 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
56
uuAirbagsuKnee Airbags
Safe Driving
■
When knee airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed objects
that cause a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■
When knee airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 56 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
57
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Continued
Safe Driving
Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seat-
backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to-
severe side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Airbags
Make sure you and your front seat passenger always
sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can
prevent the airbag from deploying properly and
increases your risk of serious injury.
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.
Housing
Location
■
Operation
When
inflated
Side
Airbag
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 57 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
58
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
■
When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.
■
When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag not to deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the
far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts absorbed
most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been
needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 58 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
59
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Continued
Safe Driving
Side Curtain Airbags
The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the
outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain
airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of
partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes,
particularly rollover crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Curtain Airbags
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the
passenger’s side curtain airbag deploys even if there
are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates the seat belt tensioners
for the front seats and outer rear seats.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
■
Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 59 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
60
Safe Driving
■
When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision
One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled
frontal collision.
Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the multi-information display.
■
When the power mode is set to ON
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the
system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don’t, your airbags and seat
belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.
■
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
3
WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 60 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
61
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
Safe Driving
■
When the passenger airbag off
indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger’s airbag has been turned off.
This occurs if the seat is empty or when the
weight sensors determine that a small child or
infant is on the passenger seat.
Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2 Child Safety P. 64
If the indicator is on, in the event of a crash the passenger’s airbag will not deploy.
The passenger’s knee airbag will not deploy, either.
When you set the power mode to ON, the indicator comes on and goes off a few
seconds later to indicate that system checks are being performed. After that, the
indicator comes on or off depending on the passenger’s occupant classification.
■
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
To ensure the passenger is detected properly, confirm
that:
•
The occupant is sitting in an upright position,
wearing the seat belt properly and the seat-back is
not excessively reclined.
•
The occupant is not leaning against the door or
center console.
•
The occupant’s feet are placed on the floor in front
of them.
•
There are no objects hanging from the front
passenger’s seat.
•
Only small, lightweight objects are in the seat-back
pocket.
•
No liquid has been spilled on or under the seat.
•
There is no child seat or other object pressing
against the rear of the seat or seat-back.
•
There is no rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passenger’s seat.
•
There are no objects placed under or beside the
front passenger’s seat. Improperly positioned
objects can interfere with the advanced airbag
sensors.
•
The floor mat behind the front passenger’s seat is
set in the correct position evenly on the floor. An
improperly placed mat can interfere with the
advanced airbag sensors.
•
The head restraint is not contacting the roof.
U.S. Canada
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 61 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
62
Safe Driving
1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and
go off periodically if the total weight on the seat is
near the airbag cutoff threshold. For a small adult,
depending on physique and posture, the system may
not recognize him/her as an adult and thus deactivate
the passenger’s airbag.
If this occurs, please confirm that the conditions set
forth in the above bullet points on the previous page
are met.
If the above conditions are met and the indicator is
still on, then with the transmission in park, set the
power mode to OFF and back to ON.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as
possible if:
•
All of the above conditions are met, and the
indicator comes on with an adult seated in the
front passenger seat.
•
The seat is empty and the indicator is off.
•
The indicator does not come on and go off after
setting the power mode to ON as described.
Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front
seat when the indicator is on.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 62 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
63
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care
Safe Driving
Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
■
When the airbags have deployed
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.
■
When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, seat belt tensioners for
the front seats and outer rear seats, and each seat belt that was worn during the
crash.
■
Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver’s seat position
sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or
modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura
dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Relations at 1-800-382-2238 and for
Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Services at 1-888-9-ACURA-9.
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 63 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
64
Safe Driving
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front airbag can injure or kill a
child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver’s ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that all children
ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.
3
WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 64 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
65
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers
Safe Driving
• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.
• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat
belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows, or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning
labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the
front visors. Please read and follow the instructions
on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 78
3
WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 65 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
66
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat until the infant
reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat.
■
Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat
and the seat in front of it.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag
system.
2 Airbags P. 46
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
■
Protecting Infants
1Protecting Infants
Experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a
child so long as the child’s height and weight are
appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
Infants should never be seated in a forward-facing
position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.
Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat
installed in a rear seating position:
The weight sensor in the front seat may not correctly
detect the actual weight of the occupant.
3
WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 66 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
67
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
If a child has exceeded the weight and height limitations of a rear-facing child seat,
the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured forward-facing child seat
until they exceed the weight and height limitations for the forward-facing child seat.
■
Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forward-
facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.
■
Protecting Smaller Children
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions.
3
WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 67 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
68
Safe Driving
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children).
Some have a rigid-type connector, while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer’s use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates
as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing
your child’s safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.
■
Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
■
Selecting a Child Seat
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 68 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
69
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats.
A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of
connectors.
1. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position.
2. Locate the anchor marks affixed to the base
of the seat cushion.
3. Pull out the anchor covers with the marks to
expose the lower anchors.
4. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.
■
Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle.
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
3
WARNING
Never attach two child seats to the same
anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not
be strong enough to hold two child seat
attachments and may break, causing
serious injury or death.
Marks
Cover
Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 69 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
70
Safe Driving
5. Route the tether strap between the head
restraint legs.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
5. Route the tether strap outside the head
restraint legs.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
6. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
7. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
8. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Installing a LATCH-compatible child seat in the
rear center seat
Each outer rear seat is equipped with a pair of lower
anchors which are used to secure a LATCH-
compatible child seat. The rear center seat, however,
is not equipped with anchors of any kind.
The inner and outer anchors are spaced apart at a
standard distance of 11 inches (280 mm). The distance
between the two inner anchors is 16.3 inches (415 mm).
LATCH-compatible restraint systems that are fitted
with rigid-type attachments cannot be installed in the
rear center seat. However, a system fitted with
flexible-type attachments can be installed in the
center seat, provided that the manufacturer’s
instructions for that system permit the use of the
inner anchors with the stated spacing.
Before seating a child, make sure that the system is
properly attached to both the lower anchors and
tether anchors.
3
WARNING
Using the outer rear seats’ inner anchors to
secure a LATCH-compatible child seat in the
center seating position may result in failure
of the child seat, causing injury or death.
Only use the outer rear seats’ inner anchors
to install a child seat in the center seating
position if the manufacturer’s instructions
expressly permit.
Flexible Type
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
All Types
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 70 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
71
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely
necessary, the front passenger seat.
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and
check that the retractor has switched
modes by pulling on the webbing. It should
not pull out again until it is reset by
removing the latch plate from the buckle.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the
way out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.
■
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 71 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
72
Safe Driving
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; less than one inch of movement
should occur near the seat belt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 72 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
73
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A tether anchor point is provided behind each
rear seating position.
If you have a child seat that comes with a
tether but can be installed with a seat belt, the
tether may be used for additional security.
■
Using an outer anchor
1. Put the head restraint to its upper-most
position, then route the tether strap
through the head restraint legs. Make sure
the strap is not twisted.
1. Put the head restraint to its upper-most
position, then route the tether strap outside
the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap
is not twisted.
2. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
3. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
■
Adding Security with a Tether
1Adding Security with a Tether
Always use a tether for forward-facing child seats
whether using the seat belt or lower anchors.
Tether Anchor Points
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
All Types
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 73 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
74
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
■
Using the center anchor
1. Lower the head restraint to its lowest
position.
2. Route the tether strap over the head
restraint. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Route the tether strap outside the head
restraint. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
All Types
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 74 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
75
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Continued
Safe Driving
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■
Checklist
• Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child’s neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child’s thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
■
Protecting Larger Children
■
Checking Seat Belt Fit
1Safety of Larger Children
3
WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger’s front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 75 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
76
Safe Driving
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
the rear seat. For the child’s safety, check that
the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer’s recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
■
Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.
■
Booster Seats
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g,. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.
■
Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 76 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
77
Safe Driving
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
■
Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate
open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked
vehicle with the engine running.
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
garage immediately after starting the engine.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 77 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
78
Safe Driving
Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
Dashboard
U.S. models only
Air Conditioner System
U.S. models Canadian models
Radiator Cap
U.S. models only
Sun Visor
Sun Visor
U.S. models Canadian models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 78 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
79
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators ............................................ 80
Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages.................... 107
Gauges and Displays
Gauges............................................ 136
Multi-Information Display ................ 137
Head-Up Display
*
............................ 148
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 79 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
80
Instrument Panel
Indicators
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 80 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
81
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake
and Brake
System
Indicator (Red)
●
Comes on when the parking brake
is applied, and goes off when it is
released.
●
The beeper sounds and the indicator
comes on if you drive with the parking
brake applied.
●
Comes on for about 30 seconds when you
apply the electric parking brake while the
power mode is in ACCESSORY or VEHICLE
OFF, then goes off.
●
Stays on for about 30 seconds when you
set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF while
the electric parking brake is applied, then
goes off.
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the brake system.
• Comes on along with the Parking
Brake and Brake System Indicator
(amber) - Immediately stop in a safe
place. Contact a dealer for repair. The
brake pedal becomes harder to operate.
Depress the pedal further than you
normally do.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time
When the Brake System Indicator
(Amber) Comes On P. 675
• Comes on along with the ABS
indicator - Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On or Blinks P. 673
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 81 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
82
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake
and Brake
System
Indicator (Red)
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the brake system.
• Blinks and the Parking Brake and
Brake System Indicator (amber) comes
on at the same time - There is a
problem with the electric parking brake
system. The parking brake may not be set.
Avoid using the parking brake and have
your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time
When the Brake System Indicator
(Amber) Comes On P. 675
●
Comes on when the brake fluid
level is low.
●
Comes on while driving - Make sure the
parking brake is released. Stop in a safe
place and check the brake fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator
comes on while driving P. 673
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 82 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
83
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake
and Brake
System
Indicator
(Amber)
• Comes on if there is a problem with
a system related to braking other
than the conventional brake
system.
• Comes on while driving - Avoid high
speeds and sudden braking. Take the
vehicle to a dealer immediately.
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 83 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
84
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake
and Brake
System
Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the electric parking brake system
and/or the automatic brake hold
system.
●
Stays on constantly - Avoid using the
parking brake and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 84 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
85
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake
and Brake
System
Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the radar sensor.
●
Indicator may come on temporarily
when the Maximum Load Limit is
exceeded.
●
Make sure the total load is within the
Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 433
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
—
Automatic
Brake Hold
System
Indicator
●
Comes on when the automatic
brake hold system is on.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 550
Automatic
Brake Hold
Indicator
●
Comes on when the automatic
brake hold is activated.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 550
—
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 85 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
86
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
• After you have set the power mode
to ON, the vehicle performs system
checks. However, if the readiness
codes have not been set by that
time, this indicator will blink five
times and then go off.
• Readiness codes are part of the on-board
diagnostics for the emissions control
systems.
2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 695
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the emissions control systems.
●
Blinks when a misfire in the engine’s
cylinders is detected.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks P. 672
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 86 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
87
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Charging
System
Indicator
• Comes on when there is a problem
with the charging system.
• Stop in a safe place and contact a dealer
immediately.
2 Checking the Battery P. 623
2 If the Charging System Indicator
Comes On P. 672
Gear Position
Indicator
• Indicates the current gear selection.
2 Shifting P. 451
—
M (sequential
mode)
Indicator/Gear
Selection
Indicator
• Comes on when the sequential
mode is applied.
2 Sequential Mode P. 457
—
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 87 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
88
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Transmission
System
Indicator
• The current gear selection blinks if
the transmission system has a
problem.
• Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden
starts and acceleration and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
●
The indicated current gear selection
blinks if you cannot put the
transmission into
(R due to a
transmission system failure.
●
Avoid sudden starts, sudden acceleration
and high speed, and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
• The indicated current gear selection
blinks if the transmission system has
a problem and the performance of
the vehicle is reduced.
• Avoid sudden starts, sudden acceleration
and high speed, and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
• The indicated current gear selection
blinks if the transmission system has
a problem and the paddle shifters
cannot be used.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 88 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
89
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Transmission
System
Indicator
• The current gear position or all the
gear positions blink if there is a
problem with the transmission and
the vehicle is no longer able to run.
• Immediately park your car in a safe place.
2 Emergency Towing P. 685
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
• The current gear position or all the
gear positions blink if there is a
problem with the transmission and
it is not possible to select
(P.
• Depending on the circumstances, you can
set the power mode to ON as an
emergency measure.
2 If the Transmission System Indicator
Blinks along with the Warning
Message P. 677
• While the vehicle is stopped, apply the
parking brake.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 89 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
90
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Auto Idle Stop
Indicator
(Green)
●
Comes on when Auto Idle Stop is in
operation. The engine automatically
shuts off.
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 464
—
Auto Idle Stop
OFF Indicator
●
Comes on when the Auto Idle Stop
system has been turned off by the
Auto Idle Stop system OFF button.
2 Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF P. 466
Auto Idle Stop
System
Indicator
(Amber)
●
Blinks if there is a problem with the
Auto Idle Stop system.
●
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
Auto Idle Stop
Suspend
Indicator
●
Comes on while Auto Idle Stop is
temporarily suspended in the
following situations.
— —
- Brake pedal is not fully pressed
●
Depress the brake pedal firmly.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 90 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
91
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Auto Idle Stop
Suspend
Indicator
- The transmission is in a position
other than (D.
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 464
- System charging is prioritized
- Climate control system is prioritized
- Engine coolant temperature is not in
operating range
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 91 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
92
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Auto Idle Stop
Suspend
Indicator
- The Integrated Dynamics System
mode is in SPORT or SNOW.
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 464
2 Acura Integrated Dynamics System
P. 459
- The battery temperature is too low.
- Auto Idle Stop does not activate for
some reason.
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 464
—
●
If you press and hold the Auto Idle Stop
OFF button, you can select whether to
display the status messages or not.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 92 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
93
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator
• Blinks and the beeper sounds for a
few seconds if you are not wearing
a seat belt when you set the power
mode to ON, then the indicator
comes on.
• If the front passenger is not
wearing a seat belt, the indicator
comes on a few seconds later.
• Comes on for a while when the rear
seat belt is unfastened while the
power mode in ON.
• Blinks while driving if you and/or
any passenger has not fastened a
seat belt. The beeper sounds and
the indicator blinks at regular
intervals.
• The beeper stops and the indicator goes
off when you and the passengers fasten
their seat belts.
• Stays on after you and/or the
passengers have fastened the seat
belt(s) - A detection error may have
occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 39
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 93 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
94
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Low Fuel
Indicator
(Amber)
• Comes on when the fuel reserve is
running low (approximately 2.4
U.S. gal./9.1 Liter left).
• Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon
as possible.
●
Blinks if there is a problem with the
fuel gauge.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the ABS.
• Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. With this indicator
on, your vehicle still has normal braking
ability but no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 553
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 94 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
95
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Supplemental
Restraint
System
Indicator
• Comes on if a problem with any of
the following is detected:
- Supplemental Restraint System
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner
• Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System
Indicator
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the EPS system.
• Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
• Do Not Drive displays on the multi-
information display - Immediately stop
in a safe place and contact a dealer.
2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator Comes On P. 674
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 95 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
96
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Vehicle Stability
Assist
TM
(VSA®)
System
Indicator
●
Blinks when VSA® is active.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the VSA® system, brake assist
system, hill start assist system,
starting assist brake function or
agile handling assist.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
System P. 471
Vehicle Stability
Assist
TM
(VSA®)
OFF Indicator
●
Comes on when you partially
disable VSA®.
2 VSA® On and Off P. 472
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 96 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
97
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Low Tire
Pressure/TPMS
Indicator
●
Comes on if the tire pressure of any
of the tires becomes low.
●
Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe
place, check tire pressures, and inflate the
tire(s) if necessary.
●
Blinks for about one minute, and
then stays on if there is a problem
with the TPMS with Tire Fill Assist,
or when a compact spare tire
*
is
temporarily installed.
●
Blinks and remains on - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle
is fitted with a compact spare tire, get your
regular tire repaired or replaced and put
back on your vehicle as soon as you can.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 97 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
98
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Turn Signal and
Hazard
Warning
Indicators
• Blinks when you operate the turn
signal lever.
• Blinks along with all turn signals
when you press the hazard warning
button.
• Does not blink or blinks rapidly
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 605
—
Lights On
Indicator
• Comes on when the parking, tail,
and other external lights are on.
2 Light Switches P. 197
—
High Beam
Indicator
• Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on.
— —
Auto High-
Beam Indicator
• Comes on when all the operating
conditions of the auto high-beam
are met.
2 Auto High-Beam P. 201
—
Fog Light
Indicator
*
• Comes on when the fog lights are
on.
2 Fog Lights
*
P. 200
—
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 98 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
99
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Immobilizer
System
Indicator
• Blinks if the immobilizer system
cannot recognize the key
information.
• Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF, then
select the ON mode again.
Depress and hold the brake pedal before
setting the power mode to ON.
• Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
• Do not attempt to alter this system or add
other devices to it. Electrical problems can
occur.
Security System
Alarm Indicator
• Blinks when the security system
alarm has been set.
2 Security System Alarm P. 183
—
Indicator
Canadian models
Canadian models
Canadian models
Indicator
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 99 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
100
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
System
Message
Indicator
• Comes on along with a beep when
a problem is detected. A system
message on the multi-information
display appears at the same time.
• While the indicator is on, roll the right
selector wheel to see the message again.
2 Switching the Display P. 139
• Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears
on the multi-information display. Take the
appropriate action for the message.
• The multi-information display does not
return to the normal screen unless the
warning is canceled, or the right selector
wheel is pressed.
—
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 100 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
101
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Super
Handling-All
Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-AWD®)
Indicator
*
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the SH-AWD® system.
●
Stays on constantly - The engine drives
the front wheels only in this state. Have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Blinks when the differential
temperature is too high.
●
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe
place, put the transmission into
(P, and
idle the engine until the indicator goes off.
If the indicator does not stop blinking,
take your vehicle to a dealer.
2 Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-AWD®)
*
P. 474
Maintenance
Minder
Indicator
●
Comes on when the scheduled
maintenance is due soon.
●
Consequently, Maintenance Due
Now and Maintenance Past Due
follow.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 585
Cruise Mode
Indicator
(White/Green)
●
Lights up in white when you change
to cruise mode.
●
Lights up in green when you have
set a speed for cruise control.
2 To Switch ACC with Low Speed
Follow to Cruise Control P. 518
—
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 101 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
102
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Adaptive
Cruise Control
(ACC) with
Low Speed
Follow
Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
ACC with Low Speed Follow.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Indicator may come on temporarily
when the Maximum Load Limit is
exceeded.
●
ACC with Low Speed Follow has
been automatically canceled.
●
Make sure the total load is within the
Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 433
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Adaptive
Cruise Control
(ACC) with
Low Speed
Follow
Indicator
(White/Green)
●
Lights up in white when you press
the button.
●
Lights up in green when you press
the RES/+ button or SET/– button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow P. 502
—
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS)
Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the LKAS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS)
Indicator
(White/Green)
●
Lights up in white when you press
the LKAS button.
●
Lights up in green when the LKAS is
in operation.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
P. 522
—
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 102 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
103
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Safety Support
Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the Road Departure Mitigation
system, CMBS
TM
, Low Speed
Braking Control
*
, or blind spot
information system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Indicator may come on temporarily
when the Maximum Load Limit is
exceeded.
●
Make sure the total load is within the
Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 433
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 103 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
104
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Safety Support
Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on when the Road
Departure Mitigation system, Low
Speed Braking Control
*
and/or
CMBS
TM
shuts itself off.
●
Indicator may come on temporarily when
passing through an enclosed space, such
as a tunnel.
●
The area around the radar sensor is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your
vehicle in a safe place and wipe the debris
off with a soft cloth. Indicator may take
some time to go off after the radar sensor
is cleaned.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
the indicator does not go off even after
you have cleaned the radar sensor.
2 Radar Sensor P. 543
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high.
Use the climate control system to cool
down the camera.
The system activates when the
temperature inside the camera cools
down.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 541
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 104 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
105
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Safety Support
Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on when the Road
Departure Mitigation system, Low
Speed Braking Control
*
and/or
CMBS
TM
shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place and wipe
the debris off with a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
the indicator and message are still
displayed even after you have cleaned the
area around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 541
●
Comes on when mud, snow, or ice
has accumulated in the vicinity of
the blind spot information system
sensor.
●
Comes on when the temperature of
the blind spot information system
sensor is high.
●
Comes on while driving - Something
may be interfering with the blind spot
information system sensor. Check the
vicinity of the blind spot information
system sensor and remove any obstacles.
●
The system will return to normal when the
temperature cools down.
2 Blind Spot Information System P. 479
●
Comes on when mud, snow, or ice
accumulates in the vicinity of the
sonar sensor.
●
Remove the obstacle in the vicinity of the
sonar sensor.
2 Low Speed Braking Control
*
P. 497
Models with Low Speed Braking Control
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 105 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
106
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Safety Support
Indicator
(Green/Gray)
●
Lights up in green when the Road
Departure Mitigation system,
CMBS
TM
, Low Speed Braking
Control
*
, and blind spot
information system are on.
●
Lights up in green and gray when
the Road Departure Mitigation
system, CMBS
TM
, Low Speed
Braking Control
*
, or blind spot
information system, or any two or
three of these systems are off.
●
Lights up in gray when the Road
Departure Mitigation system,
CMBS
TM
, Low Speed Braking
Control
*
, and blind spot
information system are off.
2 Road Departure Mitigation On and
Off P. 532
2 CMBS
TM
On and Off P. 490
2 System On and Off P. 499
2 Blind Spot Information System On
and Off P. 481
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 106 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
107
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Roll the right selector wheel to see the message again with the
system message indicator on.
2 Switching the Display P. 139
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the vehicle is no longer able to run
due to a malfunction.
●
Immediately stop in a safe place.
●
Appears when there is a risk that the vehicle will
move unexpectedly after you have stopped due to a
malfunction with the vehicle.
●
While the vehicle is stopped, apply the parking brake.
2 Parking Brake P. 545
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 107 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
108
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you set the power mode to ON again
and the vehicle is able to run.
2 Starting the Engine P. 443
●
Appears when the engine stops without the
transmission in (P, and does not restart
automatically.
●
Appears if you open the hood while Auto Idle Stop
activates.
●
If you want to set the power mode to ON, put the
transmission into (P.
●
If you want to start the engine, follow the normal
procedure.
2 Starting the Engine P. 443
●
Appears when the washer fluid is low.
●
Refill the washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 604
• Appears if there is a problem with the cooling
system.
• Drive slowly to prevent overheating and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
Canadian models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 108 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
109
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the starter system has a problem.
●
As a temporary measure, press and hold the ENGINE
START/STOP button for up to 15 seconds while
pressing the brake pedal, manually start the engine.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Appears when the engine oil pressure is low. • Appears while driving - Immediately stop in a safe
place.
2 If the Engine Oil Pressure Low Warning Appears
P. 671
●
Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets
abnormally high.
2 Overheating P. 669
U.S.
Canada
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 109 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
110
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when there is a problem with the power
tailgate system.
• Manually open or close the power tailgate.
• Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Appears if any door or the tailgate is not completely
closed.
• Appears if any door or the tailgate is opened while
driving. The beeper sounds.
• Disappears when all doors and the tailgate are closed.
U.S.
Canada
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 110 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
111
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears if there is a problem with the automatic
lighting control system.
• Appears while driving - Manually turn the lights on,
and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Appears if there is a problem with the headlights. • Appears while driving - The headlights may not be
on. When conditions allow you to drive safely, have
your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
●
Appears when there is a problem with the battery
charging system.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Appears if the dynamic mode cannot be changed
due to certain situations, such as a system error or
adverse driving conditions.
2 Acura Integrated Dynamics System P. 459
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 111 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
112
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the automatic brake hold system is
turned off.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 550
●
Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without wearing the driver’s seat belt.
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 550
●
Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without depressing the brake pedal while
the automatic brake hold is in operation.
●
Press the automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 550
●
Appears when the parking brake is applied
automatically while it is in operation.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 550
2 Parking Brake P. 545
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 112 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
113
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if the automatic brake hold is automatically
canceled while it is in operation.
●
Immediately depress the brake pedal.
●
Appears when the electric parking brake switch is
pulled without depressing the brake pedal while the
electric parking brake is in operation.
●
Pull the electric parking brake switch with the brake
pedal depressed.
2 Parking Brake P. 545
●
Appears when you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF, if the rear doors were opened shortly before or
after the vehicle was powered on.
●
Check the rear seat for passengers or items before
exiting the vehicle.
2 Rear Seat Reminder P. 224
●
Appears as soon as a problem is detected in the
keyless access system or keyless starting system.
●
Appears constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 113 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
114
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you close the door with the power
mode in ON without the keyless remote inside the
vehicle.
●
Disappears when you bring the keyless remote back
inside the vehicle and close the door.
2 Keyless Remote Reminder P. 195
●
Appears when the keyless remote battery becomes
weak.
2 Replacing the Remote Battery P. 625
●
Appears after you set the power mode to
ACCESSORY or ON.
●
Appears after you unlock and open the driver’s door.
2 Starting the Engine P. 443
• Appears when the engine does not restart
automatically due to the following reasons:
- The hood is open.
- There is a problem in the system that disables Auto
Idle Stop.
●
Follow the normal procedure to start the engine.
2 Starting the Engine P. 443
Canadian models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 114 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
115
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
Change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button P. 193
●
Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
—
●
Appears if the keyless remote’s battery is too weak
to start the engine or the key is not within operating
range to start the engine.
The beeper sounds six times.
●
Bring the back of the keyless remote into contact with
the ENGINE START/STOP button.
2 If the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak P. 665
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 115 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
116
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears if you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while the vehicle is moving.
2 Emergency Engine Stop P. 666
●
Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button with
your foot off the brake pedal to change the power
mode to VEHICLE OFF.
• Appears when you turn the Auto Idle Stop system
on.
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 464
• Appears when the hood is opened.
●
Close the hood.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 116 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
117
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when you try to change the transmission
without depressing the brake pedal.
• Depress the brake pedal, then change the transmission.
• Appears when you try to change the transmission
without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
• Release your foot off the accelerator pedal, then
change the transmission.
• Appears when you try to change the shift position
after the position has automatically been changed to
(P with the driver’s door open and the driver’s seat
belt unfastened.
●
Press the (P button if you leave the vehicle.
U.S.
Canada
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 117 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
118
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the (P button is pressed while the
vehicle is moving.
• Make sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before
operating the select button.
●
Appears if you put the transmission into (R while the
vehicle is moving forward, or into
(D while the
vehicle is reversing.
• Appears when you set the power mode to OFF while
driving.
• Immediately stop in a safe place, set the parking brake,
then restart the engine. If the message disappears,
continue driving.
• Appears when the vehicle is stopped with the
driver’s seat belt unfastened and there is a chance
that the vehicle may roll unintentionally.
• Press the (P button before release the brake pedal
when idling, parking or exiting the vehicle.
2 Shift Operation P. 453
●
Appears when you attempt to change to another
gear position with the transmission in
(P and the
engine OFF.
●
To select another gear position while in (P, the engine
must be ON.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 118 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
119
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when you press the (P button but it is not
engaged due to low ATF temperature.
• Depress the brake pedal until this message disappear.
• Appears when the temperature of the transmission
is starting to get too hot.
• The performance of the vehicle may be reduced.
• Until the message disappears, reduce your speed and
allow the system to cool down.
• Appears when you repeatedly change the shift
position between (P and other positions in short
period.
• Take some time before changing the shift position.
• Appears when you try to take the transmission out
of
(P immediately after you start engine.
• Try to take the transmission out of (P again.
• Appears when you depress the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in
(N.
• Remove your foot off the accelerator pedal. When
driving, depress the brake pedal and operate the shift
position.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 119 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
120
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when you press and hold (N button for
more than two seconds.
• Disappears when you set the shift position to other
than (N.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 455
• Appears for a few seconds if you have not pressed
the (N button long enough to initiate Neutral-Hold
mode.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 455
• Appears when neutral hold mode is not available
due to the transmission being too hot.
• When the transmission is too hot, neutral hold mode
may not be available. Let the engine idle until the
transmission has cooled down.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 455
• Appears if there is a problem with the auto high-
beam.
• Manually operate the headlight switch.
• If you are driving with the high-beam headlights when
this happens, the headlights are changed to low beams.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 120 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
121
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when ACC has been automatically
canceled.
●
You can resume the set speed after the condition that
caused ACC to cancel improves. Press the RES/+
button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
●
Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with
a vehicle in front of you. The beeper sounds.
●
Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the
brakes, change lanes, etc.)
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
P. 486
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
2 Low Speed Braking Control
*
P. 497
●
Appears when the low speed braking control system
is activated.
—
Models with Low Speed Braking Control
Models with Low
Speed Braking
Control
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 121 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
122
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when ACC is canceled due to excessive high
vehicle speed.
●
Reduce the speed, then reset ACC.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
●
Appears when cruise control is canceled due to
excessive low vehicle speed.
●
Raise the speed, then reset cruise control.
2 To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise
Control P. 518
●
Appears when the speed of the vehicle is too high for
you to set ACC.
●
Reduce the speed, then set ACC.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
●
Appears when the speed of the vehicle is too low for
you to set cruise control.
●
Raise the speed, then set cruise control.
2 To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise
Control P. 518
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 122 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
123
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC
is in operation.
●
ACC has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+ or SET/– button
while the distance between your vehicle and the
vehicle ahead of you is too close.
●
ACC cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
●
Appears when the parking brake is applied
automatically while ACC is in operation.
●
ACC has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
2 Parking Brake P. 545
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+ or SET/– button
while the parking brake is applied.
●
ACC cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
2 Parking Brake P. 545
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 123 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
124
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if ACC is canceled while your vehicle is
automatically stopped by ACC.
●
Immediately depress the brake pedal.
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+ or SET/– button
while the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is
depressed.
●
ACC cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
• Appears if the VSA® or traction control function
operates while ACC is in operation.
●
ACC has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 124 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
125
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if ACC cannot be set due to repeated
deceleration, driving on a long downward slope, or
excess vehicle weight.
●
Wait awhile, then reset ACC.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
• Appears just before the ACC is automatically
canceled due to repeated deceleration, driving on a
long downward slope, or excess vehicle weight. (Will
automatically open until the distance between your
vehicle and the vehicle ahead is the maximum set in
distance settings.)
• Appears when the ACC has been automatically
canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 125 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
126
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when SET/–, RES/+, CANCEL, or interval
button is pressed while ACC is off.
●
After pressing the button, press the SET/–, RES/+,
CANCEL, or interval button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
●
Appears when interval button is pressed while Cruise
mode is selected.
●
After selecting ACC, press the interval button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
• Appears when the vehicle ahead of you resumes
driving, after your vehicle has been stopped
automatically by ACC.
●
Press the RES/+ or SET/– button or depress the
accelerator pedal to resume.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 126 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
127
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the driver’s seat belt is unfastened
while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC.
●
ACC has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+ or SET/– button
while the driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
●
ACC cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
●
Appears when the transmission is put into any
position other than (D or (S while ACC is in
operation.
●
ACC has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+ or SET/– button
while the transmission is in any position other than
(D or (S.
●
ACC cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 127 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
128
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep
slope while ACC is in operation.
●
ACC has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
●
Appears when pressing the RES/+ or SET/– button
while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
●
ACC cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow P. 502
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 128 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
129
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if anything covers the radar sensor cover
and prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in
front.
●
May appear when driving in bad weather (rain,
snow, fog, etc.)
●
When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a
safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth. The
message may take some time to go off.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
does not disappear even after you clean the sensor
cover.
2 Radar Sensor P. 543
2 AcuraWatch
TM
P. 483
●
Appears if the temperature inside the front sensor
camera is too high and some driver assist systems
cannot be activated.
●
Use the climate control system to cool down the
camera.
●
Disappears - The camera has been cooled down and
the systems are activated normally.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 541
2 AcuraWatch
TM
P. 483
●
Appears if the area around the front sensor camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. and be prevented from
detecting a vehicle in front.
●
May appear when driving in bad weather (rain,
snow, fog, etc.)
●
When the front window gets dirty, stop your vehicle in
a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
does not disappear even after you cleaned the area
around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 541
2 AcuraWatch
TM
P. 483
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 129 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
130
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS
button is pressed, but there is a problem with a
system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.
●
If any other system indicators come on, such as the
VSA®, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.
2 Indicators P. 80
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 130 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
131
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper
sounds simultaneously.
●
Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
lane. The steering wheel vibrates rapidly.
●
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 522
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
lane.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane. The system
also steers the vehicle to help you remain within
your driving lane.
●
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
2 Road Departure Mitigation System P. 530
●
You can change the setting for the road departure
mitigation system. Normal, Wide, Warning Only and
Narrow can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 359
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Road Departure Mitigation System
When you selected Warning Only
When you selected Normal, Wide or Narrow
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 131 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
132
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the vehicle is likely to drive out of a
detected lane.
The Road Departure Mitigation system also steers the
vehicle to help you remain within your driving lane.
—
Road Departure Mitigation System
When you selected Narrow
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 132 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
133
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if there is a problem with the fuel pump
system.
●
Set the power mode to OFF for a while, then set the
power mode to ON. The message disappears if there is
no problem. If the message appears again, take your
vehicle to a dealer.
●
Appears if there is a problem with the engine
management system.
●
Set the power mode to OFF for a while, then set the
power mode to ON. The message disappears if there is
no problem. If the message appears again, take your
vehicle to a dealer.
●
Appears if there is a problem with the ignition
system.
●
Set the power mode to OFF for a while, then set the
power mode to ON. The message disappears if there is
no problem. If the message appears again, take your
vehicle to a dealer.
●
Appears if there is a problem with the seat heaters.
●
Turn off the seat heaters until the message disappears.
If the message appears again, take your vehicle to a
dealer.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 133 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
134
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if there is a problem with the climate control
system.
●
Turn off the climate control system until the message
disappears. If the message appears again, take your
vehicle to a dealer.
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you unlock and open the driver’s door
while the engine is running by remote engine start.
2 Remote Engine Start
*
P. 445
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears if there is a problem with the adaptive
damper system.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Your vehicle will
have normal damping ability without the adaptive
damper feature.
Models with remote engine start
Models with head-up display
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 134 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
135
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor
system.
• Check if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with
mud, ice, snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on even
after you clean the area, have the system checked by a
dealer.
Models with parking sensor system
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 135 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
136
Instrument Panel
Gauges and Displays
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, fuel gauge, and other related indicators.
They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.
Displays your driving speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada).
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.
■
Speedometer
■
Tachometer
■
Fuel Gauge
■
Temperature Gauge
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE
You should refuel when the reading approaches .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.
E
1Temperature Gauge
NOTICE
Driving with the temperature gauge reading in the
upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull
safely to the side of the road and allow engine
temperature to return to normal.
2 Overheating P. 669
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 136 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
137
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
Multi-Information Display
The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature
indicator, and other gauges.
It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
■
Adjusting the outside temperature display
Adjust the temperature reading by up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.
■
Sub Display
■
Odometer
■
Outside Temperature
Odometer
Outside TemperatureCompass
*
Dynamic Mode
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
You can adjust the temperature reading.
2 Customized Features P. 359
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 137 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
138
Instrument Panel
Shows the current traveling direction of the vehicle.
Shows the current dynamic mode.
2 Acura Integrated Dynamics System P. 459
Shows the current speed limit based on either
information compiled through the navigation
system
*
or speed limit signs captured by the
front sensor camera.
Shows the current mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow and LKAS.
2 To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control P. 518
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 522
■
Compass
*
■
Dynamic Mode
■
Speed Limit Information
1Speed Limit Information
The speed limit displayed on the screen may differ to
the actual speed limit.
The speed limit for some roads is not displayed.
You can select whether the source of the speed limit
information is the front sensor camera or the
navigation system.
You can also turn off speed limit information.
2 Customized Features P. 359
You can turn on or off the speed limit information.
2 Customized Features P. 359
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
■
Current Mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow and LKAS
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 138 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
139
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
Roll the right selector wheel to view different types of content.
■
Switching the Display
1Switching the Display
If a warning initially appears, you can - after reading
it - press the right selector wheel to proceed
immediately to the content or to any other
warning(s).
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 139 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
140
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
Move the right selector wheel to the right or left to switch between trip computer A
and trip computer B.
■
Trip meter
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
Resetting a trip meter
To reset the trip meter, display it, press and hold the right selector wheel.
u The trip meter is reset to 0.0.
■
Trip Computer
Trip Computer A
Trip Meter
Range
Average Fuel Economy
Instant Fuel Economy
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 140 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
141
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
■
Average fuel economy
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg or l/100 km.
The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel
economy is also reset.
■
Instant fuel economy
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100 km.
■
Range
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This estimated
distance is based on the vehicle’s current fuel economy.
■
Compass
Shows the compass screen.
■
Turn-by-Turn Directions
When driving guidance is provided by the navigation system or Android Auto, turn-
by-turn directions to your destination appear.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
2 Android Auto
TM
P. 327
■
Navigation
1Average fuel economy
You can change when to reset the average fuel
economy.
2 Customized Features P. 359
1Range
The driving range displayed is only an estimate and
may differ to the actual distance the vehicle can
travel.
1Navigation
You can cancel the driving guidance by pressing and
holding the right selector wheel.
A confirmation screen appears when Apple CarPlay
navigation route is active.
You can select whether to have the turn-by-turn
display come on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 359
2 To Change Head-Up Display Content P. 150
Turn-by-turn directions may not be available for all
apps.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 141 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
142
Instrument Panel
2 Indicators P. 80
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages P. 107
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance Minder
TM
.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 585
Shows each tire’s pressure.
2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist P. 475
Enables you to show another unit on the
multi-information display, head-up display
*
and audio/information screen and set the
displayed measurements to read in either
miles and mph or km and km/h.
Press the right selector wheel when you select
the Speed/Distance Units on the multi-
information display. Roll the right selector
wheel to select the unit and press it. After this,
a confirmation screen will appear for a few
seconds.
■
Warning
■
Maintenance
■
Tire Pressure Monitor
■
Speed/Distance Units
1Warning
If there are multiple warnings, you can move the right
selector wheel to the right or left to see other
warnings.
1Tire Pressure Monitor
The following colors indicate the state of tire
pressure:
•
Green: Within tire pressure regulation.
•
Amber: Above or Below tire pressure regulation.
•
Gray: There is a problem with the system.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 142 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
143
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
Press the right selector wheel when you select
the Sport Gauge Settings on the multi-
information display.
Roll the right selector wheel to select the
setting and press it.
■
Turbo Meter
When the turbo is producing boost, this meter
indicates boost pressure is building.
■
Sport Gauge Settings
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 143 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
144
Instrument Panel
■
G-meter
A red circle moves around to indicate where your vehicle is currently receiving a
lateral force while driving.
1G-meter
The meter does not display a lateral force larger than
1.2 G.
If there is a problem with the VSA® system, the G-
meter will not track the lateral force acting on the
vehicle.
When decelerated while moving forward
When accelerated while reversing
When accelerated while moving forward
When decelerated while reversing
Real-time lateral
force (red)
When steering
to the right
When steering
to the left
Lateral forces of the past
three seconds (white)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 144 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
145
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
Occurs, under specified conditions, when seat belts are latched or unlatched.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 39
The indicators on the display show the
amount of torque being transferred to the
right front, left front, right rear, and left rear
wheels.
2 Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-
AWD®)
*
P. 474
■
Seat Belts
■
SH-AWD® Torque Distribution Monitor
*
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 145 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
146
Instrument Panel
Indicates the status of the Road Departure Mitigation system, CMBS
TM
, Low Speed
Braking Control
*
and blind spot information system, such as On, Off, or Failure, by
color and letters.
The following colors indicate the status of any of the above-mentioned systems:
• Green: The system is on.
• Gray: The system is off.
• Amber: There is a problem with the system.
■
Safety Support
1Safety Support
If a system is indicated by the color amber, have your
vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
To turn on or off each system, first press and roll the
right selector wheel to select the desired item, and
then press the right selector wheel.
2 Road Departure Mitigation On and Off
P. 532
2 CMBS
TM
On and Off P. 490
2 System On and Off P. 499
2 Blind Spot Information System On and Off
P. 481
You can also confirm the status of each function by
the color of the safety support indicator.
2 Safety Support Indicator (Amber) P. 103
2 Safety Support Indicator (Green/Gray)
P. 106
Even when the Low Speed Braking Control icon is
green, if the parking sensor is turned off for the rear
only, the brake assist will not operate when reversing.
2 Turning off All Rear Sensors P. 560
Models with Low Speed Braking Control
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 146 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
147
uuGauges and DisplaysuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
Models with Low Speed Braking Control
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 147 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
148
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display
*
Instrument Panel
Head-Up Display
*
Shows the currently selected Driving View information, navigation, audio and phone
information, etc. You can choose which items are displayed using the left selector
wheel on the steering wheel. They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.
2 To Change Head-Up Display Content P. 150
The display can be moved up and down to become level with your eyes.
To raise or lower the head-up display: Press and hold the or button until
the desired position is reached.
1Head-Up Display
*
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a
remote transmitter or keyless access system, the
head-up display adjusts automatically to one of the
two preset positions.
3
4
3
4
3
4
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 148 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
149
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display
*
Continued
Instrument Panel
The display also shows the following
warnings.
• Lane Departure Warning: When your
vehicle is too close to the traffic lane lines,
the lane departure warning appears.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
P. 522
• Head-Up Warning Lights:
Flash when the BRAKE message appears
on the multi-information display.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 486
2 Low Speed Braking Control
*
P. 497
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow P. 502
Lane Departure Warning
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 149 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
150
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display
*
Instrument Panel
Press the APPS button and roll the left
selector wheel to select Select Driving View
and press the left selector wheel. Each time
you move the left selector wheel to the right
or left, the head-up display content will
change.
■
To Change Head-Up Display Content
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 150 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
151
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display
*
Instrument Panel
Shows your driving speed in mph or km/h.
Shows the current mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow and the LKAS.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow P. 502
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 522
Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the
navigation system or Android Auto.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
2 Android Auto
TM
P. 327
Shows the current speed limit based on either information compiled through the
navigation system or speed limit signs captured by the front sensor camera.
■
Vehicle Speed
■
Current Mode for ACC with Low Speed Follow and the LKAS
■
Turn-by-Turn Directions
■
Speed Limit Information
1Vehicle Speed
Switch between mph and km/h by using the multi-
information display or customized features on the
audio/information screen.
2 Speed/Distance Units P. 142
2 Customized Features P. 359
1Turn-by-Turn Directions
Turn-by-turn directions may not be available for all
apps.
1Speed Limit Information
The speed limit displayed on the screen may differ to
the actual speed limit.
The speed limit for some roads is not displayed.
You can select whether the source of the speed limit
information is the front sensor camera or the
navigation system.
You can also turn off speed limit information.
2 Customized Features P. 359
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 151 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
152
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 152 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
This page intentionally left blank.
153
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 154
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key .................................................. 156
Low Keyless Remote Signal Strength ...159
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside .......................................... 160
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside ............................................. 169
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 171
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 172
Tailgate.............................................. 173
Security System
Immobilizer System .......................... 183
Security System Alarm...................... 183
Windows ........................................... 186
Panoramic Roof................................. 189
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel
ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 193
Turn Signals..................................... 196
Light Switches.................................. 197
Fog Lights
*
...................................... 200
Chicane
TM
Daytime Running Lights... 200
Auto High-Beam .............................. 201
Wipers and Washers ........................ 204
Brightness Control ........................... 208
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button ........................................207
Heated Windshield Button
*
............. 207
Driving Position Memory System ...... 210
Adjusting the Steering Wheel .......... 212
Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 213
Power Door Mirrors ......................... 214
Seats .................................................. 216
Interior Convenience Items.............. 230
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 247
Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 252
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 153 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
154
Controls
Clock
Adjusting the Clock
You can adjust the time manually in the audio/information screen with the power
mode in ON.
You can adjust the time using the A-zone touchpad.
2 True Touchpad Interface P. 261
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select Date & Time.
5. Select Set Date & Time.
6. Select Automatic Date & Time.
7. Select Off.
To adjust time:
8. Select Set Time.
9. Select
(+/(-.
u When you customize the clock display
to 24 hour clock, AM/PM icon is not
displayed.
2 Customized Features P. 359
10. Press the (back) button to set the
time.
■
Adjusting the Time
1Clock
The clock is automatically updated through the audio
system.
1Adjusting the Time
You can also adjust the clock by selecting the clock
displayed on the right side of the display.
1. Press the (cards list) button.
2. Select Clock using the B-zone touchpad.
3. Press the B-zone touchpad.
4. Select Set Date & Time using the A-zone
touchpad.
5. Select Automatic Date & Time.
6. Select Off.
7. Select Set Date or Set Time.
8. Select
(+/(- to adjust the dates, hours and
minutes.
9. Press the (back) button to set the date or
time.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 154 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
155
uuClockuAdjusting the Clock
Controls
To adjust date:
8. Select Set Date.
9. Select
(+/(-.
10. Press the (back) button to set the
date.
1Adjusting the Time
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 359
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 155 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
156
Controls
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key
This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Use the keys to start and stop the engine, lock
and unlock all the doors and the fuel fill door,
and open the tailgate.
1Key
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 183
Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the
keys:
•
Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
•
Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
•
Keep the keys away from liquids, dust and sand.
•
Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine
may not start, and the remote transmitter may not
work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.
You can remotely start the engine using the remote
engine start.
2 Remote Engine Start
*
P. 445
Models with two-way keyless remote
Models without two-way keyless
remote
Models with two-way keyless
remote
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 156 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
157
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey
Continued
Controls
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the
doors when the keyless remote battery
becomes weak and the power door lock/
unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, pull out the key
while pressing the release button. To reinstall
the built-in key, push the built-in key into the
keyless remote until it clicks.
■
Built-in Key
Built-in Key
Release Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 157 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey
158
Controls
Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.
■
Key Number Tag
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,
contact a dealer.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 158 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
159
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Remote Signal Strength
Controls
Low Keyless Remote Signal Strength
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless remote to start engine, lock
and unlock all the doors, tailgate and fuel fill door.
In the following cases, starting the engine, locking/unlocking all the doors, tailgate
and fuel fill door may be inhibited or operation may be unstable:
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.
• You are carrying the keyless remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless remote.
1Low Keyless Remote Signal Strength
Communication between the keyless remote and the
vehicle consumes the keyless remote’s battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
depending on regularity of use.
The battery is consumed whenever the keyless
remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
personal computers.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 159 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
160
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
When you carry the keyless remote, you can
lock/unlock the doors and fuel fill door, and
open the tailgate.
You can lock/unlock the doors, fuel fill door,
and tailgate within a radius of about 32 inches
(80 cm) of the outside door handle or tailgate
outer handle.
■
Using the Keyless Access System
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior light comes on when you unlock
the doors and tailgate.
No doors opened: The light fades out after 30
seconds.
Doors and tailgate relocked: The light goes off
immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 230
1Using the Keyless Access System
If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30
seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the keyless
access system, the doors and tailgate will
automatically relock.
You can lock or unlock doors using the keyless access
system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
The keyless access system will not lock the vehicle
when a door or the tailgate is open.
Models without rear door touch sensor
Models with rear door touch sensor
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 160 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
161
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
■
Locking the doors and tailgate
Touch the door lock sensor on the front or
rear
*
door, or press the lock button on the
tailgate.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors, fuel fill door, and
tailgate lock; and the security system
sets.
1Using the Keyless Access System
•
Do not leave the keyless remote in the vehicle
when you get out. Carry it with you.
•
Even if you are not carrying the keyless remote, you
can lock/unlock the doors and tailgate while
someone else with the remote is within range.
•
The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if
the keyless remote is within range.
•
If you grip a door handle or touch a door lock
sensor wearing gloves, the door sensor may be
slow to respond or may not respond by unlocking
or locking the doors.
•
After locking the door, you have up to 2 seconds
during which you can pull the door handle to
confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to
unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait
at least 2 seconds before gripping the handle,
otherwise the door will not unlock.
•
The door might not open if you pull it immediately
after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
•
Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may
not be able to lock/unlock the doors and tailgate
with the keyless remote if it is above or below the
outside handle.
•
The keyless remote may not operate if it is too close
to the door, door glass and tailgate.
Door Lock
Sensor
Lock Button
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 161 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
162
Controls
■
Unlocking the doors and tailgate
Grab the driver’s door handle:
u The driver’s door and fuel fill door
unlock.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Grab the front passenger’s door or rear
*
door
handle:
u All doors, fuel fill door, and the tailgate
unlock.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Press the tailgate outer handle:
u The tailgate unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds.
2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 182
1Using the Keyless Access System
The light flash, beep and door unlock mode settings
can be customized using the audio/information
screen.
2 Customized Features P. 359
When you go into the keyless access system working
range with all the doors locked, the puddle lights
come on for 30 seconds.
The lights do not come on if you have previously
stayed within the range for more than two minutes,
or the doors have been locked for a few days. The
feature activates again after you open and close any
door, then lock the doors.
You can also unlock and open with the power
tailgate.
2 Using the Tailgate Outer Handle P. 178
Models with puddle lights
All models
Tailgate Outer
Handle
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 162 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
163
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
■
Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk
away auto lock®)
When you walk away from the vehicle with all
doors and tailgate closed and while carrying
the keyless remote, the doors will
automatically lock.
The auto lock function activates when all
doors and tailgate are closed, or all doors are
closed and tailgate begins power close
operation, and the keyless remote is within
about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of the outside door
handle or tailgate outer handle.
Exit vehicle while carrying keyless remote and
close door(s).
1. While within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of
the vehicle.
u The beeper sounds; the auto lock
function will be activated.
2. Carry the keyless remote beyond about 5
feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle and remain
outside this range for 2 or more seconds.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all doors and tailgate will then
lock.
1Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock®)
The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory
default setting. The auto lock function can be set to
ON using the audio/information screen.
If you set the auto lock function to ON using the
audio/information screen, only the remote
transmitter that was used to unlock the driver’s door
prior to the setting change can activate auto lock.
2 Customized Features P. 359
After the auto lock function has been activated,
when you stay within the locking/unlocking
operation range, the indicator on the keyless remote
will continue to flash until the doors are locked.
When you stay beside the vehicle within the
operation range, the doors will automatically lock
approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock
function activating beeper sounds.
When you open a door after the auto lock function
activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will
be canceled.
Under the following circumstances, the auto lock
function will not activate:
•
The keyless remote is inside the vehicle.
•
The keyless remote is taken out of its operational
range before all the doors and tailgate are closed.
uThe beeper will not sound.
uThe beeper will sound.
The activation range of
the auto lock function is
about 5 feet (1.5 m)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 163 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
164
Controls
To temporarily deactivate the function:
1. Set the power mode to OFF.
2. Open the driver’s door.
3. Using the master door lock switch, operate
the lock as follows:
Lock Unlock Lock Unlock.
u The beeper sounds, and the function is
deactivated.
To restore the function:
• Set the power mode to ON.
• Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock
function.
• With the keyless remote on you, move out
of the auto lock function operation range.
• Open any door.
1Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock®)
You must wait until the power tailgate fully closes
before the auto lock function will be activated.
The auto lock function does not operate when any of
the following conditions are met.
•
The keyless remote is inside the vehicle.
•
A door or the hood is not closed.
•
The power mode is set to any mode other than
OFF.
•
The keyless remote is not located within a radius of
about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle when you get
out of the vehicle and close the doors.
Auto lock function operation stop beeper
After the auto lock function has been activated, the
auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for
approximately two seconds in the following cases.
•
The keyless remote is put inside the vehicle through
a window.
•
You are located too close to the vehicle.
•
The keyless remote is put inside the tailgate.
If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are
carrying the keyless remote. Then, open/close a door
and confirm the auto lock activation beeper sounds
once.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 164 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
165
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
■
Locking the doors and tailgate
Press the lock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors,
tailgate, and fuel fill door lock, and the
security system sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.
■
Unlocking the doors and tailgate
Press the unlock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
driver’s door and fuel fill door unlock.
Twice:
u The remaining doors and tailgate unlock.
*1:
Checking Door Lock Status
*
P. 168
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30
seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote
transmitter, the doors and tailgate will automatically
relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 359
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote
transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE
OFF.
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door or
the tailgate is open.
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
varies, the battery is probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Remote Battery P. 625
LED
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
LED
*1
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 165 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
166
Controls
If the lock or unlock button of the keyless remote does not work, use the key
instead.
2 Replacing the Remote Battery P. 625
Fully insert the key and turn it.
■
Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all the
other doors, tailgate and fuel fill door lock at the
same time. When unlocking, the driver’s door
unlocks first. Turn the key a second time within a few
seconds to unlock the remaining doors, fuel fill door
and the tailgate.
Lock
Unlock
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 166 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
167
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
If you do not have the key on you, or if for some reason you cannot lock a door using
the key, you can lock the door without it.
■
Locking the front doors
Push the lock tab forward
a
or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b
, and close the door.
■
Locking the rear doors
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
■
Lockout prevention system
The doors and the tailgate cannot be locked when the keyless remote is inside the
vehicle.
■
Locking a Door Without Using a Key
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors,
tailgate and fuel fill door lock at the same time.
Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not
inside the vehicle.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 167 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
168
Controls
You can remotely check if your vehicle’s doors
are all locked or any are unlocked using the
keyless remote from extended distances.
Press the lock button, the Amber (left) LED blinks once. After three seconds, one of
the following feedback will come:
• Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked.
• Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not
completely closed.
• Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status
from the vehicle.
■
Checking Door Lock Status
*
1Checking Door Lock Status
*
Operate the remote in an open space. If there are
buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle
and the remote, the remote may not work even
within the operable range. However, the range
required for unlocking the tailgate and all the doors
as well as activating the panic function is the same as
that required for operating the standard keyless
remote.
2 Using the Remote Transmitter P. 165
When checking the door lock status, you can also
start or stop the engine.
2 Remote Engine Start
*
P. 445
Red
Green
Amber
Lock Button
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 168 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
169
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Continued
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■
Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.
■
Unlocking a door
Pull the lock tab rearward.
■
Using the Lock Tab
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, all of the other doors, tailgate and fuel
fill door lock at the same time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.
To Unlock
Lock Tab
To Lock
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 169 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
170
Controls
Pull the front door inner handle.
u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other
doors.
To avoid all the doors unlocking, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock,
then lock again before opening the door.
u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be
unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using
the audio/information screen.
■
Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The front door inner handles are designed to allow
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
However, this feature requires that front seat
occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where
childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 171
Inner Handle
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 170 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
171
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks
Controls
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all the doors, tailgate and
fuel fill door.
Childproof Door Locks
The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.
■
When opening the door
Open the door using the outside door handle.
■
Using the Master Door Lock Switch
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock either front door using the
master door lock switch, all the other doors, tailgate
and fuel fill door lock/unlock at the same time.
To Lock
Master Door
Lock Switch
To Unlock
■
Setting the Childproof Door Locks
1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.
Lock
Unlock
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 171 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
172
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
Controls
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks or unlocks all doors automatically when a certain condition is met.
■
Drive lock mode
All doors and tailgate lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).
■
Driver’s door open mode
All doors and tailgate unlock when the driver’s door is opened.
■
Auto Door Locking
■
Auto Door Unlocking
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the audio/
information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 359
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 172 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
173
Continued
Controls
Tailgate
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or
closing it.
Keep the tailgate closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 77
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to
put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo
area when closing the tailgate.
When you are storing or picking up luggage from the
cargo area or by using a forward and back kicking
motion under the center of the rear bumper for
hands free access
*
, while the engine is idling, do not
stand in front of the exhaust pipe. You may get
burned.
Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They
may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden
acceleration, or a crash.
3
WARNING
Anyone caught in the path of a tailgate
that is being opened or closed can be
seriously injured.
Make sure that all people are clear of the
tailgate before opening or closing it.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 173 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuTailgateuPrecautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
174
Controls
The power tailgate can be operated by pressing the power tailgate button on the
remote transmitter, pressing the power tailgate button on the driver’s door, pressing
the outer handle on the tailgate, or by using a forward and back kicking motion
under the center of the rear bumper for hands free access
*
.
The power tailgate can be opened/closed when the transmission is in
(P.
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
NOTICE
Do not push or pull on the power tailgate when it is
being automatically opened or closed.
Forcibly opening or closing the power tailgate while
in operation can deform the tailgate frame.
When operating the power tailgate, make sure there
is enough space around your vehicle. People near the
tailgate may be seriously hurt if the tailgate hits or
closes on their heads. Be especially cautious if
children are around.
The power tailgate may not open or close under the
following conditions:
•
You start the engine while the tailgate is
automatically opening or closing.
•
The vehicle is parked on a steep hill.
•
The vehicle is swayed in a strong wind.
•
The tailgate or the roof is covered with snow or ice.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 174 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
175
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
Continued
Controls
Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
Use a forward and back kicking motion for
about 1 second under the center of the rear
bumper to open or close the power tailgate
while carrying the keyless remote.
u Some exterior lights will flash and a
beeper will sound, then the tailgate
begins to move.
■
Using the Hands Free Access
*
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
During rain or in other instances when the vehicle
becomes wet, the sensor may not properly detect
your foot motion.
When performing work on or around the rear section
of the vehicle, you may inadvertently open or close
the tailgate.
To prevent this from happening, select Customized
Features on the audio/information screen and then
select OFF for the feature.
2 Customized Features P. 359
If you hold your foot under the bumper for too long
or sweep your foot from side to side, the power
tailgate does not open or close.
This function will not operate if you don’t have the
keyless remote on you. Please make sure you have
the keyless remote on you.
3
WARNING
Opening or closing a power tailgate while
any part of a passenger is in the tailgate’s
operating path can cause serious injury.
Make sure all passengers or objects are
clear of the tailgate operating range
before opening or closing the tailgate.
Models with Hands Free Access
1 sec.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 175 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
176
Controls
Press the power tailgate button for more than
one second to operate when the power mode
is in VEHICLE OFF.
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
If you press the button again while the power
tailgate is moving, it will stop.
Press the button for more than one second,
and the power tailgate will reverse direction.
■
Customizing when to open the tailgate
Anytime: The power tailgate unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the
default setting.
When Unlocked: The tailgate opens when all doors are unlocked.
2 Customized Features P. 359
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
If you close the power tailgate when all the doors are
locked, the power tailgate locks automatically.
If you replace the battery or the power tailgate fuse
while the tailgate is open, the power tailgate may be
disabled. The power tailgate resumes once you
manually close the tailgate.
Installing aftermarket components other than Acura
genuine accessories on the power tailgate may
prevent it from fully opening or closing.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully open before you
get your luggage in and out.
The beeper sounds when you start driving while the
power tailgate is still open, or closing.
Power
Tailgate
Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 176 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
177
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
Controls
To open or close the power tailgate, press the
power tailgate button for about one second.
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
If you press the button again while the power
tailgate is moving, it will stop.
Press the button for about one second, and
the power tailgate will reverse direction.
■
Using the Power Tailgate Button
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
If the power tailgate meets resistance while opening
or closing, the auto reverse feature reverses the
direction. The beeper sounds three times.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
tailgate is almost closed to make sure that it fully
closes.
Do not touch the sensors located on both sides of the
tailgate. The power tailgate does not close if you
touch either sensor when you are trying to close the
tailgate.
Be careful not to scratch the sensors with a sharp
object. If scratched, they can be damaged, and the
power tailgate closing feature malfunctions.
Power Tailgate Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 177 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
178
Controls
If you press the outer handle of the tailgate for
no longer than one second, the tailgate opens
automatically.
u The beeper sounds.
u If you want to open the tailgate
manually, press the button for more than
one second and wait until you hear
beeps.
2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 182
If you are carrying the keyless remote, you do
not have to unlock the tailgate before
opening it.
If you press the outer handle again while the
power tailgate is moving, it will stop.
Press the outer handle, and the power tailgate
will reverse direction.
■
Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
•
Do not leave the keyless remote in the vehicle
when you get out. Carry it with you.
•
Even if you are not carrying the keyless remote, you
can unlock the tailgate while someone else with
the remote is within range.
•
Do not leave the keyless remote inside the cargo
area and close the tailgate. The beeper sounds and
the tailgate cannot be closed.
You can change the power tailgate operation setting
on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 359
Outer Handle
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 178 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
179
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
Continued
Controls
Press the button on the tailgate to close the
power tailgate.
u The beeper sounds.
If you press the button again while the power
tailgate is moving, it will stop. Press and
release the button again, and the power
tailgate will reverse direction.
■
Using the Tailgate Inner Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 179 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
180
Controls
The extent to which the power tailgate
automatically opens can be programed.
To program:
1. Open the tailgate to the desired position.
2. Press and hold the tailgate inner button.
You will hear one long beep, followed by
two short beeps.
■
Programming Tailgate Position
1Programming Tailgate Position
If the tailgate is only slightly opened, the position
cannot be programmed, even if you push the inner
button.
If you want to reprogram the power tailgate to open
all the way, manually raise the tailgate to its upper
most position and follow the directions step 2.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 180 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
181
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
Controls
If you manually close the power tailgate, it latches automatically.
Automatically lowers the power tailgate when there is a possibility that the fully
opened power tailgate can fall down by its own weight (for example, by snow on
the tailgate). The beeper sounds while the power tailgate lowers.
■
Auto-Closer
■
Power Tailgate Fall Detection
1Auto-Closer
The auto-closer feature does not activate if you press
and hold the tailgate outer handle while the power
tailgate is closing.
Do not put any force on the tailgate while the power
tailgate is latching.
Keep your hands away from the tailgate when you
manually close the tailgate and let it latch
automatically. It is dangerous to put your hands
around the tailgate as it starts to latch itself.
1Power Tailgate Fall Detection
If you try to manually close the power tailgate
immediately after it fully opens, the power tailgate
fall detection may activate.
Once the power tailgate fall detection activates, wait
until the power tailgate fully closes. Keep away from
the power tailgate when it is in motion.
If the power tailgate fall detection constantly
activates, consult at a dealer.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 181 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
182
uuTailgateuOpening/Closing the Tailgate
Controls
Opening/Closing the Tailgate
When all the doors are unlocked, the tailgate
is unlocked.
Press the outer handle of the tailgate and lift
open the tailgate.
If you are carrying the keyless remote, you do
not have to unlock the tailgate before
opening it.
To close the tailgate, grab the inner handle,
pull the tailgate down, and push it closed
from outside.
If you close the tailgate when the driver's door
is locked, the tailgate locks automatically.
u Some exterior lights flash.
1Opening/Closing the Tailgate
•
Do not leave the keyless remote in the vehicle
when you get out. Carry it with you.
•
Even if you are not carrying the keyless remote, you
can unlock the tailgate while someone else with
the remote is within range.
•
Do not leave the keyless remote inside the cargo
area and close the tailgate. The beeper sounds and
the tailgate cannot be closed.
Outer Handle
Inner Handle
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 182 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
183
Continued
Controls
Security System
Immobilizer System
This system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from starting the
engine.
Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/
STOP button.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system near the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
• Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic devices, such as televisions
and audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can
become magnetic.
Security System Alarm
The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood or doors are forcibly
opened. The alarm does not activate if the tailgate or doors are opened with the key,
remote transmitter or keyless access system.
However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key and then the hood is
opened before the power mode is set to ON.
■
When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently and some exterior lights flash.
■
To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system or set
the power mode to ON. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is
deactivated.
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE
Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or
accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the key with you whenever you leave the
vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake
pedal before turning the vehicle on the first time after
the battery has been disconnected.
1Security System Alarm
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
The security system alarm continues for a maximum
of two minutes until the security system alarm
deactivates.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 183 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
184
Controls
■
Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF.
• The hood is closed.
• All doors and the tailgate are locked from outside with the key, remote
transmitter, or keyless access system.
■
When the security system alarm sets
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks and the blinking
interval changes after about 15 seconds.
■
To cancel the security system alarm
The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote
transmitter, keyless access system, or the power mode is set to ON. The security
system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.
1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
•
Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
•
Opening the hood with the hood release.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
once the battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter or
keyless access system.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 184 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
185
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
Controls
■
The panic button on the remote
transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.
■
Canceling panic mode
• Press any button on the remote transmitter.
• Set the power mode to ON.
■
Panic Mode
Panic
Button
Panic
Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 185 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
186
Controls
Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON,
using the switches on the doors.
The driver’s side switches can be used to open and close all the windows. The power
window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (indicator off) to open
and close the windows from anywhere other than the driver’s seat.
When the power window lock button is pressed, the indicator comes on and you
can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on if a
child is in the vehicle.
■
Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
■
Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.
■
Opening/Closing the Windows with Auto-Open/Close
Function
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3
WARNING
Closing a power window on someone’s
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
Power
Window
Lock Button
Indicator
Driver’s Window
Switch
Front Passenger’s
Window Switch
Rear Passenger’s
Window Switches
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 186 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
187
uuWindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
Controls
To open: Press the unlock button, and then
within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it.
If the windows stop midway, repeat the
procedure.
■
Opening the Windows with the Remote
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
While driving with any of the windows open, you
may hear a booming, throbbing, or helicopter-type
noise or pressure. This is called wind buffeting. This is
a normal occurrence that can be minimized.
If you hear a wind buffeting noise with any of the
windows open, lower all of the other windows
slightly or open the panoramic roof.
Unlock
Button
1Opening the Windows with the Remote
If you open the windows with the remote, the
panoramic roof will open automatically along with
them.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 187 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuWindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
188
Controls
To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the
key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to
the central position, turn the key in the unlock
direction and hold it there.
To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.
Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the
central position, turn the key in the lock
direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows at the
desired position. If you want further
adjustment, repeat the same operation.
■
Opening/Closing the Windows with the Key
1Opening/Closing the Windows with the Key
If you open/close the windows with the key, the
panoramic roof will open/close automatically along
with them.
Close
Open
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 188 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
189
Continued
Controls
Panoramic Roof
Opening/Closing the Panoramic Roof
You can operate the panoramic roof and sunshade when the power mode is in ON.
Use the switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the panoramic roof and
sunshade.
1Opening/Closing the Panoramic Roof
NOTICE
Opening the panoramic roof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the panoramic roof panel or motor.
The panoramic roof and sunshade can be operated
for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the panoramic roof and sunshade to
change directions, then stop. Auto reverse stops
sensing when the panoramic roof and sunshade are
almost closed to ensure that it fully closes. Make sure
that all objects, including fingers, are clear of the
panoramic roof and sunshade.
3
WARNING
Opening or closing the panoramic roof and
sunshade on someone’s hands or fingers
can cause serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the panoramic roof and sunshade before
opening or closing it.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 189 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuPanoramic RoofuOpening/Closing the Panoramic Roof
190
Controls
1Panoramic Roof
You can use the remote transmitter or the key to
operate the panoramic roof.
2 Opening the Windows with the Remote
P. 187
2 Opening/Closing the Windows with the
Key P. 188
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 190 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
191
uuPanoramic RoofuOpening/Closing the Panoramic Roof
Controls
■
Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The panoramic roof automatically opens or
closes all the way. To stop the panoramic roof
midway, pull or push the switch briefly.
■
Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
■
Tilting the panoramic roof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the panoramic
roof switch.
u The sunshade will open automatically
and the panoramic roof will start to tilt
up.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then
release.
■
Using the Panoramic Roof Switch
1Using the Panoramic Roof Switch
The panoramic roof cannot be fully opened in a
single operation. The panoramic roof has a
“comfort” position or wind noise reduction position
at which the roof first stops. To open fully, pull the
switch back again after the roof has stopped at this
position.
Whenever the panoramic roof is opening, the
sunshade moves along with it. However, when the
panoramic roof is closing, the sunshade does not
move.
When you tilt open the panoramic roof, the sunshade
opens slightly to let in fresh air. When you close the
panoramic roof from this position, the sunshade
returns to its closed position.
Comfort Position
Full Open Position
Open
Close
Tilt
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 191 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuPanoramic RoofuOpening/Closing the Panoramic Roof
192
Controls
■
Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
To open half: Push on the center of the
sunshade switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The sunshade automatically opens or closes all
the way. To stop the sunshade midway, pull or
push the switch briefly.
■
Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
■
Using the Sunshade Switch
1Using the Sunshade Switch
The sunshade can be opened or closed to adjust the
amount of light that enters the cabin.
When you use the sunshade switch to open the
sunshade, the panoramic roof does not move.
The sunshade cannot be fully closed if the panoramic
roof is open. When you close the sunshade with the
panoramic roof opened, the sunshade stops slightly
before the panoramic roof glass. When you push the
switch forward again, the sunshade and the
panoramic roof close together.
Open
Half Open
Close
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 192 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
193
Continued
Controls
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
ENGINE START/STOP Button
■
Changing the Power Mode
1ENGINE START/STOP Button
ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range
You can start the engine when the keyless remote is
inside the vehicle.
The engine may also run if the keyless remote is close
to the door or window, even if it is outside the
vehicle.
ON mode:
The ENGINE START/STOP button is on (in red), if the
engine is running.
If the battery of the keyless remote is getting low, the
engine may not start when you push the ENGINE
START/STOP button. If the engine does not start,
refer to the following link.
2 If the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak
P. 665
Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON
when you get out.
Operating Range
VEHICLE OFF
The button is off.
The power to all electrical components is turned off.
ACCESSORY
The button blinks (in red).
Operate the audio system and other accessories in this
position.
ON
The button blinks (in red).
All electrical components can be used.
Without pressing the brake pedal
Press the button.
Put
the transmission into
(P.
Press the button without the
transmission in
(P.
Press the button with the
transmission in
(P.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 193 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
194
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
Controls
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the
power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to
VEHICLE OFF to avoid draining the battery.
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
beep sounds.
■
Automatic Power Off
■
Power Mode Reminder
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 194 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
195
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
Controls
When the power mode is set to any mode
other than OFF and you remove the keyless
remote from the vehicle and shut the door, an
alarm will sound. If the alarm continues to
sound, place the keyless remote in another
location.
■
When the power mode is in
ACCESSORY
The alarm will sound from outside the vehicle.
■
When the power mode is in ON
An alarm will sound both inside and outside
the vehicle. In addition, a warning indicator
will appear on the instrument panel.
■
Keyless Remote Reminder
1Keyless Remote Reminder
When the keyless remote is within the system’s
operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the
warning function cancels.
If the keyless remote is taken out of the vehicle after
the engine has been started, you can no longer
change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or
restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is
in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
Removing the keyless remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
buzzer.
Do not put the keyless remote on the dashboard or in
the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer to go
off. Under some other conditions that can prevent
the vehicle from locating the remote, the warning
buzzer may also go off even if the remote is within
the system’s operational range.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 195 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
196
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals
Controls
Turn Signals
The turn signals can be used when the power
mode is in ON.
■
(A): Turn signal
Push the lever up or down based on the
direction you want to turn, and the turn signal
will blink.
■
(B): One-touch turn signal
When you lightly push the lever up or down
and release it, the turn signal will blink 3
times.
1Turn Signals
The turn signal indicator on the instrument panel will
blink when the external turn signal blinks.
2 Indicators P. 80
(A)
(A)
(B)
(B)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 196 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
197
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Continued
Controls
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the power mode
setting.
■
High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■
Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■
Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.
■
Lights off
Turn the lever to OFF either when:
• The transmission is in
(P.
• The parking brake is applied.
To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to
OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you
do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights
come on automatically when:
• The transmission is taken out of
(P and the
parking brake is released.
• The vehicle starts to move.
■
Manual Operation
1Light Switches
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF while
the lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver’s
door is opened.
When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
2 Lights On Indicator P. 98
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off
because it will cause the battery to discharge.
If you sense that the level of the headlights is
abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.
High Beams
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker,
tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking,
side marker, tail, and rear
license plate lights
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 197 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
198
Controls
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the power mode is in ON.
When the light switch is in AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
The headlights come on when you unlock a
door in dark areas with the headlight switch in
AUTO.
u Once you lock the door, the headlights
will go off.
■
Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
Light Sensor
Models with automatic
intermittent wipers
Models without automatic
intermittent wipers
Light Sensor
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 198 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
199
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Controls
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF, take the remote with you,
and close the driver’s door.
If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF with the headlight switch on, but do not
open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch is in the
AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver’s door, you will hear a reminder chime alerting you that the lights are on.
■
Headlight Integration with Wiper
■
Automatic Lighting Off Feature
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
You can adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
2 Customized Features P. 359
Setting The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
Max
High
Mid
Low
Min
U.S. models
Bright
Dark
1Headlight Integration with Wiper
This feature activates while the headlights are off in
AUTO.
The instrument panel brightness does not change
when the headlights come on.
At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting
control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of
the number of wiper sweeps.
1Automatic Lighting Off Feature
You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 359
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 199 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
200
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights
*
Controls
Fog Lights
*
When the low beam headlights are on, turn
the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.
Chicane
TM
Daytime Running Lights
The parking/daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have
been met:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The headlight switch is in AUTO.
• The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Setting the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF will turn off the daytime running lights.
The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when
the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.
Fog Light Switch
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 200 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
201
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
Continued
Controls
Auto High-Beam
The front sensor camera detects the light sources ahead of the vehicle such as the
lights of a preceding or oncoming vehicle, or street lights. When you are driving at
night, the system automatically switches the headlights between low beam and high
beam depending on the situation.
When all of the following conditions have been met, the auto high-beam indicator
comes on and the auto high-beam is activated.
• The power mode is in ON.
• The light switch is in AUTO.
• The lever is in the low beam position.
• The headlights have been automatically
activated.
• It is dark outside the vehicle.
If the auto high-beam indicator does not come on even when all the conditions have
been met, carry out the following procedure and the indicator will come on.
• Pull the lever toward you for flashing the high beams then release it while driving.
1Auto High-Beam
The auto high-beam system does not always operate
in every situation. This system is just for assisting the
driver. Always observe your surroundings and switch
the headlights between high beam and low beam
manually if necessary.
If you find the timing of beam changes inconvenient
for driving, change the headlight beams manually.
The range and the distance at which the camera can
recognize varies depending on conditions
surrounding your vehicle.
Regarding the handling of the camera mounted to
the inside of the windshield, refer to the following.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 541
For the auto high-beam to work properly:
•
Do not place an object that reflects light on the
dashboard.
•
Keep the windshield around the camera clean.
•
When cleaning the windshield, be careful not to
apply the windshield cleanser to the camera lens.
•
Do not attach an object, sticker or film to the area
around the camera.
•
Do not touch the camera lens.
If the camera receives a strong impact, or repairing of
the area near the camera is required, consult a dealer.
■
How to Use the Auto High-Beam
Front Sensor Camera
Auto High-Beam
Indicator
Light Switch
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 201 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
202
Controls
■
Automatic switching between high-beam and low-beam
When auto high-beam is active, the headlights switch between high beam and low
beam based on the following conditions.
■
Manual switching between high-beam and low-beam
If you want to manually switch the headlights between high beam and low beam,
follow either of the procedures below. Note that when you do this, the auto high-
beam indicator will turn off and the auto high-beam will be deactivated.
Using the lever:
Pull the lever toward you for flashing the high beams then release it within about
one second while driving.
u To reactivate the auto high-beam, pull the lever toward you for flashing the
high beams then release it while driving. The auto high-beam indicator will
come on.
Using the light switch:
Turn the light switch to .
u To reactivate the auto high-beam, turn the light switch to AUTO when the
lever is in the low beam position, the auto high-beam indicator will come on.
Switching to high beam: Switching to low beam:
All of the following conditions must
be met before the high beams turn
on.
●
Your vehicle speed is 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
●
There are no preceding or
oncoming vehicle with headlights
or taillights turned on.
●
There are few street lights on the
road ahead.
One of the following conditions
must be met before the low beams
turn on.
●
Your vehicle speed is 15 mph (24
km/h) or less.
●
There is a preceding or oncoming
vehicle with headlights or
taillights turned on.
●
There are many street lights on
the road ahead.
1How to Use the Auto High-Beam
In the following cases, the auto high-beam system
may not switch the headlights properly or the
switching timing may be changed. In case of the
automatic switching operation does not fit for your
driving habits, please switch the headlights manually.
•
The brightness of the lights from the preceding or
oncoming vehicle is intense or poor.
•
Visibility is poor due to the weather (rain, snow,
fog, windshield frost, etc.).
•
Surrounding light sources, such as street lights,
electric billboards and traffic lights are illuminating
the road ahead.
•
The brightness level of the road ahead constantly
changes.
•
The road is bumpy or has many curves.
•
A vehicle suddenly appears in front of you, or a
vehicle in front of you is not in the preceding or
oncoming direction.
•
Your vehicle is tilted with a heavy load in the rear.
•
A traffic sign, mirror, or other reflective object
ahead is reflecting strong light toward the vehicle.
•
The oncoming vehicle frequently disappears under
roadside trees or behind median barriers.
•
The preceding or oncoming vehicle is a motorcycle,
bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small vehicle.
The auto high-beam system keeps the headlight low
beam when:
•
Windshield wipers are operating at a high speed.
•
The camera has detected a dense fog.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 202 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
203
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
Controls
You can turn the auto high-beam system off. If you want to turn the system off or
on, set the power mode to ON, then carry out the following procedures while the
vehicle is stationary.
To turn the system off:
With the light switch is in AUTO, pull the lever
toward you and hold it for at least 40 seconds.
After the auto high-beam indicator light blinks
twice, release the lever.
To turn the system on:
With the light switch is in AUTO, pull the lever
toward you and hold it for at least 30 seconds.
After the auto high-beam indicator light blinks
once, release the lever.
■
How to Turn Off the Auto High-Beam
1How to Use the Auto High-Beam
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
•
Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed toward the camera.
•
Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
•
Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
1How to Turn Off the Auto High-Beam
If you turn the auto high-beam system off, the system
does not operate until you turn the system on.
Park in a safe place before turning the system off or
on.
AUTO Position
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 203 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
204
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the power mode is in ON.
■
MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.
■
Wiper switch (OFF, INT
*1
/AUTO
*2
, LO, HI)
Move the lever up or down to change the
wiper settings.
■
Adjusting wiper operation
*
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper
operation.
■
Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever for more than one
second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two
or three more times to clear the windshield,
then stop.
*1: Models with manual intermittent operation
*2: Models with automatic intermittent operation
■
Windshield Wipers/Washers
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
NOTICE
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
The wiper motor may stop motor operation
temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation
will return to normal within a few minutes.
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens.
When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become
the same.
NOTICE
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defogger or heated windshield
*
to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on.
Models without automatic intermittent wipers
Intermittent Time
Adjustment Ring
*
MIST
INT
*1
/
AUTO
*2
OFF
LO
: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull to
use
washer.
Lower speed, fewer sweeps
Higher speed, more sweeps
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 204 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
205
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
When you push the lever down to AUTO, the
windshield wipers sweep once, and go into
the automatic mode.
The wipers operate intermittently, at low
speed, or at high speed and stop in
accordance with the amount of rainfall the
rainfall sensor detects.
■
Auto sensitivity adjustment
When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you
can adjust the sensitivity of the rainfall sensor
(using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will
operate in accordance with your preference.
Sensor sensitivity
■
Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
1Wipers and Washers
If the wipers stop operating due to an obstacle such
as the buildup of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power
mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF, then remove
the obstacle.
1Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.
NOTICE
AUTO should always be turned OFF before the
following situations in order to prevent severe
damage to the wiper system:
•
Cleaning the windshield
•
Driving through a car wash
•
No rain present
Rainfall Sensor
Low sensitivity
High sensitivity
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 205 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
206
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
The rear wiper and washer can be used when
the power mode is in ON.
■
Wiper switch (OFF, INT, ON)
Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.
■
Washer (
*
)
Sprays on the rear window and rearview
camera
*
while you rotate the switch to this
position.
Hold it to activate the rear wiper and to spray
the washer. Once released, the washer spray
will stop and the rear wiper will return to its
selected switch setting after a few sweeps.
■
Operating in reverse
When you select the transmission to (R with the windshield wipers activated, the
rear wiper operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off.
■
Rear Wiper/Washer
INT: Intermittent
OFF
ON: Continuous wipe
Washer
Windshield Wiper Operation Rear Wiper Operation
Intermittent Intermittent
Low speed wipe
High speed wipe
Continuous
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 206 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
207
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
Controls
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window
and mirrors when the power mode is in ON.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes
depending on the outside temperature.
Heated Windshield Button
*
Press the heated windshield button to deice the windshield at the wiper park area
and along the driver side edge of the windshield when the power mode is in ON.
The heated windshield will automatically
switch off after 15 minutes.
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged.
Also, do not use the system for a long time while the
engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making
it difficult to start the engine.
When the power mode is set to ON and the outside
temperature is below 41°F (5°C), the heated door
mirror may automatically activate for 10 minutes.
1Heated Windshield Button
*
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been deiced. Also, do not use
the system for a long period when the engine is
idling. This may weaken the battery, making it
difficult to start the engine.
When the power mode is set to ON and the outside
temperature is below 39°F (4°C), the heated
windshield may automatically activate for up to 15
minutes.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 207 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
208
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
Brightness Control
When the power mode is in ON, you can use
the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument
panel brightness.
Brighten: Press the
(+ button.
Dim: Press the (- button.
You will hear a beep when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. Several
seconds after adjusting the brightness, you
will be returned to the previous screen.
■
Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the display
while you are adjusting it.
■
Adjusting the Instrument Panel Brightness
1Brightness Control
The brightness of the instrument panel will be
reduced when the following conditions:
•
The power mode is in ON.
•
The light switch is in any position other than off
and it is dark outside.
The brightness can be set differently for when the
exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
(- Button
(+ Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 208 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
209
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
When the power mode is in ON, you can use
the (+/(- button to adjust head-up display
brightness.
Brighten: Press the
(+ button.
Dim: Press the (- button.
The head-up display will return to its original
state several seconds after adjusting the
brightness.
■
Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the display
while you are adjusting it.
■
Adjusting the Head-Up Display Brightness
*
(+/(- Button
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 209 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
210
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
Controls
Driving Position Memory System
You can store two driver’s seat and door mirror positions with the driving position
memory system.
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a keyless remote or keyless access
system, door mirrors adjust to one of the two preset positions and the seat adjusts
to retracted positions of one of the two preset positions automatically.
The seat will move to the stored position when you set the power mode to
ACCESSORY.
• DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.
• DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
The driver’s seat moves rearward depending
on the set seating position once you
• Stop the vehicle.
• Put the transmission in
(P.
• Turn the engine off.
• Open the driver’s door.
Once the power mode is in the ACCESSORY
position, the driver’s seat moves forward to
the DRIVER 1 or 2 preset position.
1Driving Position Memory System
Using the audio/information screen, you can disable
the automatic seat adjustment function.
2 Customized Features P. 359
The driver’s seat easy exit feature can be turned ON/
OFF.
2 Customized Features P. 359
System Operation
The system will not operate if:
•
Either memory button is pressed while the seat or
mirrors are in motion.
•
The seat or mirrors positions are adjusted while in
operation.
•
Either of the memorized positions is set fully to the
rear.
•
The mode selector is pressed up or down while in
operation.
The system may not recognize a key if:
•
The key is in close proximity to a cell phone or other
wireless device.
•
Both keys are in the vehicle at the same time.
•
The Driving Position Memory System is disabled in
customized features.
•
Opening driver’s door without fully grabbing door
handle.
Models with mode selector
DRIVER 1
DRIVER 2
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 210 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
211
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
Controls
1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the
driver’s seat and the door mirrors to the
desired position.
2. Press the SET button.
u The memory button indicator light will
blink.
3. Press and hold memory button
(1 or (2
within five seconds of pressing the SET
button.
u Once the seat and the door mirror
positions have been memorized, the
indicator light on the button you pressed
stays on and you will hear the double-
beep.
1. Put the transmission into
(P.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Press a memory button (
(1 or (2).
u The indicator light will blink.
The seat and the door mirrors will
automatically move to the memorized
positions. When they have finished moving,
the indicator light stays on.
■
Storing a Position in Memory
1Storing a Position in Memory
After you press the SET button, the storing operation
will be canceled when:
•
You do not press the memory button within five
seconds.
•
You readjust the seat or the door mirror position
before the double-beep.
•
You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
•
You press the mode selector up or down.
Models with mode selector
Memory
Button 1
Memory
Button 2
SET Button
■
Recalling the Stored Position
1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat and the door mirrors will stop moving if you:
•
Press the SET button or memory button (1 or (2.
•
Adjust the seat position or door mirrors.
•
Put the transmission into a position other than (P.
•
Press the mode selector up or down.
Models with mode selector
Memory
Button 1
Memory
Button 2
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 211 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
212
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel
Controls
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. While the vehicle is stopped, push the
steering wheel adjustment lever down.
u The steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out.
u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
3. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up
to lock the steering wheel in position.
u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
3
WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
To adjust
To lock
Lever
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 212 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
213
Controls
Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.
When you are driving after dark, the
automatic dimming rearview mirror and
automatic dimming power door mirrors
reduce the glare from headlights behind you,
based on inputs from the mirror sensor. Press
the auto button to turn this function on and
off. When activated, the auto indicator comes
on.
■
Automatic Dimming Power Door Mirrors
*
and Rearview
Mirror
1Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Front Seats P. 216
Auto Button
Sensor
1Automatic Dimming Power Door Mirrors
*
and Rearview Mirror
The auto dimming function cancels when the
transmission is in
(R.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 213 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
214
uuMirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
Controls
Power Door Mirrors
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
power mode is in ON.
■
Mirror position adjustment
L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.
■
Folding door mirrors
*
Press the folding button to fold in and out the
door mirrors.
If activated, either side door mirror
automatically tilts downward when you put
the transmission into
(R; this improves close-
in visibility on the selected side of the vehicle
when backing up. The mirror automatically
returns to its original position when you take
the transmission out of
(R.
To activate this feature, set the power mode
to ON and slide the selector switch to the left
or right side.
Selector
Switch
Adjustment Switch
Folding Button
*
■
Reverse Tilt Door Mirror
Selector Switch
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 214 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
215
uuMirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
Controls
■
Folding in the door mirrors
Lock the driver’s door with the key, press the lock button on the keyless remote,
touch the door lock sensor on any door, or press the lock button on the tailgate
outer handle.
u The mirrors start folding in automatically.
■
Folding out the door mirrors
Unlock the driver’s door using the key, keyless remote or keyless access system.
u The mirrors start folding out automatically.
■
Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function
*
1Automatic Folding Door Mirror Function
*
You cannot turn the automatic folding out
automatically if they have been folded in using the
folding button.
You can turn the automatic folding door mirror
function on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 359
Door mirrors will not fold automatically when locking
from inside the vehicle using lock tab or master door
lock switch.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 215 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
216
Controls
Seats
Front Seats
Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.
■
Adjusting the front power seats
1Seats
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
1Front Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
3
WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
Move back.
Allow sufficient
space.
■
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Height Adjustment
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Mode Selector
*
2 Seat Control
Interface
*
P. 218
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 216 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
217
uuSeatsuFront Seats
Continued
Controls
■
Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch
Press the top: To move the lumbar support
up.
Press the bottom: To move the lumbar
support down.
Press the front: To increase the entire
lumbar support.
Press the rear: To decrease the entire lumbar
support.
Lumbar Support
Adjustment Switch
Models without mode selector
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 217 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuSeatsuFront Seats
218
Controls
Press the mode selector up or down to display seat adjustment information on the
audio/information screen, and then use the adjustment switch to adjust the lumbar
support, bolster support or thigh support.
■
Seat Control Interface
*
1Seat Control Interface
*
The image of each adjustment mode displayed on the
audio/information screen:
Lumbar support
Bolster support
Thigh support
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 218 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
219
uuSeatsuFront Seats
Controls
1. Press the mode selector up or down to select the lumbar support adjustment
mode, bolster support adjustment mode or thigh support adjustment mode.
2. Press the adjustment switch as follow.
To adjust the lumbar support:
Press the top: To move the lumbar support
up.
Press the bottom: To move the lumbar
support down.
Press the front: To increase the entire
lumbar support.
Press the rear: To decrease the entire lumbar
support.
To adjust the bolster support:
Press the front: To increase the bolster
support.
Press the rear: To decrease the bolster
support.
Adjustment Switch
Mode Selector
1Seat Control Interface
*
The lumbar support, bolster support and thigh
support can be adjusted even when the power mode
is in VEHICLE OFF. However, the adjusting mode
display does not come on with the power mode in
VEHICLE OFF.
Adjustment
Switch
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 219 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
220
uuSeatsuFront Seats
Controls
To adjust the thigh support:
Press the front: The tucked-down seat
cushion end rolls out to support your thighs.
Press the rear: The tucked-down seat
cushion end rolls in to support your thighs.
3. To close the adjusting mode display, hover over the A and/or B-zone touchpad,
then press the True Touchpad Interface.
u When you want to close the driver’s side adjusting mode display, hover over
and press the A-zone touchpad.
u When you want to close the passenger’s side adjusting mode display, hover
over and press the B-zone touchpad.
Adjustment
Switch
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 220 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
221
uuSeatsuFront Seats
Controls
Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
■
Adjusting the Seat-Backs
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back.
Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag
operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.
3
WARNING
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 221 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
222
uuSeatsuRear Seats
Controls
Rear Seats
Separately fold down the left and right halves of the rear seat to make room for
cargo.
■
To fold down the seat
1. Lower the head restraints to their lowest position. Put the armrest back into the
seat-back.
2. Pull the release lever.
2. Pull the release lever.
■
Folding Down the Rear Seats
1Folding Down the Rear Seats
Make sure all items in the cargo area or items
extending to the rear seats are properly
secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have
to brake hard.
Remove any items from the rear seat cushion and
floor before you fold down the rear seat.
The rear seat-back(s) can be folded down to
accommodate bulkier items in the cargo area.
When you fold down one side of the rear seats and
use the non-recessed part of the cargo area, make
sure to secure the cargo. Loose items can fly forward
and cause injury if you have to brake hard.
Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press
against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the
weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work
improperly.
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 61
The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they
do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold
down.
Release
Lever
Red Tab
From the rear door side
Lever
From the cargo area side
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 222 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
223
uuSeatsuRear Seats
Controls
■
To return the seat to the original
position
Pull up the seat-back in the upright position.
1To return the seat to the original position
Make sure the seat-back, head restraints and seat
cushion are securely latched back into place before
driving. Also, make sure all rear shoulder belts are
positioned in front of the seat-back.
To lock a seat-back upright, push it backwards until it
locks, so that the red tabs in the release lever go
down.
When returning the seat-back to its original position,
push it firmly back.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 223 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
224
uuSeatsuRear Seat Reminder
Controls
Rear Seat Reminder
This feature alerts you to the possible presence of passengers or items in the rear
seats before you exit the vehicle. It activates when the vehicle is set to VEHICLE OFF
if the rear doors were opened shortly before or after the vehicle was set to ON.
A reminder appears on the multi-information
display and an alert will sound when the
power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF.
1Rear Seat Reminder
When the power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF, the
reminder comes on briefly, then the function is
deactivated.
The reminder will not work if the power mode has
not been set to ON within 10 minutes of operating
the rear doors.
The system does not detect passengers in the rear
seats. Instead, it can detect when a rear door is
opened and closed, indicating that there may be
something in the rear seats.
You can turn off the notification setting.
2 Customized Features P. 359
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 224 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
225
uuSeatsuHead Restraints
Continued
Controls
Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.
Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rear-
impact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant’s head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant’s ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.
■
Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions
1Head Restraints
In order for the head restraint system to work
properly:
•
Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
•
Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
•
Install each restraint in its proper location.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
Position head in the center
of the head restraint.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 225 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
226
uuSeatsuHead Restraints
Controls
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint: Push it down
while pressing the release button.
To adjust the front head restraint
forward:
Push the back of it forward.
To return the front head restraint to the
original position:
Press the release button.
Front
Rear outer
Release Button
Front
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 226 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
227
uuSeatsuHead Restraints
Controls
A passenger sitting in a center back seating
position should adjust the height of their head
restraint to an appropriate position before the
vehicle begins moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then, push the release button and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.
■
Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Position
■
Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
3
WARNING
Failure to reinstall or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 227 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
228
uuSeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position
Controls
Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is
off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3
WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 228 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
229
uuSeatsuArmrest
Controls
Armrest
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
To adjust:
Pull the handle and slide the armrest to
desired position.
Pull down the armrest in the center backrest.
■
Using the Front Seat Armrest
■
Using the Rear Seat Armrest
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 229 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
230
Controls
Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■
ON
The interior lights come on regardless of
whether the tailgate and doors are open or
closed.
■
Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
• When the tailgate or any doors are opened.
• You unlock the driver’s door.
• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF.
■
OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the tailgate or any doors are open or
closed.
■
Interior Light Switches
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
closed.
The lights go off after about 30 seconds in the
following situations:
•
When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open
it.
•
When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF but
do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 359
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
•
When you lock the driver’s door.
•
When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
mode.
•
When you set the power mode to ON.
To avoid draining the battery, do not leave the
interior light on for an extended length of time when
the engine is off.
If you leave any of the tailgate or doors open in
VEHICLE OFF mode, the interior lights go off after
about 15 minutes.
Door Activated Position
OFF
ON
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 230 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
231
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights
Controls
■
Front
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the button.
■
Rear
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the button when the interior light
switch is in the door activated position.
■
Map Light Switches
1Map Light Switches
When the interior light switch is in the door activated
position and any door is open, the map light will not
go off when you press the button.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 231 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights
232
Controls
The cargo area light comes on when you open
the tailgate.
■
Cargo Area Light
1Cargo Area Light
The cargo area light does not have an on/off switch.
In case the tailgate is left open for an extended period
of time, they automatically go out in 30 minutes.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 232 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
233
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items
Continued
Controls
Storage Items
Press the button to open the glove box. You
can lock the glove box with the built-in key.
■
Removable shelf
The shelf in the glove box is detachable. To
remove it, disengage the tabs.
The removable shelf can be stored upside
down in the glove box.
■
Glove Box
1Glove Box
The glove box light comes on when the parking lights
are on.
3
WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.
Glove Box
To Lock
Shelf
Tabs
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 233 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
234
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items
Controls
Slide the armrest to the rearmost position. Pull
the handle to open the console compartment.
Slide the lid using the release knob to open or
close the console compartment.
■
Console Compartment
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 234 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
235
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items
Controls
■
Front seat beverage holders
Slide the lid to use the front seat beverage
holders.
■
Rear seat beverage holders
Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat
beverage holders.
■
Beverage Holders
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE
Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting,
and electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 235 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
236
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items
Controls
■
Door side beverage holders
Are located on the both of the front and rear
door side pockets.
Front
Rear
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 236 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
237
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items
Controls
There are coat hooks on the rear grab handle
of both sides. Pull it down to use it.
The tie-down anchors on the cargo area floor
can be used to install a net for securing items.
■
Coat Hooks
1Coat Hooks
The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy
items.
■
Tie-down Anchors
1Tie-down Anchors
Do not let anyone access items in the cargo area
while driving. Loose items can cause injury if you have
to brake hard.
Anchor
Anchor
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 237 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items
238
Controls
Pull the handle and remove the tabs to open
the cargo floor lid.
To open the sunglasses holder, press and
release the indent. To close, press it again until
it latches.
You can store eyeglasses and other small
items in this holder.
■
Under-floor Storage Area
Tabs
Handle
■
Sunglasses Holder
1Sunglasses Holder
Keep the holder closed while driving except when
accessing stored items.
Press
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 238 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
239
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
Other Interior Convenience Items
The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY
or ON.
■
Accessory power socket (front panel)
Open the cover to use it.
■
Accessory power socket (cargo area)
*
Open the cover to use it.
■
Accessory Power Sockets
1Accessory Power Sockets
NOTICE
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element.
This can overheat the accessory power socket.
The accessory power socket is designed to supply
power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts (15 amps) or less.
To prevent battery drain, only use the accessory
power socket with the engine running.
When the accessory power socket is not in use, close
the cover to prevent any small foreign objects from
getting into the accessory power socket.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 239 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items
240
Controls
To use the wireless charger, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
Charge any devices compatible with Qi wireless charging on the area indicated by
the mark as follows:
1. To turn the system on and off, press and
hold the (power) button.
u When the system is activated, the green
indicator light comes on.
2. Place the device you want to charge on the
charging area.
u The system will automatically start
charging the device and the amber
indicator light will come on.
u Make sure that the device is compatible
with the system and placed with the
chargeable side in the center of the
charging area.
3. When charging is completed, the green
indicator light will come on.
u Depending on the device, the amber
indicator light will stay on.
■
Wireless Charger
*
1Wireless Charger
*
RF Radiation Exposure Statement:
This equipment complies with FCC RF Radiation
exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled
environment. This device and its antenna must not be
co-located or operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
This equipment complies with ISED RF Radiation
exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled
environment. This device and its antenna must not be
co-located or operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
In order to use safely:
•
Remove any metal objects from the charge pad
before charging a device.
•
Do not open the charger case.
•
Do not use the charger if it malfunctions. Contact
your dealer.
If the charger interferes with radio communications,
attempt to correct the interference:
•
Press and hold the switch on the charger for a few
seconds to turn off the charger.
appears on the audio/information screen when
the device is being charged by the wireless charger.
U.S. models
Canadian models
Charging Area (Power)
Button
Amber
Indicator
Green Indicator
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 240 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
241
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items
Controls
■
When charging does not start
Perform one of the solutions in the following table.
Indicator Cause Solution
Green
&
Amber
Blinking
simulta-
neously
There is an obstacle(s) between
the charging area and the
device.
Remove the
obstacle(s).
The device is not within the
charging area.
Pick up and reset the
device to the center of
the charging area
where is located.
The temperature of the wireless
charger pad increases.
Temporarily suspend
charging the device.
Wait for the
temperature to drop
and attempt to charge
the device again.
Amber Blinking The wireless charger is faulty.
Contact a dealer for
repairs.
1Wireless Charger
*
This system consumes a lot of power. Do not use the
system for a long time when the engine is not
running. This may weaken the battery, making it
difficult to start the engine.
When using the wireless charger, check the user’s
manual that came with the compatible device you
want to charge.
3
CAUTION
Metal objects between the charge pad and
the device to be charged will get hot and
can burn you.
• Always remove foreign objects from the
charge pad before charging the device.
• Be sure the surface is clear of dust and
other debris before charging.
• Do not spill liquids (i. e. water, drinks,
etc.) on the charger and the device.
• Do not use oil, grease, alcohol, benzine or
thinner for cleaning the charge pad.
• Do not cover the system with towels,
clothing, or other objects while charging
etc.
• Avoid spraying aerosols which may come
in contact with the charge pad surface.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 241 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items
242
Controls
1Wireless Charger
*
The wireless charger can support up to 15W, but the
charging rate varies based on the device and other
conditions.
NOTICE
Do not place any magnetic recording media or
precision machines within the charging area while
charging.
The data on your cards such as credit cards can be
lost because of the magnetic effect. Also, precision
machines such as watches can be affected.
“Qi” and marks are the registered trademarks
owned by Wireless Power Consortium (WPC).
In the following cases, charging may stop or not start:
•
The device is already fully charged.
•
The temperature of the device is extremely high
while charging.
•
You are at a place that emits strong
electromagnetic waves or noises such as TV station,
electric power plant, or gas station.
•
The device has a cover, case or accessories which
are not compatible with wireless charging.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 242 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
243
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items
Controls
1Wireless Charger
*
A device may not charge if the size or shape of its
chargeable side is not appropriate for use with the
charging area.
Not all devices are compatible with the system.
During the charging phase, it is normal for the
charging area and device to heat up.
Charging may be briefly interrupted when:
•
All the doors or the tailgate are closed
- to avoid interference with the proper functioning
of the keyless access system.
•
The position of the device is altered.
Do not charge more than one device at a time on a
charging area.
If the device becomes too hot and its battery
protection function activates, it may charge
extremely slowly or no longer charge. The
temperature at which the battery protection function
activates depends on the device.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 243 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items
244
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
heated steering wheel.
Press the button on the left side of the
steering wheel.
When a comfortable temperature is reached,
press the button again to turn it off.
The heated steering wheel is turned off every
time you start the engine, even if you turned it
on the last time you drove the vehicle.
■
Heated Steering Wheel
*
1Heated Steering Wheel
*
Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously
when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the
battery may be weakened, making the engine
difficult to start.
Heated Steering Wheel Button
Indicator
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 244 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
245
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items
Controls
The seat heaters or ventilators
*
can be used
when the power mode is in ON.
The seat heaters: Use them to warm up the
seat.
The seat ventilators
*
: Use them when you
want to ventilate the surface of the seats. The
lower you set the air conditioning
temperature, the more you will feel the effect
of the seat ventilation.
Press the seat heater or the seat ventilator
*
button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
Press the AUTO button:
The system automatically selects the setting
most suitable to the ambient environment.
When the power mode is turned on after it is
turned off, the previous setting is maintained.
■
Front Seat Heaters/Ventilators
*
1Front Seat Heaters/Ventilators
*
Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilators
*
even in LO when the engine is off. Under such
conditions, the battery may be weakened, making
the engine difficult to start.
After a certain period of time, the strength setting for
the front seat heaters will automatically be reduced
by one level at a time until the front seat heaters
shuts off. The elapsed time varies according to the
interior environment.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lowerlimb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
Models with seat ventilators
Models without seat ventilators
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 245 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items
246
Controls
The seat heaters can be used when the power
mode is in ON.
There is no heater in the rear center seating
position.
Press the seat heater button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
■
Rear Seat Heaters
*
1Rear Seat Heaters
*
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may
be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lowerlimb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 246 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
247
Continued
Controls
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side
temperature control buttons.
3. Press the (ON/OFF) button to cancel.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
If any buttons are pressed while using the climate
control system in auto, the function of the button
that was pressed will take priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button that was pressed will be
controlled automatically.
During idle-stops, air-conditioning is suspended, and
only the blower remains active.
If you do not want air-conditioning suspended, press
the Auto Idle Stop OFF button to cancel idle-stop.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may not start immediately when the AUTO
button is pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on auto, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the button switches the climate
control system between on and off. When turned on,
the system returns to your last selection.
Floor and
defroster
vents
Floor
vents
Dashboard and floor
vents, and back of
the center console
Dashboard vents
and back of the
center console
AUTO Button
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control Buttons
Passenger’s Side
Temperature
Control Buttons
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
(ON/OFF) Button
Fan Control Button
SYNC (Synchronization) Button
(Recirculation) Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 247 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
248
Controls
■
Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
Press the (recirculation) button and switch the mode depending on
environmental conditions.
Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through
the system.
Fresh air mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in
fresh air mode in normal situations.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the
driver’s ID (DRIVER 1 or DRIVER 2) is detected, and
the climate control settings are turned to the
respective mode automatically when you set the
power mode to ON.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 248 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
249
uuClimate Control Systemu
Controls
Pressing the button turns the air
conditioning system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.
Press the button again to turn off, the
system returns to the previous settings.
■
To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the button.
2. Press the button.
■
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If you press the button during Auto Idle Stop, the
engine restarts automatically.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 249 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuClimate Control Systemu
250
Controls
You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver’s side and the passenger’s
side in synchronization mode.
1. Press the SYNC button.
u The SYNC indicator will come on.
u The system switches to synchronization mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using the driver’s side temperature control buttons.
Press the SYNC button or adjust the interior temperature using the passenger’s side
temperature control buttons to return to dual mode.
■
Synchronization Mode
1Synchronization Mode
When the system is in dual mode, the driver’s side
temperature and the passenger’s side temperature
can be set separately.
Driver’s Side Temperature
Control Buttons
Passenger’s Side Temperature
Control Buttons
SYNC Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 250 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
251
uuClimate Control Systemu
Controls
You can set the rear passenger compartment
temperature different than the driver’s, using
the rear temperature control dial.
■
Rear Temperature Control Dial
*
1Rear Temperature Control Dial
*
The rear temperature can be adjusted when the
climate control system is on.
Dial up to
raise the
temperature.
Dial down to
lower the
temperature.
Rear
Temperature
Control Dial
Position of
driver’s
temperature
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 251 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
252
uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors
Controls
Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.
Sensor
Sensor
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 252 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
253
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System
About Your Audio System................ 254
USB Ports......................................... 255
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 257
Audio Remote Controls.................... 258
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 260
True Touchpad Interface .................. 261
Audio/Information Screen ................ 264
Smart Shortcuts ............................... 278
System Updates ............................... 281
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 287
Display Setup ................................... 288
Alexa Built-In
*
................................. 289
Voice Control Operation .................. 290
Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 293
Playing SiriusXM® Radio................... 297
Playing an iPod ................................ 310
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 313
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 316
Wi-Fi Connection............................. 319
AT&T Hotspot .................................. 321
Apple CarPlay .................................. 322
Android Auto
TM
................................ 327
Audio Error Messages ...................... 332
General Information on the Audio
System ............................................. 336
Customized Features........................ 359
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ... 386
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®............. 389
AcuraLink® ........................................ 419
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 253 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
254
Features
Audio System
About Your Audio System
The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM® Radio service. It can also play
USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone, iPad and Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the True Touchpad Interface, buttons and
knobs on the panel, or the remote controls on the steering wheel.
1About Your Audio System
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
SiriusXM® Radio is available on a subscription basis
only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio,
contact a dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 336
SiriusXM® Radio is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM® is a registered trademark of SiriusXM
Radio, Inc.
After you turn the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) with the driver’s door closed, you can use the
audio system for up to 30 minutes per driving cycle.
However, whether you can continue using the audio
system depends on the battery condition. Repeatedly
using this feature may drain the battery.
The audio system turns off when you open the
driver’s door.
Remote Controls
iPod
USB Flash
Drive
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 254 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
255
uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports
Continued
Features
USB Ports
Install the device USB connector or the USB flash drive in the USB port.
■
In the console compartment
The USB port (2.5A) is for charging devices,
playing audio files and connecting compatible
phones with Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
u To prevent any potential issues, be sure
to use an Apple MFi Certified Lightning
Connector for Apple CarPlay, and for
Android Auto, the USB cables should be
certified by USB-IF to be compliant with
USB 2.0 Standard.
1USB Ports
•
Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
•
We recommend that you use a USB cable if you are
attaching a USB flash drive to the USB port.
•
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
•
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
•
We recommend backing up your data before using
the device in your vehicle.
•
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
The USB port can supply up to 2.5A/3.0A of power. It
does not output 2.5A/3.0A unless the device
requests.
For amperage details, read the operating manual of
the device that needs to be charged.
Under certain conditions, a device connected to the
port may generate noise in the radio you are listening
to.
USB charge
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 255 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports
256
Features
■
On the front panel
The USB port (3.0A) is only for charging
devices.
■
On the back of the console
compartment
*
The USB ports (3.0A) are only for charging
devices.
1On the front panel
This port is for battery charge only. You cannot play
music even if you have connected a music player to
the port.
Under certain conditions, a device connected to the
port may generate noise in the radio you are listening
to.
1On the back of the console compartment
*
These ports are for battery charge only. You cannot
play music even if you have connected a music player
to the ports.
Under certain conditions, a device connected to the
port may generate noise in the radio you are listening
to.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 256 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
257
uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection
Features
Audio System Theft Protection
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system
may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.
■
Reactivating the audio system
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Press and hold the audio system power knob for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 257 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
258
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Features
Audio Remote Controls
Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on
the multi-information display or head-up display
*
.
VOL(+/VOL(- (Volume) Switch
Press Up: To increase the volume.
Press Down: To decrease the volume.
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Left Selector Wheel
• When selecting the audio mode
Press the APPS button, then roll up or down to select an item on the multi-
information display or head-up display
*
, and then press the left selector wheel.
Move the left selector wheel to the right to display the Recents list, then scroll to
an item selected in the past and press the wheel.
1Audio Remote Controls
Some modes appear only when an appropriate
device or medium is used.
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some functions may not be available.
Press the (back) button for the multi-
information display or head-up display
*
to go back to
the previous screen or cancel a command.
Press the APPS button to go back to the menu screen
of the multi-information display or head-up display
*
.
Recents list is available when the following audio
mode is selected.
•
FM Radio
•
AM Radio
•
SiriusXM
•
USB Audio
Models with head-up display
(Power) Button
VOL(+/VOL(-
(Volume) Switch
(back) Button
Left Selector
Wheel
APPS Button
Models with head-up display
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 258 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
259
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Features
Roll up or down:
To cycle through the modes, roll up or down and then press the left selector
wheel:
After an audio mode is selected, the left selector wheel can be operated for the
following functions.
• When listening to the radio
Move to the right: To select the next favorite radio station or channel.
Move to the left: To select the previous favorite radio station or channel.
• When listening to an iPod, USB flash drive, Bluetooth® Audio, or Smartphone
Connection
Move to the right: To skip to the next song.
Move to the left: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
*1: Model with head-up display
1Audio Remote Controls
You can customize the items on the multi-
information display or the head-up display
*
.
2 Customizing the Meter or Head-Up
Display
*
P. 276
You cannot operate the audio functions while the
following functions are being operated on the multi-
information display or head-up display
*
.
•
Mode selection by pressing APPS button
•
Navigation
*1
•
Phone
•
Select Driving View
*1
•
Customize Apps
Navigation
*1
Phone
Audio Modes (FM Radio, USB
Audio, etc.)
Select Driving View
*1
Customize Apps
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 259 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
260
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
You can use the audio system for 30 minutes when the power mode is set to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the driver’s door closed. The system will then turn off
automatically.
If you want to keep using it, we recommend that you turn the power mode to
ACCESSORY or ON.
VOL/AUDIO (Volume/Power) Knob:
Push to turn the audio system on and off. Turn
to adjust the volume when the audio system is
on.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons: Press to
change the station, channel, song or file.
(Back) Button: Press to go back to the
previous display.
(Home) Button: Press to go to the home
screen.
(Cards List) Button: Press to display the
cards list of the B-zone on the audio/
information screen.
2 B-Zone P. 267
A-Zone Touchpad: Click or swipe the pad
with your finger or move your finger along the
pad to operate the A-zone on the audio/
information screen.
B-Zone Touchpad: Click or swipe the pad
with your finger to operate the B-zone on the
audio/information screen.
1Audio System Basic Operation
True Touchpad Interface
2 True Touchpad Interface P. 261
A-Zone
2 A-Zone P. 264
B-Zone
2 B-Zone P. 267
(Home) Button
(Back) Button
A-Zone Touchpad
(Cards List) Button
Audio/Information Screen
/ (Seek/
Skip) Buttons
VOL/AUDIO (Volume/
Power) Knob
B-Zone Touchpad
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 260 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
261
uuAudio System Basic OperationuTrue Touchpad Interface
Continued
Features
True Touchpad Interface
You can operate the system using the True Touchpad Interface.
■
Click
Lightly press the A-zone touchpad to select an
item.
■
Press and hold
Press and hold to initiate edit mode
throughout the system.
■
Swipe
Swipe or drag your finger in various directions
to operate each screen.
■
A-Zone Touchpad Operation
1True Touchpad Interface
True Touchpad Interface Operation
•
Some items may be grayed out during driving to
reduce the potential for distraction.
•
You can select them when the vehicle is stopped or
use voice commands.
•
Wearing gloves may limit or prevent the True
Touchpad Interface response.
•
Some electronics like inverters may cause slow
response while using the True Touchpad Interface.
You can operate the True Touchpad Interface using
gloves when you set the Touchpad Sensitivity
setting to High. However, the True Touchpad
Interface cannot be operated with insulated gloves.
2 Customized Features P. 359
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 261 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
262
uuAudio System Basic OperationuTrue Touchpad Interface
Features
■
Flick
Flick (or drag) your finger up/down or left/
right to scroll in lists or change pages
throughout the system.
■
Handwriting a character
Move your finger quickly to trace a character
on the A-zone touchpad.
■
Swipe with two fingers
Swipe (or drag) two fingers across the screen
to move the map.
Models with navigation system
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 262 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
263
uuAudio System Basic OperationuTrue Touchpad Interface
Features
■
Click
Lightly press (click) the B-zone touchpad to
select a card.
■
Swipe
Swipe or drag your finger up or down to select
an item.
■
Flick
Flick up or down to cycle through the card
displayed in the B-zone.
■
B-Zone Touchpad Operation
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 263 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
264
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
Audio/Information Screen
Displays each mode status. From this display, you can go to various setup options.
■
Switching the display
Press the (home) button to go to the home screen.
Select the following icons on the home screen or All Apps list.
■
Navigation
*
Displays the navigation screen.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■
Phone
Displays the HFL information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 389
■
FM Radio/AM Radio/SiriusXM/USB Audio/Bluetooth Audio
Displays the audio information for each.
■
A-Zone
1Audio/Information Screen
All Apps list
You can select any of the apps from the All Apps list.
To display the All Apps list, place your finger on the
A-zone touchpad and swipe right.
2 Home Screen P. 269
You can add or remove any of the apps in the home
screen through the All Apps list.
2 To add app icons to the home screen and
the head-up display
*
P. 270
Home Screen
A-Zone
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 264 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
265
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
■
Settings
Enters the customizing menu screen.
2 Customized Features P. 359
■
Apple CarPlay
Displays the Apple CarPlay screen.
2 Apple CarPlay P. 322
■
Android Auto
Displays the Android Auto screen.
2 Android Auto
TM
P. 327
■
System Updates
Updates the software version of the audio system.
2 System Updates P. 281
■
Messages
Displays the text message screen.
2 Text Message P. 407
■
AT&T HotSpot
Displays the AT&T Hotspot screen.
2 AT&T Hotspot P. 321
■
AcuraLink
Displays the AcuraLink screen.
2 AcuraLink® P. 419
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 265 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
266
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■
Smart Shortcuts
Displays the Smart Shortcuts screen.
2 Smart Shortcuts P. 278
■
Alexa
Displays the Alexa screen.
2 Alexa Built-In
*
P. 289
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 266 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
267
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
You can see the audio, HFL information, navigation mini map
*
, and clock
information on the B-zone using the B-zone touchpad.
■
Switching the card
Swipe up or down on the B-zone touchpad to cycle through the following screen.
■
B-Zone
1B-Zone
SiriusXM® radio service notifications are displayed in
the B-zone.
B-Zone
1Switching the card
The card in the B-zone will change depending on the
screen displayed in the A-zone.
*1: Appears only when you set a destination on the
Apple CarPlay or Android Auto navigation function.
2 Apple CarPlay P. 322
2 Android Auto
TM
P. 327
Models without navigation system
Now Playing Audio
Navigation
*1
Clock
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 267 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
268
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
You can also switch the screen by doing the following:
1. Press the (cards list) button.
2. Select an item then press the B-zone
touchpad.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 268 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
269
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■
To change to the next screen
Swiping the A-zone touchpad left or right takes you to the next screen.
■
Home Screen
1Home Screen
The home screen has 2 pages. You can add up to 8
pages.
Press the (home) button to go directly back to
the first page of the home screen from any page.
Current Page Position
A-Zone Touchpad
Swipe left to go to
the additional pages
of the home screen.
Swipe right to
display the All Apps
screen.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 269 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
270
Features
■
To add app icons to the home screen and the head-up display
*
You can add app icons to the home screen and the head-up display.
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Swipe right to display the All Apps screen.
3. Go to an app on the list, then press and
hold the A-zone touchpad.
4. From the pop-up menu, select Add to
Home Page or Add to Heads-Up
Display
*
.
u The icon or HUD
*
appears next to
the app on the list when the
corresponding icon has been added to
the home screen or the head-up display.
1To add app icons to the home screen and the head-up display
*
Pre-installed apps may not start up normally. If this
occurs, you need to reset the system.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 385
If you perform Factory Data Reset, it may reset all
the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 385
In case those apps still do not startup normally, even
after Factory Data Reset, contact your dealer.
Each item with HUD is listed on the head-up display
menu.
If you want to hide the item from the head-up display
menu, select Remove from Heads-Up Display.
Models with head-up display
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 270 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
271
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■
To add shortcut icons to the home screen and the head-up display
*
Shortcut icons for items stored in Favorite can be added to the home screen and the
head-up display.
1. Select a favorite item, then press and hold
the A-zone touchpad.
u A pop-up menu will appear on the
screen.
2. Select Add to Home Page or Add to
Heads-Up Display
*
.
u A shortcut icon will be added to the
home screen or the head-up display.
1To add shortcut icons to the home screen and the head-up
display
*
You can add an icon to the head-up display directly
from the home screen. Select an icon on the home
screen, then press and hold the A-zone touchpad.
After that, select Add to Heads-Up Display, and
then press the (back) button or the (home)
button to confirm the change.
Note that icons for Messages, Settings, System
Update, AT&T Hotspot, AcuraLink, and Smart
Shortcuts cannot be added to the head-up display.
Models with head-up display
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 271 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
272
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■
To move icons on the home screen
You can change the location of the icons on the home screen.
1. Select the icon you want to move, then
press and hold the A-zone touchpad.
u The screen will change to the
customization screen.
2. Drag the icon to where you want it to be
and then press and hold the A-zone
touchpad.
u The icon will be repositioned and the
screen will remain in the customization
mode.
u After you drag the icon, keep your finger
on the A-zone touchpad and then press
down. If you release your finger before
pressing the A-zone touchpad, the icon
will remain in its original place.
u If you want to reposition the icon on
another page of the home screen, swipe
the A-zone touchpad.
3. Press the (back) button or the
(home) button to confirm the change.
Select and hold.
Drag and drop.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 272 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
273
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■
To remove icons from the home screen and the head-up display
*
You can remove icons from the home screen and the head-up display.
1. From the home screen, select the icon that
you want to remove, then press and hold
the A-zone touchpad.
u The screen will switch to the
customization screen.
2. Go to Remove from Home Page or
Remove from Heads-Up Display
*
and
press the A-zone touchpad.
u The icon will be removed from the home
screen or the head-up display and the
screen will remain in the customization
mode.
3. Press the (back) button or the
(home) button to confirm the change.
You can also remove an icon from the home
screen or the head-up display directly from the
All Apps list.
1. Go to an item you want to remove, then
press and hold the A-zone touchpad.
2. Go to Remove from Home Page or
Remove from Heads-Up Display
*
and
press the A-zone touchpad.
u The icon will be removed from the home
screen or the head-up display.
3. Press the (back) button or the
(home) button to confirm the change.
1To remove icons from the home screen and the head-up display
*
Removing an icon from the home screen does not
result in the deletion of the corresponding app.
Press and hold (home) button to switch to the
customization screen.
If you remove a shortcut icon from the home screen,
the function of selected icon is also removed from the
head-up display.
Models with head-up display
Select and hold.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 273 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
274
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
1. Select the system status area, then press the
B-zone touchpad.
u The status items will appear in the A-
zone.
2. Select an item to see the details.
u Select Dismiss to delete the detail.
u Press the (back) button or select
status area again to close the status list.
■
Status Area
System Status Area
Status Items
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 274 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
275
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
You can use the handwriting input feature by using the A-zone touchpad when
searching for various audio system items (e.g., music, navigation route, phonebook
contact).
1. Write letters or numbers using the A-zone
touchpad.
u Search results appear on the screen.
2. Press the A-zone touchpad.
u If you re-enter letters or numbers, select
the input area on the upper side of the
screen.
3. Select a desired item, and then press the A-
zone touchpad.
■
Searching Screen
1Searching Screen
Delete a letter or number
Swipe left on the A-zone touchpad to delete a letter
or a number.
Input a space
Swipe right on the A-zone touchpad to input a space.
You can input letters or numbers by using the on-
screen keyboard. Select KEYBOARD on the upper
right of the screen.
When you return to the handwriting input screen,
select HANDWRITING.
You can input letters or numbers by using voice
control operation. Select the icon on the upper
left of the screen.
Input Area
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 275 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
276
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
You can edit, show, or hide the audio, phone and navigation
*
contents on the multi-
information display or the head-up display
*
.
■
To add or remove an items
1. Press the APPS button on the steering
wheel.
2. Roll down the left selector wheel to select
Customize Apps.
3. Move the left selector wheel left to select
Add/Remove.
4. Select an item then press the left selector
wheel.
u The checked items are displayed on the
multi-information display or the head-up
display
*
.
■
Customizing the Meter or Head-Up Display
*
On Multi-Information Display
On Head-Up Display
*
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 276 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
277
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■
Editing order
1. Press the APPS button on the steering
wheel.
2. Using the left selector wheel, scroll to
Customize Apps and then press the
selector wheel.
3. Move the selector wheel to the right to go
to the Reorder screen.
4. Scroll to an item you want to move, then
press the left selector wheel.
5. Scroll to where you want to move the
contents, then press the left selector wheel.
On Multi-Information Display
On Head-Up Display
*
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 277 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
278
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSmart Shortcuts
Features
Smart Shortcuts
By observing and learning driver behaviors, patterns, and preferences, the system
anticipates driver actions and presents on-screen suggestions to help perform
desired actions quicker and with fewer steps.
• The app will suggest actions based on what it learns you do often, and
occasionally make recommendations based on your learned preferences.
• The system will take some time to learn. The more you interact with the system,
the more suggestion you will see, and the more accurate they will become.
• Suggestions will automatically refresh periodically to provide updated content for
each profile.
• You can also provide feedback on whether a suggestion is helpful by pressing and
holding on it. This can help the app grow smarter over time.
• To change the notifications behavior for Smart Shortcuts:
1. Select MENU on the Smart Shortcuts screen.
2. Select Suggestion Settings.
3. Select an option.
• All data used for Smart Shortcuts can be erased by a Factory Data Reset.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 385
1Smart Shortcuts
The app also supports different profiles for each user,
with customized learning for each profile. The app
will also learn to associate a profile to a user over time
based on key fob and connected phone data.
Smart Shortcuts Screen Shortcut Suggestion
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 278 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
279
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSmart Shortcuts
Features
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Smart Shortcuts.
3. Select a shortcut to take the action
suggested.
• Call Suggestions: When selected, a call to the contact or number suggested will
be placed and shown in the B-zone. Based on your calling patterns, contacts will
be suggested for you to call.
u Connect your smartphone through Bluetooth® to get contact suggestions.
u Call suggestions will not be displayed when you are connected to Apple
CarPlay.
• Navigation Suggestions
*
: When selected, a route will be started to the
suggested destination and the embedded navigation app will open.
u When a long route is set in your navigation system, you can receive
recommendations for gas stations and places to stop at along the way.
u The places you frequently navigate to while using the embedded navigation
system will be suggested as shortcuts.
u Save your home location in the embedded navigation app to have a shortcut
suggestion for it when you’re away from home.
■
How to Use
1How to Use
You can change the profile by selecting on the top
of the Smart Shortcuts screen.
You can customize the following items by selecting
MENU on the top of the Smart Shortcuts screen.
•
Profiles: Create, change, and manage profiles.
•
View App Walkthrough: View the Smart
Shortcuts walkthrough.
•
Suggestion Settings: Change where suggestions
can appear.
To create a profile:
1. Select MENU on the Smart Shortcuts screen.
2. Select Profiles.
3. Select Manage Profiles.
4. Select + Add New Profile.
5. Enter name for your profile.
6. Click on the A-zone touchpad to confirm.
To change a profile:
1. Select MENU on the Smart Shortcuts screen.
2. Select Profiles.
3. Select Change Current Profile.
4. Select a profile from the list.
uA new profile has been created and the Smart
App will automatically switch to that profile.
uThe change to the selected profile has been
made.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 279 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
280
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSmart Shortcuts
Features
• Radio Suggestions: When selected, the corresponding radio app (FM, AM, or
SiriusXM®) will open and it will start playing the station.
u From radio apps you can receive:
- FM, AM, SiriusXM®: Most frequently listened stations.
- FM, SiriusXM®: Genre-based suggestions.
u Considerations:
- FM suggestions will appear only when they are within range, according to
your vehicle’s tuner signal.
- SiriusXM® suggestions will be available as long as there is an active account in
the vehicle.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 280 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
281
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
Continued
Features
System Updates
The audio system’s firmware can be updated with the telematics control unit (TCU)
through the subscription-based service.
■
Wireless connection mode setup
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select MENU.
4. Select Connection Setup.
5. Select Change Mode.
6. Select Network.
u The display will return to the network list.
7. Select an access point from the network list,
then select OK.
u If the access point requires a password,
enter a password.
■
How to Update Wirelessly
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 281 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
282
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
Features
■
How to update
When an audio system update is available, the notification is shown on the audio/
information screen. Use the following procedure to update the system.
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select via Wireless Connection.
u When the download is complete, the
screen for step 5 will be displayed.
4. Select Download Now.
u A notification will appear on the screen.
Notification
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 282 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
283
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
Features
5. Select Install Now or Install while
Vehicle OFF.
u A notification appears on the screen if
the update is successful when Install
Now is selected.
u If you select Install while Vehicle OFF,
proceed to steps 6 and 7.
6. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
u A notification will appear on the screen.
If you select Postpone Update, the
update will be postponed.
7. Exit from your vehicle.
u The system will start the firmware
update.
u If the update is successful, a notification
informing you of this fact will appear on
the screen the next time you set the
power mode to ON.
1How to update
The system may cancel the firmware update if the
battery is low on power, even if you have selected
Install while Vehicle OFF. If you want to install the
updated data, recharge the battery or select Install
Now.
If you select Install Now, the system may reboot.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 283 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
284
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
Features
■
Automatic download settings
Use the following procedure to change to the automatic download setting.
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select MENU.
4. Select Auto Download.
5. Select the access point, then Allow.
■
View update status
Use the following procedure to confirm the update status.
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select MENU.
4. Select Update Result.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 284 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
285
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
Features
■
Download the update files from the server
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select via USB.
u A notification appears on the screen.
4. Connect a USB device into the USB port in
the console compartment.
u The inventory data is copied into the USB
device.
2 USB Ports P. 255
5. Remove the USB device from the USB port.
6. Connect the USB device into your
computer, and then download the update
files.
u Follow the link to download the required
software update files. Refer to
https://usb.acura.com for instructions.
■
How to Update with a USB Device
1How to Update with a USB Device
A USB device with a minimum of 8 GB of free space
or more is recommended.
Be sure to delete any previous inventory or update
files from the USB device before starting the USB
update process.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 285 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
286
Features
■
Update the audio system
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select via USB.
u A notification appears on the screen.
4. Connect the USB device with the update
files into the USB port.
u A notification appears on the screen.
2 USB Ports P. 255
5. Select Install Now or Install while
Vehicle OFF.
u A notification appears on the screen if
the update is successful when Install
Now is selected.
u When you select Install while Vehicle
OFF go to step 6.
6. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
u A notification appears on the screen. If
you select Postpone Update, the
update is postponed.
7. Exit from your vehicle.
u The system will start the firmware
update.
u A notification appears on the screen if
the update is successful at the next time
you set the power mode to ON.
1Update the audio system
The system may stop the firmware update when
battery is low on power, even when you selected
Install while Vehicle OFF.
If you want to install the updated data, recharge the
battery or select Install Now.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 286 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
287
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select an audio source icon.
3. Select SOUND.
4. Select the setting you want.
3. Select MENU.
4. Select Sound Settings.
5. Select the setting you want.
Select an item from the following choices:
• Bass / Treble: Treble, Midrange, Bass
• Roof / Center Volume
*
: Roof speaker,
center speaker
• Audio Zones & Balance / Fader
*
: Driver
Only, Front Only, Rear Only, Full Vehicle,
Balance, Fader
• Balance / Fader
*
: Balance, Fader
• Speed Volume Compensation: Sets the
amount of volume increase.
• DTS Neural Surround
*
: DTS Neural
Surround
TM
• Compressed Audio Enhancement
*
:
Enhancement for compressed audio quality
1Adjusting the Sound
The Speed Volume Compensation (SVC) adjusts the
volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go
faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down,
audio volume decreases.
You can also adjust the sound the following
procedure.
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Sound.
Audio Zones & Balance / Fader
You can change where the sound comes from by
selecting one of the speaker options below:
•
Full Vehicle: All the speakers emit sound.
•
Driver Only: Allows driver to listen to the audio
system while maintaining a quieter environment
for the other occupants.
•
Front Only: Allows front seat occupants to listen
to the audio system while maintaining a quieter
environment for occupants in the rear.
•
Rear Only: Allows rear seat occupants to listen to
the audio system while maintaining a quieter
environment for occupants in the front.
Reset to Default
Select to reset the following settings from the pop-up
menu to their factory default.
•
Bass / Treble
•
Roof / Center Volume
*
•
Audio Zones & Balance / Fader
*
•
Balance / Fader
*
USB Audio mode
FM Radio, AM Radio, SiriusXM, Bluetooth Audio mode
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 287 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
288
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness of the audio/information screen.
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Display.
4. Select Day Mode or Night Mode.
5. Select the setting you want.
u When you adjust the Contrast and
Black Level, select More Settings.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
■
Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.
To reset the settings, select Reset to Default.
Reset to Default is only applicable to the settings in
the current mode.
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
*
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 288 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
289
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAlexa Built-In
*
Features
Alexa Built-In
*
You can talk to Amazon Alexa through the audio system. With Alexa, you can:
• Stream music
• Check the weather
• Answer questions
• Control smart home devices
• And more with supported Alexa skills
Once you sign into Alexa in the vehicle, you
can use Alexa without opening the app.
You can trigger Alexa by doing any of the following:
• Say the wake word “Alexa” from anywhere in the audio system.
• Press the (Talk) button on the steering wheel.
• Select the Alexa icon from inside the app.
■
Using Alexa
1Alexa Built-In
*
Support Resources
For more information or client support:
•
Call Acura Client Relations at 1-800-382-2238.
•
Go to https://www.amazon.com/alexasupport.
1Using Alexa
Troubleshooting Tips:
•
Make sure you are connected to your phone via
either Wi-Fi Hotspot or AT&T Vehicle Data Plan.
•
If using an AT&T Vehicle Data Plan, confirm that
your subscription is active.
•
Make sure you are logged into your Amazon
account.
•
If Alexa Built-in is using your phone’s Wi-Fi
Network, connecting CarPlay/Android Auto by
wireless will disable Alexa Built-In. To enable Alexa
Built-In and Carplay or Android Auto at the same
time, connect your phone with an Apple or
Android OEM cable.
Deleting Your Alexa Settings from the Vehicle
For your privacy and security, if you transfer the
vehicle to a third party, reset all vehicle settings to
default and delete all personal data. Also, remove the
vehicle from the list of devices in your phone’s Alexa
app.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 385
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 289 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
290
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
Voice Control Operation
Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation.
The voice control system uses the (talk) and (back) buttons on the steering
wheel and a microphone near the map lights on the ceiling.
To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system:
• The system recognizes natural language and accepts free-form voice commands.
An example of voice commands:
2 Voice Recognition Screen P. 291
• Close the windows and panoramic roof.
• Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone
on the ceiling.
• Speak clearly in a clear, natural speaking voice without pausing between words.
• Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your
command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.
■
Voice Recognition
1Voice Control Operation
When you press the button, the system beeps and
the display changes to the voice recognition screen.
Press the (home) button, (back) button on
the True Touchpad Interface or APPS button on the
steering wheel to cancel a voice recognition function.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 290 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
291
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Continued
Features
When the (talk) button is pressed, the
voice control screen appears.
For a complete list of commands, say “Help”
after the beep.
The system accepts free-form voice
commands.
See the following examples for
recommended voice commands.
■
Voice Recognition Screen
These commands can only be used when a
phone is connected.
■
Phone Commands
Dial by number
• Call <Phone Number>
• Dial <Phone Number> please
• Phone <Phone Number>
Redial
• Redial
• Redial last number
• Call last number
Contact by voice
• Call <your contact name>
• Call <your contact name> on his/her
<category name> please
• Make a call to <your contact name>
• Make a call to <your contact name> on
her/his <category name>
The system only recognizes contact names
stored in the phonebook of your phone.
Phone commands are not available if using
Apple CarPlay.
■
Phone Commands
■
FM Commands
• Play FM radio
• Tune to <87.7-107.9> FM
• I want to listen to FM <87.7-107.9>
• Play FM <87.7-107.9>
■
AM Commands
• Play AM radio
• Tune to <530-1710> AM
• I want to listen to AM <530-1710>
• Play AM <530-1710>
■
Audio Commands
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 291 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
292
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
■
Sirius XM Commands
• Play XM radio
• Play XM <channel number>
• Listen to <channel name> on XM
• Play XM Channel <channel number>
• Tune to <channel name>
• Listen to <channel number> on the
satellite radio
■
USB Commands
• Play USB
• Play iPod
• Play genre <genre name>
• Play <artist name>
• Play <album name>
• Play <song name>
• Play <playlist name>
■
Bluetooth® Audio Commands
• Play Bluetooth
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
• Help
• Cancel
• Repeat
Help provides guidance for the current
screen.
You can search for the desired item on each
search screen with your voice.
• Next Page
• Previous Page
• Back
• Go to <number>
• Select <number>
*1: Models with navigation system
■
Navigation Commands
*1
■
Standard Commands
■
Letter Input Commands
■
List Commands
2 Alexa Built-In
*
P. 289
2 Apple CarPlay P. 322
2 Android Auto
TM
P. 327
■
Amazon Alexa Commands
■
Apple CarPlay Commands
■
Android Auto Commands
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 292 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
293
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Continued
Features
Playing AM/FM Radio
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 293 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
294
Features
To add a favorite station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select Add Favorite, then select Current Station.
u When you select From Station List, you can store a station from the station
list.
■
Editing a favorite station
Select and hold to desired favorite station icon.
The following items are available:
• Remove Favorite: Delete the favorite station icon from the favorite station list.
• Replace with (number): Replace the stored favorite station icon.
• Add to Home Page: Add the shortcut icon of the stored favorite station to the
home screen.
• Add to Heads-Up Display
*
: Add the shortcut item of the stored favorite station
to the head-up display menu.
■
Favorite Station
1Favorite Station
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the APPS button on the steering wheel, then
select an item or select the audio source icon on the
home screen.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 258
You can store 12 AM/FM stations as favorite stations.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under license
from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign
Patents. For patents see http://dts.com/patents. HD
Radio, Artist Experience, and the HD, HD Radio, and
“ARC” logos are registered trademarks or
trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corporation in the
United States and/or other countries.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 294 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
295
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Lists the strongest stations on the selected band.
1. Select Station List to display a list.
2. Select the station.
■
Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select Station List to display a list.
2. Select Refresh.
1. Select Tune.
2. Select or to tune the radio frequency.
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn
off scan, select Stop or press the (back) button.
■
Station List
■
Radio Frequency Manual Tune Screen
1Station List
Provides text data information related to your
selected RDS-capable FM station.
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
automatically turns on, and the frequency display
changes to the station name. However, when the
signals of that station become weak, the display
changes from the station name to the frequency.
1Radio Frequency Manual Tune Screen
Select , then trace the numbers of the radio
frequency on the A-zone touchpad. When KEYPAD
is selected, the on-screen keyboard appears.
■
Scan
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 295 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
296
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Displays the subchannel list when an HD Radio
TM
station is selected while listening to
an FM station.
1. Select icon.
2. Select the channel number.
Change the AM/FM settings.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select HD Radio Setting.
3. Select Automatic or Analog Only.
■
HD Subchannel
■
AM/FM Settings
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 296 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
297
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Continued
Features
Playing SiriusXM® Radio
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 297 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
298
Features
1. Select MENU.
2. Select SiriusXM Settings.
3. Select Tune Mode.
4. Select All Channels or Within Category.
■
To Change the Tune Mode
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
In the channel mode, all available channels are
selectable. In the category mode, you can select a
channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does
not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).
This does not indicate a problem with your audio
system.
SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order,
which can take about a minute. Once they have
loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make
your selections.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the APPS button on the steering wheel, then
select an item or select the audio source icon on the
home screen.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 258
Tune Start:
When you change to a favorite channel, a song being
played on that channel restarts from the beginning
with this function. This can be turned on or off by the
following procedure.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select SiriusXM Settings.
3. Select Tune Start.
4. Select On or Off.
To change a category, select Category icons, or
select Channels and then select category item.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 298 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
299
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
To add a favorite channel:
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Select Add Favorite, then select CURRENT CHANNEL.
u When you select From Channels, you can store a channel from the channel
list.
■
Editing a favorite channel
Select and hold to edit a favorite channel.
The following items are available:
• Remove Favorite: Delete the favorite channel from the favorite channel list.
• Replace with Ch (number): Replace the stored favorite channel.
• Create TuneMix: Create a favorite multi-channel.
• Add to Home Page: Add a shortcut to the stored favorite channel to the home
screen.
• Add to Heads-Up Display
*
: Add a shortcut to the stored favorite channel to the
head-up display menu.
■
Favorite Channel
1Favorite Channel
You can store 12 SiriusXM® channels in the favorite
channel list.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 299 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
300
Features
■
Create a TuneMix (for music channels only)
A TuneMix is a group of channels saved in one preset. You can store up to 20 of
your preferred music channels per TuneMix channel.
To create a favorite multi-channel:
1. Tune a channel.
2. Select and hold a number that you want to
use as a favorite multi-channel.
3. Select Create TuneMix.
u The number you have selected will be
registered as a favorite multi-channel
number, and the channel that you have
tuned will be registered with this
number.
To add a channel to a favorite multi-channel:
1. Tune a channel.
2. Select and hold a favorite multi-channel
number.
3. Select Edit TuneMix.
4. Select Add Channel.
u Current channel is added to the
TuneMix.
u A message appears if the current channel
cannot be added to the TuneMix.
1Create a TuneMix (for music channels only)
When you want to replace the channel, select
Replace with Ch (number).
If you want to delete a channel, select Edit TuneMix,
and then select the channel you want to delete.
Create TuneMix
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 300 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
301
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
Suggested channel listings received from SiriusXM® can be displayed and selected.
1. Select Channels.
2. Select featured channel category.
3. Select featured channel.
■
Listening to Featured Channels
1Listening to Featured Channels
Up to eight featured channels by SiriusXM® can be
displayed.
Select SEARCH LIST, then trace the letters and/or
numbers of the channel on the A-zone touchpad.
When KEYBOARD is selected, the on-screen
keyboard appears.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 301 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
302
Features
The system can record up to the last 60 minutes broadcast of your currently tuned
channel as well as the last 30 minutes broadcast of favorite channels, starting from
the moment you turn the vehicle on. If you tuned to favorite channel, the system
records up to 60 minutes of a broadcast instead of up to 30 minutes. You can
rewind and replay the last 30 or 60 minutes of a broadcast.
1. Select More.
2. Move the position you want to replay by selecting or .
To play or pause on playback mode, select the play/pause icon.
■
Returning to real-time broadcast
Select and hold or select Live.
■
Replay Function
1Replay Function
The system starts storing broadcast in memory when
the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to
the program from that point.
You can no longer replay any program once the
power mode is turned off as it erases memory.
You can check how long the program has been
stored in memory from the audio/information screen.
After 30 or 60 minutes of recording the system will
automatically start deleting the oldest data.
(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is
behind the real-time broadcast
(B): Replayed segment
(C): Length stored in memory
(D): Play/Pause icon
Audio/Information Screen
(C) (B) (A)
(D)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 302 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
303
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
While listening to other channel, you can receive sports alerts such as scores from
your favorite teams.
■
To set up a favorite team
1. Select MENU.
2. Select SiriusXM Settings.
3. Select Sports Notification Setup.
4. Select Edit Favorite Teams.
5. Select Add Favorite Team.
6. Select a team.
■
To set up an alert message
1. Select MENU.
2. Select SiriusXM Settings.
3. Select Sports Notification Setup.
4. Select SportsFlash Game Play Notifications.
5. Select Notifications.
6. Select On.
7. Select Select SportsFlash Teams.
8. Select a registered team.
u Press the (back) button, the screen returns to the previous screen.
■
Live Sports Alert
1Live Sports Alert
The Pop-up appears and notifies you of a sports alert
function.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 303 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
304
Features
You can receive a sports channel notification when registered sports teams start
playing.
■
To set up a game start notification
1. Select MENU.
2. Select SiriusXM Settings.
3. Select Sports Notification Setup.
4. Select Game Notifications.
5. Select On.
■
Receiving a game start notification
1. A pop-up appears on the B-zone and notifies you of a game starting.
2. Select the system status area then press the B-zone touchpad.
u The status items appear on the A-zone.
3. Select a SiriusXM® notification item using the A-zone touchpad to see the details.
■
Game Start Notification
1Game Start Notification
Before receiving a game start notification, register a
favorite sports team.
2 To set up a favorite team P. 303
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 304 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
305
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
You can receive traffic and weather information.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select SiriusXM Settings.
3. Select Traffic & Weather Setup.
4. Select Selected City.
5. Select the region.
■
Receiving a traffic and weather information
1. A pop-up will appear in the B-zone to notify you that new traffic and weather
information is available.
2. Select the system status area, then press the B-zone touchpad.
u The status area will appear in the A-zone.
3. To see the details, select an item using the A-zone touchpad.
u The traffic and weather information will appear in the B-zone.
u Select Keep Listening to continue receiving traffic and weather information.
u Select Return to Ch (channel number) to stop viewing traffic and weather
information.
■
Traffic and Weather Information
1Traffic and Weather Information
When traffic and weather information is received, a
notification is displayed in the B-zone.
2 B-Zone P. 267
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 305 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
306
Features
You can view a channel schedule or receive an alert when your favorite program is
about to start.
■
To view a channel schedule
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Channel Schedule.
■
To set up an alert message
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Channel Schedule.
3. Select a program.
4. Select Set Program Alert.
5. Select One Time or Every Time.
■
Channel Schedule
1Channel Schedule
Select SEARCH LIST, then trace the letters and/or
numbers of the channel on the A-zone touchpad.
When KEYBOARD is selected, the on-screen
keyboard appears.
1To set up an alert message
The Pop-up appears and notifies you of an alert
function.
Selecting One Time disables the alert feature next
time you turn the power mode to ON.
If you want to delete the alert, select Remove Alert.
To enable an alert message, change settings for the
alert function.
2 To enable the alert function P. 307
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 306 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
307
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Continued
Features
You can change settings for the alert function.
■
To enable the alert function
1. Select MENU.
2. Select SiriusXM Settings.
3. Select Manage Program Alerts.
4. Select Notifications.
5. Select On or Off.
■
To remove an alert
1. Select MENU.
2. Select SiriusXM Settings.
3. Select Manage Program Alerts.
4. Select Alerts Set.
5. Select an item you want to delete.
u A confirmation message appears on the screen. Select Delete.
■
Manage Program Alert
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 307 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
308
Features
Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds.
1. Select More.
2. Select Scan.
You can change a scan mode by the following procedure.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select SiriusXM Settings.
3. Select Scan Mode.
4. Select Channels or Favorites.
To turn off scan, select Stop.
■
Scan
1Scan
The favorites scan function is based on TuneScan
TM
technology of SiriusXM®.
The “Featured Channels” function is based on
Featured Favorites
TM
technology of SiriusXM®.
TuneScan
TM
and Featured Favorites
TM
are registered
trademarks of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 308 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
309
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
Change the SiriusXM® settings.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select SiriusXM Settings.
3. Select an option.
• Tune Mode: Choose whether to group by category or channel number when
changing channels.
2 To Change the Tune Mode P. 298
• Scan Mode: Select the scan mode from all channels or favorites.
2 Scan P. 308
• Tune Start: Start the currently playing song at the beginning when you switch to
a music channel favorite.
2 Tune Start: P. 298
• Sports Notification Setup: Set to receive sports alerts such as scores from your
favorite teams.
2 Live Sports Alert P. 303
• Traffic & Weather Setup: Set to receive traffic and weather information.
2 Traffic and Weather Information P. 305
• Manage Program Alerts: Change settings for the alert function.
2 Manage Program Alert P. 307
■
SiriusXM Settings
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 309 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
310
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
Playing an iPod
Using your USB connector, connect the iPod to the USB port, then select the USB
mode.
2 USB Ports P. 255
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 310 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
311
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
1. Select Music Library.
2. Select a search category (e.g., Artists,
Albums, etc.).
3. Continue making selections until you find
the song of your choice.
■
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 332
If you operate the music app on your iPhone/iPod
while the phone is connected to the audio system,
you may no longer be able to operate the same app
on the audio/information screen.
Reconnect the device if necessary.
Select SEARCH LIST, then trace the letters and/or
numbers of the song on the A-zone touchpad. When
KEYBOARD is selected, the on-screen keyboard
appears.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 311 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
312
Features
You can change the playback mode for a song.
■
Shuffle/Repeat
Repeatedly select the shuffle or repeat icon
until you find a play mode option of your
preference.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Shuffle
Repeat
*1: A play mode icon glows when selected.
(shuffle off): Shuffle mode to off.
(shuffle all songs): Plays all available
songs in a selected list in random order.
(repeat off): Repeat mode to off.
(repeat song): Repeats the current song.
(repeat all): Repeats the all songs in
current playlist.
*1
*1
*1
Shuffle Icon Repeat Icon
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 312 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
313
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Continued
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays audio files on a USB flash drive in either format
of MP3, WMA, AAC
*1
, etc.
2 Playable audio file P. 338
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Ports P. 255
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 313 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
314
Features
1. Select Music Library.
2. Select a search category (e.g., Artists,
Albums, etc.).
3. Continue making selections until you find
the file of your choice.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 336
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 332
Select SEARCH or SEARCH LIST, then trace the
letters and/or numbers of the song on the A-zone
touchpad. When KEYBOARD is selected, the on-
screen keyboard appears.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 314 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
315
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
You can select repeat and random modes when playing a file.
■
Random/Repeat
Repeatedly select the shuffle or repeat icon
until you find a play mode option of your
preference.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Random
Repeat
*1: A play mode icon glows when selected.
(random off): Random mode to off.
(random in folder): Plays all files in
current playlist.
(repeat file): Repeats the current file.
(repeat folder): Repeats all files in the
current folder.
*1
*1
*1
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 315 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
316
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 395
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For
a list of compatible phones:
•
U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura or call 1-
888-528-7876.
•
Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
It may be illegal to perform some data device
functions while driving.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 316 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
317
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to the system.
2 Phone Setup P. 395
2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■
To play or pause a file
Select the play/pause icon.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.
When more than one phone is paired to the vehicle,
the first paired phone the system finds is
automatically connected.
Different devices can be connected respectively to
Bluetooth® hands-free phone and Bluetooth® Audio
functions.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there may be a delay before the system begins to play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
may not appear correctly.
Some functions may not be available on some devices.
If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay or
Android Auto, Bluetooth® Audio from that phone
will be unavailable. However, you can have a second
previously paired phone stream Bluetooth® Audio by
selecting from the Bluetooth® device list.
2 Phone Setup P. 395
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
instructions.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
You can change the connected phone by selecting
MENU and Change Device.
2 Phone Setup P. 395
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 317 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
318
Features
1. Select Music Library.
2. Select a search category (e.g., Albums).
3. Select an item.
u The selection begins playing.
■
Searching for Music
1Searching for Music
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 318 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
319
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection
Continued
Features
Wi-Fi Connection
This vehicle is equipped with Wi-Fi connectivity. You can connect to an external
Wi-Fi hotspot or communication device. In addition, the vehicle can be used by other
communication devices as a Wi-Fi hotspot via the telematics unit (TCU).
• Connect the vehicle to a Wi-Fi hotspot
• Use Wi-Fi inside the vehicle
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Connections.
4. Select Wi-Fi.
5. Select Change Mode.
6. Select Network.
u Select the access point you want to
connect to the system.
u When you change the mode from
Hotspot to Network, a pop-up
appears, then select Confirm.
7. Select Connect.
u Enter a password for the access point.
u When the connection is successful,
Connected is displayed on the list.
8. Press the (home) button to go back to
the home screen.
■
Connect the vehicle to a Wi-Fi hotspot
1Wi-Fi Connection
Wi-Fi and Wi-Fi Direct a registered trademark of Wi-Fi
Alliance®.
1Connect the vehicle to a Wi-Fi hotspot
You cannot go through the setting procedure while
the vehicle is moving. Park in a safe place to set the
audio system in Wi-Fi mode.
Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and
smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data
subscription package.
Check your phone manual to find out if the phone
has Wi-Fi connectivity.
You can confirm whether Wi-Fi connection is on or
off with the icon on the system status area.
Transmission speed and others will not be displayed
on this screen.
2 Status Area P. 274
In case of Wi-Fi connection with your phone, make
sure your phone’s Wi-Fi setting is in access point
(tethering) mode.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 319 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
320
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection
Features
You can set the network as a Wi-Fi Hotspot of this audio system.
Use the following steps to set up.
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Connections.
4. Select Wi-Fi.
5. Select Change Mode.
6. Select Hotspot.
u When you change the mode from
Network to Hotspot, a pop-up
appears, then select Confirm.
The following options are available for the setup.
• Network SSID: Set this network name.
• Password: Set a password to be required when connecting a Wi-Fi device to this
network.
• Connected Devices List: Display the connected device list. Up to seven devices
can be connected to this network.
■
Use Wi-Fi inside the vehicle
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 320 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
321
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAT&T Hotspot
Features
AT&T Hotspot
If you have subscribed to AT&T hotspot services, your vehicle will provide data to
connect your mobile devices to the Internet. You can use the AT&T Hotspot app to
turn on/off vehicle data and monitor data usage left on your subscription.
a Hotspot Enable
Turn on/off AT&T Hotspot.
b Data Usage Bar
Check the current status of your data plan. This Usage Bar will show your current
plan and how much data remains on your plan. Subscription plans for AT&T Hotspot
can be added/modified at www.att.com/acura.
c Plan Info
Shows your current AT&T subscription plan for the vehicle.
d Settings
Shows the current username and password for vehicle Hotspot. Settings can be
changed while the vehicle is not in motion.
e Help
■
AT&T Hotspot Menu
1AT&T Hotspot
To use AT&T Hotspot services, your vehicle must be
subscribed to a data plan. If your vehicle is not
subscribed to a data plan, you can visit www.att.com/
acura to add vehicle data services.
Hotspot username and password can be changed in
the Settings of the AT&T Hotspot app. Settings
cannot be accessed while driving. Park in a safe place
to adjust Hotspot settings.
Alternatively, you can use your mobile hotspot to
connect the vehicle and other mobile devices to the
Internet.
2 Wi-Fi Connection P. 319
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 321 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
322
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
Features
Apple CarPlay
If you connect an Apple CarPlay-compatible iPhone to the system via the USB port
in the console compartment or wirelessly, you can use the vehicle’s audio/
information screen, instead of the iPhone, to make a phone call, listen to music,
view maps (navigation), and access messages.
2 USB Ports P. 255
Use of Apple CarPlay will result in the transmission of certain user and vehicle
information (such as vehicle location, speed, and status) to your iPhone to enhance
the Apple CarPlay experience. You will need to consent to the sharing of this
information on the audio/information screen.
1Apple CarPlay
•
USB connection of Apple CarPlay is supported by
iOS 7.1 and higher.
•
Wireless Apple CarPlay connection requires a iOS
9.0 and higher.
Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to
Apple CarPlay and when launching any compatible
apps.
While connected to Apple CarPlay, calls are only
made through Apple CarPlay. If you want to make a
call with Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®, turn Apple
CarPlay off.
2 Setting Up Apple CarPlay P. 322
When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay, it is
not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio or
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. However, other
previously paired phones can stream audio via
Bluetooth® while Apple CarPlay is connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 395
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto cannot run at the
same time.
For details on countries and regions where Apple
CarPlay is available, as well as information pertaining
to function, refer to the Apple homepage.
■
Setting Up Apple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay Icon
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 322 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
323
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
Features
• Phone
Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voicemail.
• Music
Play music stored on your iPhone.
• Maps
Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your
iPhone.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple CarPlay) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
• Messages
Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you.
• Acura
Select the Acura icon to go back to the home screen.
•
Go back to the Apple CarPlay Dashboard screen.
•
Go back to the Apple CarPlay menu screen.
■
Apple CarPlay Features
1Apple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Apple CarPlay requires a compatible iPhone with an
active cellular connection and data plan. Your
carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Apple
CarPlay functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Apple CarPlay functionality and services.
Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or
guarantee of future Apple CarPlay performance or
functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Apple CarPlay. Refer to the Apple
homepage for information on compatible apps.
Models with navigation system
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 323 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
324
Features
■
Connecting Apple CarPlay using the USB cable to the USB port in the
console compartment
1. Ensure Siri is enabled on your iPhone.
2. Connect the iPhone to the USB port using the USB cable.
2 USB Ports P. 255
u The confirmation screen will be displayed.
3. Select Enable Apple CarPlay.
u If prompted on your device, click Allow to allow Apple CarPlay while your
phone is locked.
You may change the consent settings under the Connections settings menu.
■
Set up Apple CarPlay wirelessly by Bluetooth® pairing
1. Ensure Siri is enabled on your iPhone.
2. Pair and connect the iPhone to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
2 Phone Setup P. 395
3. A screen with option to select Continue with Bluetooth or Change to CarPlay
is provided.
4. Select Change to CarPlay.
5. Your iPhone will request your permission to accept wireless Apple CarPlay. Accept
the request to complete setup.
■
Enabling Apple CarPlay
1Enabling Apple CarPlay
You can use the method below to access Apple
CarPlay settings. Here you can connect to/
disconnect from devices, delete a device or change
permissions to enable or disable a device:
Press the (home) button Select Settings
Connections Apple CarPlay Select device
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to/from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay is
governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and
Apple’s Privacy Policy.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 324 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
325
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
Continued
Features
■
Set up Apple CarPlay wirelessly on the home screen
1. Ensure Siri is enabled on your iPhone.
2. Select Apple CarPlay on the home screen, then select Connect Phone.
3. Select + Connect New Device.
4. Start Bluetooth® pairing.
5. Select Enable Apple CarPlay on the disclaimer.
6. Your iPhone will request your permission to accept wireless Apple CarPlay. Accept
the request to complete setup.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 325 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
326
Features
Press and hold the (Talk) button to activate Siri.
(Talk) Button:
Press and hold to activate Siri.
Press again to deactivate Siri.
Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.
■
Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
1Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
Below are examples of questions and commands for
Siri:
•
What movies are playing today?
•
Call dad at work.
•
What song is this?
•
How’s the weather tomorrow?
•
Read my latest email.
•
Find a table for four tonight in Chicago.
For more information, please visit
www.apple.com/ios/siri.
(Talk) Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 326 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
327
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
TM
Continued
Features
Android Auto
TM
When you connect an Android phone to the audio system via the USB port in the
console compartment or wirelessly, Android Auto is automatically initiated. When
connected via Android Auto, you can use the vehicle’s audio/information screen to
access the Phone, Maps, Music, and messaging features other supported apps in
your Android phone.
2 USB Ports P. 255
2 Android Auto Setup P. 329
1Android Auto
TM
Android Auto connection requires the following:
•
Depending on the phone manufacturer, Android
8.0, 9.0 or 10.0.
•
Android Auto app version 4.7 or higher.
•
A Google-branded or Samsung-branded phone
with Android 10.0, or;
•
A smartphone with Android 11.0+ and with 5 GHz
WiFi. Can be any smartphone brand.
Park in a safe place before connecting your Android
phone to Android Auto and when launching any
compatible apps.
To use Android Auto, connect the USB cable to the
USB port located in the console compartment. The
USB ports located on the front panel and the back of
the console compartment
*
are used only for
charging.
2 USB Ports P. 255
When your Android phone is connected to Android
Auto, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio.
However, other previously paired phones can stream
audio via Bluetooth® while Android Auto is
connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 395
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto cannot run at the
same time.
Android Auto is a trademark of Google LLC.
For Wireless Android Auto
Android Auto Icon
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 327 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
TM
328
Features
• Maps
Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your
Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard
entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other
inputs.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android Auto) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
The audio/information screen shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your
destination.
• Phone
Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail.
• Exit
Select the Exit icon to go back to the home screen.
■
Android Auto Features
1Android Auto
TM
For details on countries and regions where Android
Auto is available, as well as information pertaining to
function, refer to the Android Auto homepage.
Screens may differ depending on the version of the
Android Auto app you are using.
Android Auto Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Android Auto requires a compatible Android phone
with an active cellular connection and data plan.
Your carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Android
Auto functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Android Auto functionality and services.
Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or
guarantee of future Android Auto performance or
functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Android Auto. Refer to the Android
Auto homepage for information on compatible apps.
Models with navigation system
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 328 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
329
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
TM
Features
•
Operate Android Auto with your voice.
•
You can check Android notifications.
• (Android Auto Home)
Display useful information organized by Android Auto into simple cards that
appear just when they’re needed.
When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the USB port in the console
compartment or wirelessly, Android Auto is automatically initiated.
Before setting up a connection, ensure that the Android Auto app is closed on the
phone.
■
Connecting Android Auto using the USB cable to the USB port
To enable Android Auto after connecting an Android phone to the system, select
Enable Android Auto on the screen.
You may change the consent settings under the Connections settings menu.
■
Set up Android Auto wirelessly by Bluetooth® pairing
1. Pair and connect the Android phone to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
2 Phone Setup P. 395
2. A privacy policy statement will appear. Select Change to Android Auto.
3. Your phone will display various screens that request your permissions needed for
Android Auto. Accept the requests to complete setup.
■
Android Auto Setup
1Android Auto Setup
Only initialize Android Auto when you safely parked.
When Android Auto first detects your phone, you will
need to set up your phone so that auto pairing is
possible. Refer to the instruction manual that came
with your phone.
You can use the method below to change Android
Auto settings after you have completed the initial
setup:
Press the (home) button Select Settings
Connections Android Auto Select device
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to/from your phone by Android Auto is
governed by the Google’s Privacy Policy.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 329 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
330
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
TM
Features
■
Set up Android Auto wirelessly on the home screen
1. Select Android Auto on the home screen, then select Connect Phone.
2. Select + Connect New Device.
3. Start Bluetooth® pairing.
4. A privacy policy statement will appear. Select Enable Android Auto.
5. Your phone will display various screens that request your permissions needed for
Android Auto. Accept the requests to complete setup.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 330 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
331
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
TM
Features
Press and hold the (Talk) button to operate Android Auto with your voice.
(Talk) Button:
Press and hold to operate Android Auto with your voice.
Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.
■
Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
1Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
Below are examples of commands you can give with
voice recognition:
•
Reply to text.
•
Call my wife.
•
Navigate to Acura.
•
Play my music.
•
Send a text message to my wife.
•
Call flower shop.
For more information, please refer to the Android
Auto homepage.
You can also activate the voice recognition function
by selecting the icon in the lower-left corner of
the screen.
(Talk) Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 331 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
332
Features
Audio Error Messages
iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
USB Error
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then, turn
the audio system off and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the
error.
Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod
is connected, update the iPod software to the newer version.
Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported
device is connected, reconnect the device.
Appears when unsupported formats are in the device. Check that compatible files are
stored on the device.
The selected file cannot be played on this
system
Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are copyright protected or an unsupported
format.
No Data
Appears when the iPod is empty.
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty.
Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
USB Hub Error
Appears when the USB hub with plural USB devices is connected. Disconnect the USB
hubs and directly connect the device to the USB port using the extension cable.
iPod
USB flash drive
iPod
USB flash drive
iPod and USB flash drive
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 332 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
333
uuAudio Error MessagesuAndroid/Apps
Features
Android/Apps
If an error occurs while using the audio system or apps, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
*1:****part is variable characters, and will change depending upon where an error
occurs.
Error Message Solution
Unfortunately, **** has
stopped.
*1
Error has occurred within app, select OK on the screen to close the app.
**** isn't responding. Do
you want to close it?
*1
App is not responding.
Select Wait if you can wait for a response from app a little longer. If it does not respond even if you keep
waiting, select OK to close the app and start it up. If the error message continues, perform Factory Data
Reset.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 385
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 333 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
334
uuAudio Error MessagesuApple CarPlay/Android Auto
Features
Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
If an error occurs while using the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, you may see the
following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
Error
Appears when Apple CarPlay or Android Auto fails to recognize your device.
Check if your device is compatible with Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, or the latest
version of the app is installed on your device.
Maximum Number of Apple CarPlay
Devices Exceeded
Appears when the number of stored Apple CarPlay devices or Android Auto devices
exceeds the limitation. Select Replace and Continue and delete a registered device to
connect a new device for the Apple CarPlay connection or Android Auto connection.
Maximum Number of Android Auto
Devices Exceeded
Phone Call Active
Appears when the Android Auto device becomes connected to USB during an active
Bluetooth® hands-free phone call.
(connected device name) Disconnected
Appears when the paired device is disconnected from the HFL function. Reconnect
device and try again.
Maximum Number of Bluetooth Devices
Exceeded
Appears when the number of stored Bluetooth® devices exceeds the limitation.
Select Replace and Continue and delete a registered device to connect a new device
for the Bluetooth® connection.
Bluetooth Connection Error
Appears when Bluetooth® connection is failed.
Check the Bluetooth® connection of this audio system and your connected device.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 334 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
335
uuAudio Error MessagesuApple CarPlay/Android Auto
Features
Error Message Solution
Android Auto – SSL Authentication Failure
Set the vehicle date and time to match the
device.
Set the vehicle date to match the device.
Wireless connection problem in Android Auto –
Android Auto Connection Unstable
Temporarily connect the device to the USB data port or try and bring the device to front
of the vehicle.
Wireless connection problem in Android Auto –
Temporarily connect the device to the USB
data port.
Failing to connect or disconnects randomly. Temporarily connect the device to the USB
data port.
Android Auto – Bluetooth Connection Error Reconnect Android Auto device and try again.
Unable to start Android Auto from the
connected device.
There could be many possible reasons for this error but updating Android Auto app on
the phone and google play services could solve the problem. Other solution include
deleting saved phone information from the vehicle and deleting vehicle information
from the phone’s Bluetooth® list and setting up a new connection.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 335 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
336
Features
General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in
the screen, select channel up/down icons to Ch.0.
2. Have your radio ID ready, and either call or visit the SiriusXM® website to
subscribe.
Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by using the audio remote controls on the steering
wheel, or through the audio/information screen, and stay in this mode for about 30
minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with
good reception.
Channel **** not subscribed. Call SiriusXM to subscribe.
*1
You are not subscribed to the channel selected.
Subscription updated:
SiriusXM® radio is receiving information update from the network.
Channel Not Available:
No such channel exits, or the artist or title information is unavailable.
No Signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Check Tuner:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® tuner. Contact a dealer.
Check Antenna:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer.
*1: ****part is variable characters, and will change depending upon where an subscribe.
■
Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
■
Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
■
SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages
1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:
•
US: SiriusXM® Radio at
www.siriusxm.com/subscribenow, or 1-866-635-
2349
•
Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at
www.siriusxm.ca/subscribe-now, or 1-877-209-
0079
1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
•
In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
•
In tunnels
•
On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
•
Large items carried on the roof rack
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 336 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
337
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPad, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Continued
Features
Compatible iPod, iPad, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
■
iPod, iPad, and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model
Made for iPod touch (7th generation)/iPod touch (6th generation)
Made for iPhone SE (2nd generation)/iPhone 11 Pro Max/iPhone 11 Pro/iPhone 11/
iPhone XS Max/iPhone XS/iPhone XR/iPhone X/iPhone 8 Plus/iPhone 8/iPhone 7
Plus/iPhone 7/iPhone SE (1st generation)/iPhone 6s Plus/iPhone 6s/iPhone 6 Plus/
iPhone 6/iPhone 5s
Made for iPad (7th generation)/iPad (6th generation)/iPad (5th generation)
Made for iPad Pro (10.5-inch)/iPad Pro 12.9-inch (2nd generation)/iPad Pro (12.9-
inch)/iPad Pro (9.7-inch)
Made for iPad Air (3rd generation)/iPad Air 2/iPad Air
Made for iPad mini (5th generation)/iPad mini 4/iPad mini 3/iPad mini 2
1iPod, iPad, and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.
The Lightning connector works with iPhone SE (2nd
generation), iPhone 11 Pro Max, iPhone 11 Pro,
iPhone 11, iPhone XS Max, iPhone XS, iPhone XR,
iPhone X, iPhone 8 Plus, iPhone 8, iPhone 7 Plus,
iPhone 7, iPhone SE (1st generation), iPhone 6s Plus,
iPhone 6s, iPhone 6 Plus, iPhone 6, iPhone 5s, iPad
Pro (10.5-inch), iPad Pro 12.9-inch (2nd generation),
iPad Pro (12.9-inch), iPad Pro (9.7-inch), iPad Air (3rd
generation), iPad Air 2, iPad Air, iPad (7th
generation), iPad (6th generation), iPad (5th
generation), iPad mini (5th generation), iPad mini 4,
iPad mini 3, iPad mini 2, iPod touch (7th generation),
iPod touch (6th generation).
USB works with iPhone SE (2nd generation), iPhone
11 Pro Max, iPhone 11 Pro, iPhone 11, iPhone XS
Max, iPhone XS, iPhone XR, iPhone X, iPhone 8 Plus,
iPhone 8, iPhone 7 Plus, iPhone 7, iPhone SE (1st
generation), iPhone 6s Plus, iPhone 6s, iPhone 6 Plus,
iPhone 6, iPhone 5s, iPad Pro (10.5-inch), iPad Pro
12.9-inch (2nd generation), iPad Pro (12.9-inch), iPad
Pro (9.7-inch), iPad Air (3rd generation), iPad Air 2,
iPad Air, iPad (7th generation), iPad (6th generation),
iPad (5th generation), iPad mini (5th generation), iPad
mini 4, iPad mini 3, iPad mini 2, iPod touch (7th
generation), iPod touch (6th generation).
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 337 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uCompatible iPod, iPad, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
338
Features
• A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended.
• Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
• Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of playable file formats may be unsupported.
■
Playable audio file
■
USB Flash Drives
Format/Codec File Type(s)
AAC LC 3GPP (.3gp), MPEG-4 (.mp4, .m4a),
ADTS raw AAC (.aac, decode in Android
3.1+, encode in Android 4.0+, ADIF not
supported), MPEG-TS (.ts, not seekable,
Android 3.0+)
HE-AACv1 (AAC+)
HE-AACv2 (enhanced AAC+)
AAC ELD (enhanced low delay AAC)
AMR-NB
3GPP (.3gp)
AMR-WB
FLAC FLAC (.flac) only
MIDI
Type 0 and 1 (.mid, .xmf, .mxmf), RTTTL/
RTX (.rtttl, .rtx), OTA (.ota), iMelody
(.imy)
MP3 MP3 (.mp3)
Opus Matroska (.mkv)
PCM/WAVE WAVE (.wav)
Vorbis
Ogg (.ogg), Matroska (.mkv, Android
4.0+)
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 338 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
339
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
Honda App License Agreement
PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS “AGREEMENT”) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE
INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR “VEHICLE”) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND
CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “SERVICES”). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL
SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR
OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (“HONDA,” “US,” “WE,” OR “OUR”), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919
TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO “HONDA” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDA’S PARENT COMPANY AND
ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A
THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A “PROVIDER”). REFERENCE TO A “PROVIDER” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDER’S
PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.
A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE
during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a “DEALER”). The
SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content
provided through the SOFTWARE (together, “HONDA SERVICES”); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through
the SOFTWARE (together, “PROVIDER SERVICES”), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.
B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property.
1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a)
as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a
DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT.
2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the
“HONDA TERMS”). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your
VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be
specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while
you are using the SOFTWARE.
■
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 339 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
340
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Features
3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source
licenses which govern HONDA’s distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors
of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such
software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone.
Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual
or within the SOFTWARE.
4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the “PROVIDER
TERMS”). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or
permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants,
conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information,
targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any
applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.
5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use.
(a) Limited License.
You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance
with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA
(any “DOCUMENTATION”). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to
you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under
the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 340 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
341
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device
other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:
6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying
DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This
AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors,
affiliates, or suppliers.
(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation,
HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or
any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER
TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION;
(2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
or interfere with anyone else’s use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES;
(3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES in any way;
(4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights;
(5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver
distraction laws, rules or regulations;
(6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions,
and privacy policies; or
(7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile,
or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is
expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software
licenses.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 341 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
342
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Features
7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export
jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other
governments.
C. SOFTWARE Operation
1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in
violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.
2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation.
The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their
jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid driver’s license issued by
their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any
information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal
information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.
3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE.
Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require
that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER
SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control
over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the
inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER
SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER
SERVICES.
4. Links to Third Party Sites:
The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable,
directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of
such websites and content.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 342 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
343
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties’) use of the SOFTWARE and
SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge
and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and
PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any
fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such
measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.
6. SOFTWARE Updates.
The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-the-
air, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be
updated at HONDA’s discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other
applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.
7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE.
Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not
provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and
VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.
D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings
1. Vehicle Geolocation Information.
You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The
traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicle’s current location (longitude and latitude),
travel direction and speed (“VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION”) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION
INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to
provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts,
or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 343 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
344
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Features
2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls,
routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would
be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency
services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such
navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any
navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing
traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.
3. Speech Recognition:
You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands
when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a)
consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA
and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors
are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address
any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.
4. Distraction Hazards.
Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert
data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such
interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of
the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in
a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable
to hear these sounds could result in a crash.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 344 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
345
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
E. Information Collection and Storage
1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may
collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services.
HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services
suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you.
HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others,
but not in a form that personally identifies you.
2. Information Storage.
Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease
of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved
destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information.
(a) Vehicle Health Information.
Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE
(“VEHICLE INFORMATION”) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and
malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows,
battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes,
diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA
for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period
of time necessary to fulfill these goals.
(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based).
If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicle’s geolocation data
(latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.
(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is
at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information
uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLES’s multimedia system and you understand that the security and
safety of your VEHICLE’s multimedia system is your sole responsibility.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 345 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
346
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Features
F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you
will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result
from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non-
infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your
use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely
on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We
do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via
the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the
accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via
the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may
not apply to you.
G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights.
1. Limitations on YOUR liability.
HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney’s
fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW
ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 346 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
347
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential,
indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including,
without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does
not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such
states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for
any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you,
and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA
or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES
interruptions of any length.
(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS
For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA,
PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in
connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the
total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence,
strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE
or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN
DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS
LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND
AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO
ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR
USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.
H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has
ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone
making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your
VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 347 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
348
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Features
I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLE’s compatible multimedia
system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within
the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission
limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of
or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any
portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance
degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given
location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy
shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA
instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact
HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
K. Termination and Transfer.
1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason,
and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to
comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided
you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed
materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or
transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 348 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
349
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless
explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall
respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from
time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion
thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification,
suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.
M. ARBITRATION:
PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU
MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE
HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE
MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION.
Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to
court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and
conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the
Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration.
YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. “Claim” means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third
party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any
representations, omissions or warranties. “Claim” does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek
remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.
YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact
these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written
submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers,
HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator
may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 349 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
350
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Features
N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDA’s prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional
HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this
AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole
remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the
balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as
explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of
California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of
another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of
the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not
prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included
for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.
Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow
substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of
this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall
include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA.
This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is
unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely
unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at
Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after
providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 350 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
351
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Continued
Features
Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE
APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE
SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER
LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND
VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR
DETAILS REGARDING APPLE’S USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY.
USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN
THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE
DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED,
STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING,
FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS
SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE
POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLE’S USE AND HANDLING OF
DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO.
■
OWNER’S MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 351 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
352
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Features
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (“THE APPLICATIONS”) IS AT YOUR
SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE
MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS
PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE,” WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY
DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS,
EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON-
INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED
TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR
AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST
AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE
PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE,
SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC.,
SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY
TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE.
TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR
LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY
OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY
(CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND
JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY
NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA’S TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED
BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING
LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
■
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 352 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
353
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses
Features
About Open Source Licenses
To see the open source license information, follow these steps.
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select About.
5. Select Legal Information.
1About Open Source Licenses
For Amplifier Equipment
For open source information, please visit:
http://www.hondaopensource2.com/18.5MY_AMP
For Telematics Control Unit
Free/Open Source Software Information.
This product contains Free/Open Source
Software(FOSS).
The license information and/or the source code of
such FOSS can be found at the following URL.
https://www.denso.com/global/en/opensource/tcu/
honda/
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 353 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
354
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uLicense Information
Features
License Information
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS
Licensing Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are registered
trademarks, and DTS Neural Surround is a trademark of DTS, Inc. © DTS, Inc. All
Rights Reserved.
**For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from
DTS, Inc. DTS, the Symbol, DTS and the Symbol together and DTS Enhance are
registered trademarks or trademarks of DTS, Inc. in the United States and/or other
countries © DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
■
DTS Neural Surround
■
DTS Enhance
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 354 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
355
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uLicense Information
Continued
Features
“Made for iPod,” “Made for iPhone,” and “Made for iPad” mean that an electronic
accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod, iPhone, or iPad,
respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance
standards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance
with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with
iPod, iPhone, or iPad may affect wireless performance.
Apple, the Apple Logo, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc.,
registered in the U.S. and other countries. iPad Air, iPad mini, iPad Pro, Apple
CarPlay, iPod, iPhone, iTunes, Siri and Lightning are trademarks of Apple Inc. App
Store is a service mark of Apple Inc.
■
Apple
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 355 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
356
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uLicense Information
Features
“The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by DENSO CORPORATION is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.”
This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use or
distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a
license from Microsoft.
■
Bluetooth
■
Windows Media
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 356 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
357
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uLicense Information
Continued
Features
Mpeg4 Visual
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE MPEG-4 VISUAL PATENT PORTFOLIO
LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER FOR
(i) ENCODING VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUALA STANDARD
(“MPEG-4 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODING MPEG-4 VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED
BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL ACTIVITY
AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED BY MPEG LA TO
PROVIDE MPEG-4 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY
OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION INCLUDING THAT RELATING TO
PROMOTIONAL, INTERNAL AND COMMERCIAL USES AND LICENSING MAY BE
OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
VC-1
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO
IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD (“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE
VC-1 VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL
AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO
PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL
BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED
FROM MPEG LA, L.L.C. SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
■
MPEG
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 357 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
358
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uLicense Information
Features
AVC/H.264
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
PERSONAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN
COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE
AVC VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL
AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO
PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL
BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED
FROM MPEG LA, L.L.C. SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 358 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
359
Continued
Features
Customized Features
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
■
How to customize
With the power mode in ON, select Settings, then select a setting item.
1Customized Features
When you customize settings:
•
Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop.
•
Put the transmission into (P.
The contents and order of the customized features
may vary depending on the vehicle’s features.
To customize features detail, refer to the following.
2 Customization flow P. 360
2 List of customizable options P. 367
Audio/Information Screen
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 359 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
360
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■
Customization flow
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 360 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
361
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 361 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
362
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 362 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
363
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 363 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
364
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 364 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
365
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 365 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
366
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 366 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
367
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■
List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
System
Volumes
System Sounds Changes the system sounds volume. —
Phone Calls Changes the phone call volume. —
Voice Recognition Changes the voice recognition volume. —
Navigation Guidance
Changes the navigation guidance
volume.
—
Touchpad Sensitivity
Sets the sensitivity of the True
Touchpad Interface.
High/Low
*1
Date & Time
Time Format
Selects the digital clock display from
12H to 24H.
12 Hour
*1
/24 Hour
Set Date &
Time
Automatic
Date & Time
Selects On to have the GPS
automatically adjust the clock. Select
Off to cancel this function.
On
*1
/Off
Set Date
Adjusts date.
2 Adjusting the Clock P. 154
—
Set Time
Adjusts clock.
2 Adjusting the Clock P. 154
—
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 367 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
368
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Date & Time
Set Time
Zone
Automatic
Time Zone
Sets the audio system to automatically
adjust the clock when driving through
different time zones.
On
*1
/Off
(Select time
zone)
Changes the time zone manually. —
System Units
Changes the speed/distance unit on
the multi-information display, head-up
display
*
and audio/information screen.
Miles
*1
/KM (U.S.)
Miles/KM
*1
(Canada)
Language Changes the display language.
English
*1
/Français/
Español
Factory Data Reset
Resets all the settings to their factory
default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 385
Continue/Cancel
About Displays the Android setting items. —
Advanced
Options
Location Access
Selects Off not to allow apps including
the navigation system
*
to access the
vehicle’s location.
On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 368 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
369
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Advanced
Options
Interruptions
Interruption
Mode
Sets the interruption mode for
allowing to notify when calls and
notifications arrive.
Always interrupt
*1
/
Don’t interrupt/
Allow only priority
interruptions
Events and
reminders
Sets priority interruptions of events
and reminders.
On
*1
/Off
Calls Sets priority interruptions of calls. On
*1
/Off
Messages Sets priority interruptions of messages. On/Off
*1
Calls/
messages
from
Sets priority interruptions of from who.
Anyone/Contacts
only
*1
/Starred
contacts only
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 369 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
370
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Connections Bluetooth
Options Turns the Bluetooth® on and off. On
*1
/Off
+ Connect New Device
Pairs a new phone to HFL.
2 Phone Setup P. 395
—
(Saved Devices)
Connects, disconnects, or deletes a
paired phone.
Changes permissions for AcuraLink
Assist and Phone Data Collection.
2 Phone Setup P. 395
—
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 370 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
371
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
*2:Appears when Wi-Fi mode is Off.
*3:Appears when Wi-Fi mode is Hotspot.
*4:Appears when Wi-Fi mode is Network.
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Connections Wi-Fi
Change Mode
*2
Changes the Wi-Fi mode.
Off
*1
/Hotspot/
Network
Change Mode
*3
Changes the Wi-Fi mode.
Off/Hotspot/
Network
Network SSID
*3
Sets this network name. —
Password
*3
Sets password for require entering
password when connecting Wi-Fi
device to this network.
—
Connected Devices List
*3
Displays the connected device list. —
Change Mode
*4
Changes the Wi-Fi mode.
Off/Hotspot/
Network
(Available Networks)
*4
Displays the available network(s). —
Advanced
*4
Add
Network
Searches a new available network(s). —
Remembered
Networks
Displays the previously entered
network(s).
—
Connected
Devices List
Displays the connected device list. —
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 371 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
372
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Connections
Android
Auto
Advanced Options
Network
SSID
Sets this network name. —
Password
Sets password for require entering
password when connecting Wi-Fi
device to this network.
—
+ Connect New Device
Pairs a new phone to Android Auto.
2 Android Auto Setup P. 329
—
(Saved
Devices)
Options
Allow
Android
Auto
Sets up the Android Auto
connection.
Disable/Enable
AcuraLink
Assist
Turn AcuraLink Assist on and off. Disable/Enable
*1
Phone
Data
Collection
Allow Acura to collect phone data. Disable/Enable
*1
Delete Delete an Android Auto device. Cancel/Delete
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 372 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
373
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Connections
Apple
CarPlay
Advanced Options
Network
SSID
Sets this network name. —
Password
Sets password for require entering
password when connecting Wi-Fi
device to this network.
—
+ Connect New Device
Pairs a new phone to Apple CarPlay.
2 Enabling Apple CarPlay P. 324
—
(Saved
Devices)
Options
Allow
Apple
CarPlay
Sets up the Apple CarPlay
connection.
Disable/Enable
AcuraLink
Assist
Turn AcuraLink Assist on and off. Disable/Enable
*1
Delete Delete an Apple CarPlay device. Cancel/Delete
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 373 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
374
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Display
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the audio/
information screen.
—
Display Off
Turns the audio/information screen
brightness off.
—
Night Mode Changes between the daytime mode
and nighttime mode.
2 Display Setup P. 288
—
Day Mode
More
Settings
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the audio/
information screen.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the audio/
information screen.
—
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 374 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
375
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Driver Assist
System
Setup
Forward Collision Warning
Distance
Changes Collision Mitigation Braking
System (CMBS
TM
) alert distance.
Long/Normal
*1
/
Short
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect
Beep
Causes the system to beep when the
system detects a vehicle, or when the
vehicle goes out of the ACC with Low
Speed Follow range.
On/Off
*1
Road Departure Mitigation
Setting
Changes the setting for the road
departure mitigation system.
Normal
*1
/Wide/
Warning Only/
Narrow
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend
Beep
Causes the system to beep when Lane
Keeping Assist System (LKAS) is
suspended.
On/Off
*1
Blind Spot Information
Changes the setting for the blind spot
information.
Audible and Visual
Alert
*1
/Visual Alert
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 375 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
376
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle Meter Setup
Adjust Outside Temp Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a
few degrees.
−5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ 5°F
(U.S.)
−3°C ~ ±0°C
*1
~ 3°C
(Canada)
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset
trip meter A and average fuel economy
A.
With Refuel/IGN
Off/Manually
Reset
*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset
trip meter B and average fuel economy
B.
With Refuel/IGN
Off/Manually
Reset
*1
Reverse Shift Position Beep
Causes the beeper to sound once
when the transmission is put into
(R.
On
*1
/Off
Adjust Alarm Volume
Changes the alarm volume, such as
buzzers, warnings, turn signal sound,
and so on.
High/Mid
*1
/Low
Turn by Turn Display
Selects whether the turn-by-turn
display comes on during the route
guidance.
On
*1
/Off
Rear Seat Reminder
Turns the Rear Seat Reminder feature
on and off.
On
*1
/Off
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 376 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
377
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle Meter Setup
Speed Limit Information
Select whether the speed limit
information source is camera located
behind the rearview mirror or the
navigation system. You can also turn
off speed limit information.
Traffic Sign
Recognition
*1
/
Navigation/Off
Speed Limit Information
Selects whether the speed limit
information should be displayed on
head-up display
*
/meter.
On
*1
/Off
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 377 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
378
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Driving
Position
Setup
Memory Position Link
Turns the driving position memory
system on and off.
On
*1
/Off
Seat Position Movement at
Entry/Exit
Causes the driver’s seat to move back
to make it easier to enter or exit the
vehicle.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless
Access Setup
Door Unlock Mode
Changes which doors unlock when
you grab the driver’s door handle.
Driver Door or
Tailgate Only
*1
/All
Doors
Keyless Access Light Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash
when you unlock/lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless Access Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you
unlock/lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Remote Start System On/
Off
*
Turns the remote engine start feature
on and off.
On
*1
/Off
Walk Away Auto Lock
Changes the settings for the auto lock
function when you walk away from
the vehicle.
Enable/Disable
*1
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 378 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
379
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Lighting
Setup
Accent Light Brightness
*
Changes the brightness level of the
interior accent lighting.
Link to
Illumination
*1
/Max/
High/Mid/Low/Off
Accent Light Theme
*
Changes the theme of the interior
accent lighting.
2 Lighting area of the accent light
P. 463
Dynamic Mode
*1
See other selectable
settings on the screen.
Interior Light Dimming Time
Changes the length of time the interior
lights stay on after you close the doors.
15 sec/30 sec
*1
/60
sec
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Changes the length of time the
exterior lights stay on after you close
the driver’s door.
0 sec/15 sec
*1
/30 sec/
60 sec
Auto Interior Illumination
Sensitivity
Changes the sensitivity of the
brightness of the instrument panel
when the headlight switch is in AUTO
position.
Min/Low/Mid
*1
/
High/Max
Auto Headlight On with
Wiper On
Causes the headlights to come on
when the headlight switch is in the
AUTO position and the wipers are
used several times within a certain
number of intervals.
On
*1
/Off
Auto Light Sensitivity
*
Changes the timing for the headlights
to come on.
Min/Low/Mid
*1
/
High/Max
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 379 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
380
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle Door Setup
Auto Door Lock
Changes the setting for the automatic
locking feature.
Off/With Vehicle
Speed
*1
/Shift from P
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the
doors unlock automatically.
All Doors with
Driver’s Door
Opens
*1
/All Doors
with Shift to P/All
Doors with IGN Off/
Off
Keyless Lock Answer Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights
flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On
*1
/Off
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors
to relock and the security system to set
after you unlock the vehicle without
opening any door.
30 sec
*1
/60 sec/90
sec
Auto Folding Door Mirror
*
Changes the setting so that the mirrors
fold at the time the doors are locked
with the remote transmitter or keyless
access system.
Auto Fold with
Keyless
*1
/Manual
Only
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 380 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
381
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Power
Tailgate
Setup
Power Tailgate Keyless Open
Mode
Changes the setting to enable the
power tailgate to be opened with the
keyless remote at anytime or only
when the doors are unlocked.
Anytime
*1
/When
Unlocked
Power Tailgate Open by
Outer Handle
Changes the setting to enable or
disable the power tailgate open
operation when the user presses the
outer handle of the power tailgate.
Off (Manual only)/
On (Power/
Manual)
*1
Hands Free Access Power
Tailgate
*
Changes the setting to enable or
disable the power tailgate open
operation when a kicking motion
under the rear bumper is detected.
On
*1
/Off
Maintenance
Information
(Select Reset Items) Resets the Maintenance Minder
TM
display when you have performed the
maintenance service.
—
Reset All Due
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 381 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
382
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Camera
Rear Camera
*
Guidelines
Selects whether the guidelines come
on the rear camera monitor.
2 Multi-View Rear Camera
*
P. 565
Dynamic/Fixed/
Both
*1
/Off
Cross Traffic Monitor
Turns the cross traffic monitor feature
on and off.
On
*1
/Off
Surround
View
Camera
*
Guidelines
Selects whether the guidelines come
on the rear camera monitor.
2 Surround View Camera System
*
P. 567
Dynamic/Fixed/
Both
*1
/Off
Cross Traffic Monitor
Turns the cross traffic monitor feature
on and off.
On
*1
/Off
Show after Shifting from
Reverse
Sets the rear view to be automatically
switched to the front view when the
transmission is out of (R.
On/Off
*1
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 382 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
383
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Sound
Bass / Treble
Treble
Adjusts the settings of the audio
speakers’ sound.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 287
—
Midrange
Bass
Reset to Default
Roof / Center
Volume
*
Roof Speaker Volume
Center Speaker Volume
Reset to Default
Audio Zones
& Balance /
Fader
*
Full Vehicle
Driver Only
Front Only
Rear Only
Reset to Default
Balance /
Fader
*
Reset to Default
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 383 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
384
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Sound
Speed Volume Compensation
Adjusts the settings of the audio
speakers’ sound.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 287
Off/Low/Mid
*1
/High
DTS Neural Surround
*
On/Off
*1
Compressed Audio Enhancement
*
On/Off
*1
Notifications
Changes the notification settings for
apps.
—
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 384 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
385
uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings
Features
Defaulting All the Settings
Reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select Factory Data Reset.
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen.
5. Select Continue to reset the settings.
6. Select Reset to reset the settings.
u The system will reboot.
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Vehicle.
4. Select Reset to Default.
5. Select Reset.
■
Defaulting System Settings
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
all settings to default and delete all personal data.
If you perform Factory Data Reset, it will reset the
preinstalled apps to their factory default.
■
Defaulting Vehicle Settings
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 385 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
386
Features
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or
home security systems.
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s path.
■
Important Safety Precautions
1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
NOTE:
Some LED lightbulbs installed in the garage door
opener can interfere with the training and consistent
operation of your HomeLink device. Please consider
use of Low RF interference bulbs in your garage door
opener.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 386 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
387
uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink
Continued
Features
Training HomeLink
If it is necessary to erase a previously entered
learned code:
• Press and hold the I and III HomeLink
buttons for about 10 seconds, until the
green indicator blinks. Release the buttons,
and proceed to step 1.
• If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.
The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but
may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener,
visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800) 355-3515.
III HomeLink
Button
Indicator I HomeLink Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 387 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuHomeLink® Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink
388
Features
■
Programming a Button
1Training HomeLink
Reprogramming a Button
If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
using this procedure:
Erasing Button Memory
To erase programming from the buttons, press and hold
the two outside HomeLink buttons until the HomeLink
indicator changes from
orange to rapidly flashing green
.
This should take about 10 seconds. You should erase all
programming before selling the vehicle.
Operating
To operate, simply press and release the programmed
HomeLink button. Activation will now occur for the
trained device.
Questions
For questions or comments, visit
www.HomeLink.com, www.youtube.com/
HomeLinkGentex, or by calling the HomeLink Hotline
(North America only) at (800) 355-3515.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex
Corporation.
2.
1.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until
the HomeLink indicator begins to slowly flash
orange. This should take about 20 seconds.
Release the HomeLink button and position the
remote transmitter you wish to link 1 - 3 inches
(3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to
program, then follow steps 3 - 6 under
“programming a button.”
Training
Complete
HomeLink LED is
continuously on green.
YES
YES
1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the
HomeLink® button you want to program.
3b. Canadian Garage Door Opener
A. Press and release the HomeLink
button. Press, hold and release the
button on the remote every 2 secs.
Does the HomeLink indicator (LED)
change from slowly flashing orange to
rapidly flashing or continuously on
green? The process should take less
than 60 seconds.
NO
2.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button. Is the HomeLink indicator (LED) slowly
flashing orange?
NO
3a. Hold the button on the remote
transmitter. Does HomeLink indicator
(LED) change from slowly flashing
orange to rapidly flashing green or
continuously on green? The process
should take less than 60 seconds.
5.
Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
HomeLink indicator rapidly flashes
green.
5a.
The remote has a rolling code. Press the
“learn” button on the remote-controlled
device (e.g. garage door opener).
6. Press and hold the HomeLink button
again.
The remote-controlled device should
operate.
Training Complete
5b.
Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2
secs.
4.
Press and hold the programmed HomeLink
button for about a second. Does the device
(garage door opener) work?
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 388 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
389
Continued
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
■
HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
•
U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
•
Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
To use the system, the Bluetooth® setting must be
On.
2 Phone Setup P. 395
Voice control tips
•
Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphones.
•
Press the button when you want to call a
number using a phonebook name or a number.
Speak clearly and naturally after a beep.
•
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
•
To change the volume level, the volume level is able
to change by the audio system’s volume.
(Talk) Button
Microphone
(Back) Button
VOL(+/VOL(- (Volume) Switch
Left Selector Wheel
APPS Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 389 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
390
Features
Left Selector Wheel:
• Incoming call: Move the selector wheel to the right to answer the call. Move it
to the left to decline the call.
• During a call: Move the selector wheel to the right to display the call options
menu. Move it to the left to end the call.
• (back) button: Press the button to go back to the previous screen or to
cancel a command.
• (talk) button: Press the button to start voice recognition.
To go to the phone screen of the multi-information display or the head-up display
*
:
1. Press the APPS button on the steering wheel.
2. Using the selector wheel, scroll to Phone on the multi-information display or the
head-up display
*
, and then press the left selector wheel.
u You can select Favorites or Recents by moving the selector wheel to the left
or the right.
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 390 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
391
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uUsing HFL
Features
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Bluetooth® connection status is displayed in the B-zone.
■
HFL Status Display
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
HFL Mode
Caller’s Name (If registered)/
Caller’s Number (If not registered)
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your phone is connected to HFL.
Signal StrengthBattery Level Status
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 391 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
392
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
Features
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
*
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 392 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
393
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use the system.
■
Phone screen
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Phone.
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving.
Display the last outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Recents All
Dialed
Received
Display the last outgoing calls.
Display the last incoming calls.
Missed
Display the last missed calls.
Enter Number
Enter a phone number to dial.
Contacts
Display the phonebook of the paired phone.
Add Favorite
(Favorite Contact List)
MENU
From Recents
From Contacts
Using Enter Number
Dial the selected number in the favorite contact list.
Display the Phone Menu screen.
Select a phone number from the call history to store as a
favorite contact number.
Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a
favorite contact number.
Enter a phone number to store as a favorite contact number.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 393 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
394
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
Phone Menu screen
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select MENU.
Change Connected Phone
+ Connect New Device
Pair a new phone to the system.
Connect or disconnect a paired device.
Ringtone
Select a fixed ringtone or the one from the connected cell phone.
Auto Sync Phone
Set phonebook and call history data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
Auto Phone Call Transfer
Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
AcuraLink Assist
Turn AcuraLink Assist on and off.
Options Delete Device
Delete a paired device.
Options
Turns the Bluetooth® on and off.
(Existing entry list)
AcuraLink Assist
Turn AcuraLink Assist on
and off.
Phone Data Collection
Allow Acura to collect
phone data.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 394 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
395
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
Bluetooth® setup
You can turn Bluetooth® function on and off.
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Connections.
4. Select Bluetooth.
5. Select Options.
6. Select On.
■
Phone Setup
1Bluetooth® setup
If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay or
Android Auto, this setting is unavailable.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 395 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
396
Features
■
To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system)
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Connect Phone.
4. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then select + Connect
New Device.
u HFL automatically becomes discoverable.
5. Select the HandsFreeLink when it appears
on your phone.
u If HFL does not appear, select Search for
Devices.
6. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
u After confirming pairing, may be
required to confirm Bluetooth®
operation depending on phone. Select
Continue with Bluetooth.
7. The device options screen appears, then
select Continue.
u You can enable/disable the AcuraLink
Assist and Phone Data Collection on
the screen. Both default settings are
Enable.
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
the system before you can make and receive hands-
free calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
•
You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
•
Up to six phones can be paired.
•
Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
paired to the system.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or more icons on
the right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Apple CarPlay.
: The phone is compatible with Android Auto.
If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay or
Android Auto, pairing of additional Bluetooth®
compatible devices is unavailable.
Enable Smart Sharing pop-up
Smart Sharing to share phone data with Acura. You
can change the AcuraLink Assist and Phone Data
Collection settings later by selecting the device in
the Phone Menu screen and then Options.
For detailed information of all data shared visit https://
acuralink.acura.com/#/acuralinkLegalTerms
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 396 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
397
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To change the currently paired phone
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 394
2. Select Change Connected Phone.
When connecting to another phone:
3. Select a phone to connect.
4. Select or .
5. Select Connect.
When changing the currently paired phone
setting:
3. Select a currently paired phone.
4. Select or .
5. Select Apply Changes.
1To change the currently paired phone
If there is an active connection to Android Auto, this
setting is unavailable.
If no other phones are found or paired when trying to
switch to another phone, HFL will continue to
connect an original phone.
To pair other phones, select + Connect New Device
from the Bluetooth screen.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 397 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
398
Features
■
To delete a paired phone
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 394
2. Select Change Connected Phone.
3. Select a phone you want to delete.
4. Select Options.
5. Select Delete Device.
6. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Delete.
1To delete a paired phone
You can also delete a paired phone by the following
procedure.
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Connections.
4. Select Bluetooth.
5. Select a phone you want to delete.
6. Select Options.
7. Select Delete Device.
8. A confirmation message appears on the screen.
Select Delete.
If there is an active connection to Android Auto, you
cannot delete a paired phone.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 398 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
399
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
You can change the ringtone setting.
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 394
2. Select Ringtone.
3. Select Vehicle or Phone.
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 394
2. Select Auto Phone Call Transfer.
3. Select On or Off.
■
Ringtone
1Ringtone
Vehicle: The fixed ringtone sounds from the
speakers.
Phone: Depending on the make and model of the
cell phone, the ringtone stored in the phone will
sound if the phone is connected.
■
Automatic Transferring
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 399 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
400
Features
■
When Auto Sync Phone is set to On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to the system.
■
Changing the Auto Sync Phone setting
1. Go to the Phone Menu screen.
2 Phone Menu screen P. 394
2. Select Auto Sync Phone.
3. Select On or Off.
■
Automatic Import of Phone Contacts and Call History
1Automatic Import of Phone Contacts and Call History
On some phones, it is necessary to enable import
during setup so the phone’s contacts can be
accessed.
When you select a name from the phone contacts
list, you can see a category icon. The icons indicate
what types of numbers are stored for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to the system.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Home
Mobile Work
Other
Pager
Car
Preference
Fax
Voice
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 400 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
401
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
To store a favorite contact number:
1. Go to the phone screen.
2 Phone screen P. 393
2. Select Add Favorite.
3. Select a place from where to choose a
number.
From Recents:
u Select a number from the call history.
From Contacts:
u Select a number from the phonebook of
a cellular phone connected to the
system.
Using Enter Number:
u Trace the number on the A-zone
touchpad, then press it.
If the KEYPAD icon located to the upper
right of the screen is selected, the
keyboard will appear.
4. Select a number.
■
Favorite Contacts
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 401 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
402
Features
■
To edit a Favorite Contact
1. Go to the phone screen.
2 Phone screen P. 393
2. Select and hold a desired favorite contact.
3. Select the following options:
• Remove Favorite: Delete the favorite
contact.
• Add to Home Page: Add a favorite
contact shortcut icon to the home
screen.
• Add to Heads-Up Display
*
: Add a
favorite contact shortcut icon to the
head-up display menu.
4. Press the (back) button on the True
Touchpad Interface.
u The screen will return to the previous
screen.
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, or Favorite Contact
entries.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
While there is an active connection with Apple
CarPlay, phone calls cannot be made with
HandsFreeLink® and are only made from Apple
CarPlay.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 402 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
403
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Go to the phone screen.
2 Phone screen P. 393
2. Select Contacts.
3. Select a name.
u You can sort by First Name or Last
Name. Select the icon on the upper right
of the screen.
4. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■
To make a call using a phone number
1. Go to the phone screen.
2 Phone screen P. 393
2. Select Enter Number.
3. Trace the number on the A-zone touchpad,
then press it.
u You can enter the number using the on-
screen keyboard. Select KEYPAD located
to the upper right of the screen.
4. Press the A-zone touchpad.
u Dialing starts automatically.
u If the on screen keyboard is displayed,
select Call.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This feature also allows you to send a message or set
a navigation route
*
to a contact’s address.
2 Text Message P. 407
2 Refer to Navigation System Manual
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 403 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
404
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by All, Dialed, Missed,
and Received.
1. Go to the phone screen.
2 Phone screen P. 393
2. Select Recents.
u You can sort by All, Dialed, Missed, or
Received. Select the icon on the upper
right of the screen.
3. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■
To make a call using a Favorite Contact
entry
1. Go to the phone screen.
2 Phone screen P. 393
2. Select desired favorite contact.
u Dialing starts automatically.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 404 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
405
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming Call... screen appears.
Move the left selector wheel to the right to
answer the call. Move it to the left to decline
or end the call.
u You can also select Answer or Ignore
on the audio/information screen to use
hands-free calling.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
To put a call on hold so that you can answer an
incoming call, move the left selector wheel to the
right.
Move the left selector wheel to the right to resume
the call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
not want to answer it.
Move the left selector wheel to the left to end a call.
Instead of using the selector wheel, you can use the
icons on the audio/information screen to perform the
above mentioned functions.
When a screen other than the phone screen is
displayed in the A-zone, the incoming call screen is
displayed in the B-zone.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 405 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
406
Features
The following options are available during a call.
MUTE: Mute your voice.
TRANSFER TO MOBILE: Transfer a call from the system to your phone.
ENTER NUMBER: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-
driven phone system.
The available options are shown on the lower
half of the screen.
Select the option.
u UNMUTE is displayed when the mute
function is on. Select UNMUTE to turn it
off.
u TRANSFER TO VEHICLE is displayed
when the hands-free mode is off. Select
TRANSFER TO VEHICLE to turn the
hands-free mode is on.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
You can select the icons on the audio/information
screen.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 406 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
407
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uText Message
Continued
Features
Text Message
You can operate the various options of the text message function from the message
box.
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Messages.
The following options are available:
Inbox: Shows received messages.
Send Message to Contact: Sends a message
to your contact on the list.
2 Send Message to Contact P. 418
Add Favorite: Adds the favorite contact to
the message box.
u You can add a shortcut to the home
screen that will take you directly to your
favorite contact. Select and hold the
contact, then select Add to Home
Page.
MENU: Sets the message option for changing
the connected device, turning on or off
message notifications, or editing replies.
1Text Message
The text message features may not be available
depending on the cellular phone.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 407 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
408
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uText Message
Features
■
To edit a Favorite Contact
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Messages.
3. Select and hold a desired favorite contact.
4. Select following options.
• Remove Favorite: Delete a favorite
contact.
• Add to Home Page: Add the shortcut
icon of a favorite contact to the home
screen.
5. Press the (back) button on the True
Touchpad Interface.
u The screen will return to the previous
screen.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 408 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
409
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uText Message
Features
■
To turn on or off the text message
notice
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Messages.
3. Select MENU.
4. Select Notifications.
5. Select On or Off.
■
To Set Up Text Message Options
1To Set Up Text Message Options
To use the text message function, it may be necessary
to set up on your phone.
1To turn on or off the text message notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
When a screen other than the Messages function
screen is displayed in the A-zone, a text message
notification is displayed in the B-zone.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 409 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uText Message
410
Features
HFL can display newly received text messages as well as the last 20 messages
received on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and
replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text message.
2. Select Open.
3. Select to listen to the message. To stop
listening to the message, select .
u Select to hear the message from the
beginning.
■
Receiving a Text Message
1Receiving a Text Message
Some cell phones might not be able to read the
transmission log of data sent and data received.
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
The system can only receive messages that are sent as
text (SMS) messages. Messages sent using the data
services will not be displayed in the list.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 of the last text messages received.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text
message feature. Only use the text message feature
when conditions allow you to do so safely.
Depending on the status of the A-zone, the received
message screen may be displayed on the B-zone.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 410 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
411
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uText Message
Features
You can select one from the Bluetooth® device list to be active and receive
notifications.
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Messages.
3. Select MENU.
4. Select Change Connected Phone.
5. Change a desired phone.
2 To change the currently paired phone
P. 397
■
Selecting a Phone
1Selecting a Phone
You can only receive notifications from one phone at
a time.
You can only connect one device to use both text
message function and Bluetooth® hands-free phone
function.
If there is a connection to Apple CarPlay or Android
Auto, a message will appear if this setting is selected
allowing the user to end the Apple CarPlay or
Android Auto session and continue with the setting.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 411 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uText Message
412
Features
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Messages.
3. Select Inbox.
4. Select a message.
u The message information is displayed.
5. Select View Message.
u The text message is displayed.
■
Displaying Messages
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message
will also be deleted from the system. If you send a
message from the system, the message goes to your
phone’s outbox.
To see the previous or next message, select Prev or
Next on the message screen.
Message List
Message
Information
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 412 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
413
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uText Message
Continued
Features
■
Read or Stop reading a message
1. Display the message information.
2. Select .
u The system starts reading the message
aloud.
3. Select to stop reading.
Select again to start reading the
message.
u While listening to the message, select
to start reading the message from
the beginning.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 413 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uText Message
414
Features
■
Reply to a message
1. Display the message information.
2. Select Reply.
3. Select the reply message.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message.
u Message sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully
sent.
1Reply to a message
The available reply messages are as follows:
•
I’m on my way.
•
I’m running late.
•
No
•
OK
•
Talk to you later, I'm driving.
•
Yes
The display language of the default reply message
depends on the connected phone.
2 To edit a reply message P. 415
You can add or delete a reply message by selecting
Saved Replies.
2 To edit a reply message P. 415
2 To delete a reply message P. 415
Only certain phones receive and send messages when
paired and connected. For a list of compatible
phones:
•
U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
•
Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 414 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
415
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uText Message
Features
■
To edit a reply message
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Messages.
3. Select MENU.
4. Select Saved Replies.
5. Select Create New Message.
6. Use the A-zone touchpad to write a reply.
When you finish writing you message, press
the A-zone touchpad.
u You can enter the number using the on-
screen keyboard. Select KEYBOARD
located to the upper right of the screen.
■
To delete a reply message
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Messages.
3. Select MENU.
4. Select Saved Replies.
5. Select a reply message you want to delete.
u A confirmation screen appears on the
screen. Select Delete.
u To cancel the delete, press the
(back) button.
1To delete a reply message
Reset to Default
Select to reset all reply messages to their factory
default.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 415 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
416
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uText Message
Features
■
Making a call to a sender
1. Display the message information.
2. Select Call.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 416 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
417
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uText Message
Continued
Features
■
Displaying message on the head-up display
You can read a text message on the head-up display only when a text message is
received.
1. Move right the left selector wheel to select Open.
2. Roll up or down the left selector wheel to select Reply, and then press the left
selector wheel.
u Select Call to dial a call.
u Select Repeat to start reading the message from the beginning.
3. Roll up or down the left selector wheel to select a message, and then press the
left selector wheel.
4. Roll up or down the left selector wheel to select Send, and then press the left
selector wheel.
u Message sent appears on the head-up display when the reply message was
successfully sent.
Models with head-up display
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 417 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uText Message
418
Features
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select Messages.
3. Select Send Message to Contact.
4. Select a contact name.
u You can sort by First Name or Last
Name. Select the icon on the upper right
of the screen.
5. Select a number.
6. Select the reply message.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
7. Select Send to send the message.
u Message sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully
sent.
■
Send Message to Contact
1Send Message to Contact
This feature also allows you to send a message or set
a navigation route
*
to a contact’s address.
2 Making a Call P. 402
2 Refer to Navigation System Manual
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 418 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
419
Continued
Features
AcuraLink®
Is a subscription-based service that provides convenient features such as voice
communication in case of emergency, online security, one-on-one operator
assistance, and the transmission of important messages regarding your vehicle’s
status.
Use the following procedure to connect to AcuraLink.
■
To enable the AcuraLink
You need to allow the consent of the location service to enable the AcuraLink.
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select AcuraLink.
u The confirmation message appears on
the screen for the first time, then select
Allow.
■
To Connect to AcuraLink
1AcuraLink®
AcuraLink also provides services you can operate
from the Internet or your smartphone.
To subscribe to AcuraLink, or to get more
information about all of its features, contact an Acura
dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or
www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada).
1To enable the AcuraLink
You can also set up a Vehicle Data Collection by
the following procedure.
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select AcuraLink.
3. Select MENU.
4. Select Vehicle Data Collection.
5. Select Allow or Block.
•
Allow: Sends the vehicle location data, diagnostic
information, driving behavior data and phone data
when you have previously allowed it when you
connect a phone with Bluetooth®.
•
Block: Does not send the vehicle location data,
diagnostic information, driving behavior data.
For detail information of all data shared visit https://
acuralink.acura.com/#/acuralinkLegalTerms
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 419 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraLink®u
420
Features
■
To link with AcuraLink
You may see the connection guide screen
after launching AcuraLink when there is no
phone connection available.
Continue Without Connecting: Displays
the AcuraLink menu screen without phone
connection.
Connect Phone: Displays the Bluetooth®
setup screen.
2 To change the currently paired phone
P. 397
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select AcuraLink.
1To link with AcuraLink
We recommend that you install the AcuraLink app in
your smartphone to make AcuraLink more
functional. Contact an Acura dealer, or visit
owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/
acuralink (Canada).
If you do not connect a phone to AcuraLink, Last Mile
function of AcuraLink app is disabled.
■
AcuraLink
1AcuraLink
You can also select AcuraLink from the All Apps
screen.
2 Audio/Information Screen P. 264
AcuraLink
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 420 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
421
uuAcuraLink®u
Features
■
Vehicle Notifications
Displays the diagnostic information, recall or important safety information
*1
, or
general information by connecting to the Acura server using HFL.
■
Contact Acura
Connect to the AcuraLink operator when trying to find a destination or for roadside
assistance.
■
My Acura Dealer
Calls your Acura dealer using HFL or sets a destination of the navigation
*
to the
dealer.
■
MENU
Displays the AcuraLink menu screen.
• Vehicle Data Collection: Displays the AcuraLink connection setting screen.
2 To enable the AcuraLink P. 419
• AcuraLink Subscriptions: Displays your current AcuraLink subscription status.
• Connect Bluetooth Device: Displays the Bluetooth® setup screen.
2 To change the currently paired phone P. 397
*1: When you select Roadside Assistance, the system connect to the AcuraLink operator
through the telematics control unit (TCU).
1Vehicle Notifications
Some messages can be deleted manually; some
others will automatically disappear when the
malfunction is fixed, contact a dealer if necessary.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 421 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraLink®u
422
Features
You can check the messages that are received quickly in the shortcut operation.
1. A notification appears and notifies you of a
new message on the B-zone.
2. Select the system status icon then press the
B-zone touchpad.
u The status area list appears on the A-
zone.
u A notification is continuously displayed in
the header area until the new message is
read.
3. Select a new message to open.
u If you have selected the update option
for AcuraLink, follow the directions on
the screen to complete the process.
■
AcuraLink Message
1AcuraLink Message
When you update AcuraLink, you must keep the
engine running and maintain a constant connection
with AcuraLink.
If the update is interrupted, the system will
automatically resume the process. If, however, a
week has elapsed since the process was first
interrupted, you must repeat the process from the
beginning.
Notification
New Message
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 422 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
423
uuAcuraLink®u
Features
■
Automatic collision notification
If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted,
your vehicle automatically will attempt to
connect to an E911 operator through your
connected cellular phone. If connected,
information about your vehicle and its
location can be sent to the operator
*1
; you
also can speak to the operator when
connected.
IMPORTANT: For the vehicle equipped with AcuraLink Assist, owner activation
constitutes authorization for Acura to collect information from your vehicle needed
to provide the service. In a crash, AcuraLink Assist will attempt to notify emergency
services but ACURA CANNOT GUARANTEE THAT SUCH NOTIFICATION WILL
OCCUR.
Acura reserves the right to terminate AcuraLink services at any time or for any
reason, and in the future may not be able to provide services due to changes in, or
obsolescence of, technology integral to the service or changes in governmental
regulation.
*1: Depending on your phone and its cellular coverage, your vehicle’s location may not be sent
to the operator.
■
In Case of Emergency
1In Case of Emergency
Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the
operator if its, or your cellular phone’s, battery level is
low, the line is disconnected, or you do not have
adequate cellular coverage.
You cannot use this emergency services when:
•
You travel outside your cellular provider’s coverage
areas.
•
There is a problem with the connecting devices,
such as the microphones or speakers, or your
connected phone itself.
You cannot operate other phone-related functions
using the screen while talking to the operator.
Only the operator can terminate the connection to
your vehicle.
1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 423 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraLink®u
424
Features
■
Manual operator connection
If you need to talk to the AcuraLink operator
in a situation where no airbag has deployed,
you can manually connect to them by pressing
the ASSIST button with the power mode in
ACCESSORY or ON.
1. Open the cover attached to the ceiling
console.
2. Press the ASSIST button.
u You are connected to the AcuraLink
operator.
1Manual operator connection
Do not press the button while driving. When you
need to contact the operator, park the vehicle in a
safe place.
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
automatically cancels the action after three minutes.
If necessary, the cover can be broken to access the
ASSIST button.
ASSIST Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 424 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
425
uuAcuraLink®u
Features
Connect to the AcuraLink operator when trying to find a destination or for roadside
assistance.
1. Press the LINK button.
u Connection to the operator begins.
2. Talk to the operator.
u To disconnect, select End Call on the
audio/information screen or move to left
the left selector wheel.
■
Operator Assistance
1Operator Assistance
Remain attentive to road conditions and driving
during operator assistance.
If you want to add or renew a subscription, call the
Operator Assistance.
1. Press the (home) button.
2. Select AcuraLink.
3. Select MENU.
4. Select AcuraLink Subscriptions.
5. Select Call AcuraLink Support.
Press the (back) button to return to the previous
screen, and then in call screen displayed on the B-
zone.
LINK Button
Audio/Information screen when
connected to the AcuraLink
operator
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 425 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraLink®u
426
Features
Your subscribed telematics service provider can check your vehicle’s condition. For
maximum functionality, download AcuraLink app in your smartphone and connect
it with the vehicle.
■
Automatic Collision Notifications
A live agent will reach out and check on you and request that help be sent in the
event of a crash.
■
Send Destination
Search for destinations on your phone and instantly beam turn-by-turn directions to
your navigation system
*
. Requires In-vehicle Navigation System
*
.
■
Stolen Vehicle Locator
In the event of a stolen vehicle, your vehicle will help local authorities recover it.
■
Remote Start & Stop
Arrive at your vehicle with the engine warmed up and the interior set to a
comfortable temperature.
■
Remote Lock & Unlock
Lock and unlock your vehicle with your smartphone.
■
Find My Car
Find your parked vehicle and flash/sound your horns remotely using your
smartphone.
■
Connection Features
1Connection Features
The contact information of your provider, your user
ID and PIN will be given when you subscribe to
AcuraLink. If you forget any of the above, contact a
Acura dealer, or go to owners.acura.com (U.S.) or
www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada).
You can also activate the remote door lock/unlock
and vehicle finder features from the Internet or using
your smartphone app. Ask a dealer, or visit
owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/
acuralink (Canada) for details.
1Find My Car
The lights will stop flashing and horn will stop
sounding under the following:
•
When conditions 30 seconds have elapsed.
•
You unlock the doors using the remote transmitter.
•
You unlock the doors using the keyless access
system.
•
You unlock the doors using the built-in key.
•
The power mode is set to ACCESSORY or ON.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 426 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
427
uuAcuraLink®u
Features
■
Vehicle Status
Get door and lock status as well as mileage, fuel, oil life, and tire pressure readings
on your phone.
■
Emergency Call
A live agent will stay on the call with you and request that help be sent in the event
of an emergency.
■
Security Alarm Alert
Receive alerts if vehicle security alarm is triggered.
■
Destination by Voice
Talk to a live assistant who will search and send turn by turn directions to your
vehicle’s navigation system
*
. Requires In-vehicle Navigation System
*
.
■
Last Mile
Receive walking directions to your final destination right when you get out of your
Acura. Requires In-vehicle Navigation System
*
.
■
Geofence Alert
Receive a notification anytime your vehicle enters or leaves a region set by you.
■
Speed Alert
Receive a notification when your vehicle has exceeded a speed limit set by you.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 427 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
428
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 428 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
This page intentionally left blank.
429
Driving
This chapter discusses driving and refueling.
Before Driving................................... 430
Towing a Trailer................................ 435
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ..... 441
When Driving
Starting the Engine .......................... 443
Precautions While Driving................. 449
Automatic Transmission ................... 450
Shifting............................................ 451
Acura Integrated Dynamics System... 459
Auto Idle Stop.................................. 464
Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA
®
), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System.................471
Agile Handling Assist ....................... 473
Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-
AWD®)
*
......................................... 474
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
with Tire Fill Assist.......................... 475
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) -
Required Federal Explanation ......... 477
Blind Spot Information System ......... 479
AcuraWatch
TM
................................... 483
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) ....................................... 486
Low Speed Braking Control
*
............ 497
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow ................................. 502
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) .. 522
Road Departure Mitigation System... 530
Traffic Sign Recognition System ....... 535
Front Sensor Camera ....................... 541
Radar Sensor ................................... 543
Sonar Sensors
*
................................ 544
Braking .............................................. 545
Parking Your Vehicle........................ 555
Multi-View Rear Camera
*
................ 565
Surround View Camera System
*
..... 567
Refueling........................................... 575
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions.... 578
Turbo Engine Vehicle ....................... 579
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 429 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
430
Driving
Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 614
• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.
■
Exterior Checks
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you’ve parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal. Also, check under the hood for leftover
flammable materials after you or someone else has
performed maintenance on your vehicle.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 430 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
431
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 433
• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 169
• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Seats P. 216
2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 225
• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 212
2 Mirrors P. 213
■
Interior Checks
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have
the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 431 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
432
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 42
• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 80
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 432 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
433
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Continued
Driving
Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 838 lbs (380 kg).
See the Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s
doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue
load.
2 Specifications P. 690
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 690
3
WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
Label Example
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 433 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
434
Driving
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load
838 lbs
(380 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
538 lbs (244 kg)
Example2
Max Load
838 lbs
(380 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
88 lbs (40 kg)
1Maximum Load Limit
Towing a Trailer:
See Towing a Trailer to determine whether your
vehicle is designed to tow a trailer.
2 Towing a Trailer P. 435
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 434 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
435
Continued
Driving
Towing a Trailer
Towing Preparation
Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper
equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving.
■
Total trailer weight
Do not exceed the maximum allowable
weight of the trailer, cargo, and everything in
or on it shown in the table. Towing loads in
excess of this can seriously affect vehicle
handling and performance and can damage
the engine and drivetrain.
Each weight limit is calculated based on the following conditions:
• Occupants fill seats from the front of the vehicle to the back
• Each occupant weighs 150 lbs (68 kg)
• Each occupant has 17.6 lbs (8 kg) cargo in the cargo area.
Any additional weight, cargo or accessories reduce the maximum trailer weight and
maximum tongue load.
■
Towing Load Limits
1Towing Load Limits
Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale.
If a public scale is not available, add the estimated
weight of your cargo load to the weight of your
trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and the
tongue load.
When using a detachable towing device, always
remove the towing device when not in use and only
install it when towing so that it does not cover or hide
anything on the rear of your vehicle, such as the
exterior lights or licence plate.
Break-in Period.
Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicle’s first 600
miles (1,000 km).
Never exceed the gross weight ratings.
Gross weight information
2 Vehicle Specifications P. 690
3
WARNING
Exceeding any load limit or improperly
loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a
crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Check the loading of your vehicle and
trailer carefully before starting to drive.
Total Load
Number of occupants 2WD models AWD models
2 1,500 lbs (680 kg) 1,500 lbs (680 kg)
3 1,500 lbs (680 kg) 1,300 lbs (590 kg)
4 1,400 lbs (635 kg) 1,150 lbs (522 kg)
5 600 lbs (272 kg) 600 lbs (272 kg)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 435 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
436
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
Driving
■
Tongue load
The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded
trailer on the hitch should be approximately
10% of the total trailer weight.
• Excessive tongue load reduces front tire
traction and steering control. Too little
tongue load can make the trailer unstable
and cause it to sway.
• To achieve a proper tongue load, start by
loading 60% of the load toward the front
of the trailer and 40% toward the rear.
Readjust the load as needed.
Tongue Load
Tongue Load
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 436 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
437
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
Driving
Towing equipment varies by the size of your trailer, how much load you are towing,
and where you are towing.
■
Hitches
The hitch must be of an approved type and properly bolted to the underbody.
■
Safety chains
Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the
trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
■
Trailer brakes
Recommended for any trailer with a total weight of 1,000 lbs (450 kg) or more:
There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are
common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet. If you choose electric brakes,
be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not attempt to attach trailer brakes to
your vehicle’s hydraulic system, as it will lower braking effectiveness and create a
potential hazard.
■
Additional towing equipment
Many states and provinces/territories require special outside mirrors when towing a
trailer. Even if mirrors are not required in your locale, you should install special
mirrors if visibility is restricted in any way.
■
Towing Equipment and Accessories
1Towing Equipment and Accessories
Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and
maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/
territory, and local regulations.
Consult your trailer maker for proper installation and
setup of the equipment.
Improper installation and setup can affect the
handling, stability, and braking performance of your
vehicle.
Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other
items are recommended or required for your towing
situation.
The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type
and brand. If a connector is required, it should only
be installed by a qualified technician.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 437 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
438
Driving
■
Trailer light
Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and
local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the
requirements in the area where you plan to tow.
We recommend that you have a dealer install an Acura wiring harness and
converter.
They are designed for your vehicle.
1Trailer light
The trailer lighting connector is located behind the
left side panel in the cargo area.
Even if you are planning to use the non-Acura trailer
lighting harness and converter, ask a dealer for the
correct connector and pins.
Stop Light
(Light Green)
Small Light +B
(Red)
Left Turn Signal
(Gray)
Right Turn Signal
(Light Green)
Small Light
(Sky Blue)
Trailer Hazard +B
(Pink)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 438 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
439
uuTowing a TraileruDriving Safely with a Trailer
Continued
Driving
Driving Safely with a Trailer
• Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition.
• Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits.
2 Towing Load Limits P. 435
• Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer.
• Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while
driving.
• Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly.
• Check the pressures of the trailer tires.
• Turn off the Auto Idle Stop system using the Auto Idle Stop OFF button. The
trailer weight can affect your vehicle’s brake effectiveness if Auto Idle Stop is
activated on a hill while towing a trailer.
• Turn off the rear parking sensor system.
2 Turning off All Rear Sensors P. 560
• Turn off the Low Speed Braking Control system. It may activate if it detects the
towed object as an obstacle.
2 System On and Off P. 499
■
Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer
1Driving Safely with a Trailer
Operating speed when towing a trailer must not
exceed 62 mph (100 km/h).
Parking
In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel
chocks at each of the trailer’s tires.
Remember to unhitch the trailer before changing a
flat tire. Ask the trailer sales or rental agency where
and how to store the trailer’s spare tire.
Models with Parking Sensor System
Models with Low Speed Braking Control
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 439 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Behind a Motorhome
440
Driving
• Drive slower than normal.
• Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailers.
• Use the (D position when towing a trailer on level roads.
• Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal.
• Allow more time and distance for braking.
• Do not brake or turn suddenly.
• Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the red (H) mark, turn off the climate
control system and reduce speed. Pull to the side of the road safely to cool down
the engine if necessary.
• Put the transmission into
(S if the transmission shifts frequently.
Towing Behind a Motorhome
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 685
■
Towing Speeds and Gears
■
Turning and Braking
■
Driving in Hilly Terrain
1Towing Speeds and Gears
When towing a fixed-sided trailer (e.g., camper), do
not exceed 55 mph (88 km/h). At higher speeds, the
trailer may sway or affect vehicle handling.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 440 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
441
Driving
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
General Information
Your vehicle has been designed primarily for use on pavement, however, its higher
ground clearance allows you to occasionally travel on unpaved roads. It is not
designed for trail-blazing, or other challenging off-highway activities.
If you decide to drive on unpaved roads, you will find that it requires somewhat
different driving skills and that your vehicle will handle somewhat differently than it
does on pavement. Pay attention to the precautions and tips in this section, and get
acquainted with your vehicle before leaving the pavement.
Important Safety Precautions
To avoid loss of control or rollover, be sure to follow all precautions and
recommendations:
• Be sure to store cargo properly and do not exceed your cargo load limits.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 433
• Whenever you drive, make sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts.
• Keep your speed low, and never go faster than the conditions allow.
• It’s up to you to continually assess the situation and drive within the limits.
1Off-Highway Driving Guidelines
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 34
2 Precautions While Driving P. 449
Spinning the tires can also damage the SH-AWD®
system.
3
WARNING
Improperly operating this vehicle on or off-
pavement can cause a crash or rollover in
which you and your passengers could be
seriously injured or killed.
• Follow all instructions and guidelines in
this owner’s manual.
• Keep your speed low, and don’t drive
faster than conditions permit.
Models with SH-AWD®
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 441 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
442
uuOff-Highway Driving GuidelinesuAvoiding Trouble
Driving
Avoiding Trouble
• Check Out Your Vehicle before you leave the pavement and make sure that all
scheduled maintenance has been completed. Pay special attention to the
condition of the tires, and check the tire pressures.
• Remember the route you choose presents limits (too steep or bumpy), you have
limits (driving skill and comfort), and your vehicle has limits (traction, stability, and
power). Failing to recognize these limits will likely put you and your passengers in
a hazardous situation.
• Accelerating and Braking should be done slowly and gradually. Trying to start
or stop too fast can cause a loss of traction and you could lose control.
• Avoiding Obstacles and Debris in the road reduces the likelihood of a rollover
or damage to your suspension or other components.
• Driving on Slopes increases your risk of a rollover, particularly if you attempt to
drive across a slope that is too steep. Going straight up or down a slope is usually
the safest. If you can’t clearly see all conditions or obstacles on a slope, walk it
before you drive it. If there is any doubt whether you can safely pass, don’t try it.
Find another route. If you get stuck when climbing, do not try to turn around.
Back down slowly following the same route you took up the hill.
• Crossing a Stream - Avoid driving through deep water. If you encounter water
in your route (a small stream or large puddle, for example), evaluate it carefully
before going ahead. Make sure it is shallow, flowing slowly, and has firm ground
underneath. If you are not sure of the depth or the ground, turn around and find
another route. Driving through deep water can also damage your vehicle. The
water can get into the transmission and differential, diluting the lubricant and
causing an eventual failure. It can also wash the grease out of the wheel bearings.
• If You Get Stuck, carefully go in the direction that you think will get you
unstuck. Do not spin the tires as this will only make things worse and could
damage the transmission. If you are unable to free yourself, your vehicle will need
to be towed. Front tow hooks are provided for this purpose.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 442 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
443
Continued
Driving
When Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
u The Parking Brake and Brake System
indicator (red) comes on for 30 seconds
when you press the electric parking
brake switch.
2. Depress the brake pedal.
3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
without depressing the accelerator pedal.
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, climate
control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce
battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
Bring the keyless remote close to the ENGINE
START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless
remote is weak.
2 If the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak
P. 665
The engine may not start if the keyless remote is
subjected to strong radio waves.
Electric Parking
Brake Switch
Brake Pedal
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 443 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
444
Driving
1Starting the Engine
Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to
start the engine.
If the engine does not start, wait at least 30 seconds
before starting the engine again.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the
engine’s fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 183
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 444 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
445
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless remote from extended
distances.
■
To start the engine
The engine runs for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle.
To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the
button, then press and hold the button.
u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute
extension request was transmitted successfully.
After pressing the button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that
the all the doors and the tailgate are locked.
■
Remote Engine Start
*
1Remote Engine Start
*
The remote engine start may violate local laws.
Before using the remote engine start, check your
local laws.
If there are buildings and obstacles between your
vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced.
This distance may vary by external electrical
interference.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can
rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly
enclosed areas.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Never use the remote engine starter with
the vehicle parked in a garage or other
areas with limited ventilation.
Press the button, then
press and hold the button.
Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Continues to blink
during a vehicle
self check until the
engine starts.
Go within the range,
and try again.
Green LED: Comes on while
the engine is running.
Red LED: Blinks when the
remote is out of the keyless
access system range.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 445 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
446
Driving
■
To stop the engine
Press and hold the button
for one second.
Go within the range,
and try again.
Amber LED: Blinks when any
button is pressed.
Red LED:
●
Comes on for one second to let you
know that the engine has stopped.
●
Blinks when the remote is out of
the keyless access system range.
The engine will not stop.
1Remote Engine Start
*
The engine may not start by the remote engine start
if:
•
You have disabled a remote engine start setting
using the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 359
•
The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF.
•
The transmission is in a position other than (P.
•
The hood is open, or any door or the tailgate is
unlocked.
•
The 12-volt battery temp is too low or the 12-volt
battery charge is too low.
•
You have already used the remote twice to start
the engine.
•
Another registered keyless remote is in the vehicle.
•
There is any antenna failure.
•
The door is unlocked with the built-in key.
•
The engine oil pressure is low.
•
The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
•
The telematics unit malfunctions.
•
The security system alarm is not set.
Before starting the engine, make sure to check the
door lock status using the remote. When you press
the button, wait for the green LED to blink. If
the red LED turns on, the doors and tailgate did not
lock, and the engine does not start.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 446 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
447
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
1Remote Engine Start
*
While the engine is running, the vehicle will
automatically precondition inside the vehicle.
When it is warm outside:
•
The climate control system is activated in
recirculation mode.
•
The seat ventilator
*
is activated.
When it is cold outside:
•
The defroster is activated at a moderately warm
temperature.
•
The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are
activated.
•
The front seat heaters and heated steering wheel
are activated.
2 Heated Steering Wheel
*
P. 244
2 Front Seat Heaters/Ventilators
*
P. 245
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 447 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
448
Driving
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal, then press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, put the transmission into
(D. Select
(R when reversing.
3. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the
accelerator pedal.
u Make sure the Parking Brake and Brake System indicator (red) goes off.
2 Parking Brake P. 545
■
Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Put the transmission into
(D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill,
then release the brake pedal.
You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped.
1. Depress the brake pedal and change the shift position to
(P.
u Do not release the brake pedal until you have confirmed that
(P is shown on
the gear position indicator.
2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
■
Starting to Drive
■
Stopping the Engine
1Starting to Drive
You can also release the parking brake by pulling the
electric parking brake switch while depressing the
brake pedal. When facing downhill, you can start
your vehicle more smoothly by manually releasing it
with the electric parking brake switch than by
releasing it with the accelerator pedal.
The engine stops when the transmission is taken out
of
(P before the ENGINE START/STOP button is
pressed. Follow step 1 when starting to drive.
When the engine was started using the keyless remote
*
When the engine was started using the keyless remote
*
When the engine was started in any case
1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
will not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist will operate even when VSA® is
switched off.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 448 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
449
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving
Continued
Driving
Precautions While Driving
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
To prevent rollovers or loss of control:
• Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle.
• Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers whenever possible.
• Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity.
• Do not carry heavy cargo on the roof.
Never carry more than 165 lbs (75 kg) of cargo on the roof rack (Acura accessory).
■
Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
Do not select a shift button while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
NOTICE
If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in
the full left or right position for a while, the electric
power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system
goes into a protective mode, and limits its
performance. The steering wheel becomes harder
and harder to operate. Once the system cools down,
the EPS system is restored.
Repeated operation under these conditions can
eventually damage the system.
If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while
driving, the engine will shut down and all steering
and brake power assist functions will stop, making it
difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not select
(N while driving as you will lose engine
braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as not to damage the engine or powertrain.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 449 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuWhen DrivinguAutomatic Transmission
450
Driving
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or
driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
Automatic Transmission
When the engine runs at higher idle speeds, the creeping force increases.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress
the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
■
In Rain
■
Other Precautions
■
Creeping
■
Kickdown
1Precautions While Driving
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km)
after purchasing your new vehicle or replacing the
brake pads or rotors, to allow for proper break-in.
1Driving Guidelines for Your Utility Vehicle
Failure to operate your vehicle correctly might result
in a crash or a rollover.
2 Important Handling Information P. 34
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 450 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
451
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
Shifting
Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs.
■
Shift button positions
1Shifting
To prevent malfunction and unintended
engagement:
•
Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons.
•
Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift
buttons.
•
Do not let passengers or children operate the shift
buttons.
The beeper sounds and the message appears on the
multi-information display when you depress the
accelerator pedal with the gear position in
(N.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages P. 107
Change the gear position to
(D or (R with the brake
pedal depressed.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that
(P
is shown
on the gear position indicator.
Reverse
Used when reversing.
Park
Used when parking, before turning off or
starting the engine.
Neutral
Transmission is not locked.
Drive/S Position
Each time you press the button, the
mode switches between Drive and S Position
mode.
Used for:
●
Normal driving (gears change between
1st and 10th automatically)
●
Temporarily driving in the sequential
mode
●
Automatically changing gears between
1st and 8th (8th gear is used only at high
speed)
●
Driving in the sequential mode
D/S
Drive
S Position
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 451 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
452
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■
(P (parking) button
Park your vehicle in a safe place with the
power mode in ON, then apply the brakes and
press the
(P button to put the transmission in
Park.
The indicators on the sides of the
(P button
come on.
(P Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 452 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
453
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■
Shift Operation
1Shift Operation
NOTICE
When you change (D to (R and vice versa, depress
the brake pedal to come to a complete stop, then
select the intended gear position while maintaining
brake pressure.
When changing the gear position to
(P, always keep
your foot on the brake pedal until you have
confirmed that
(P is shown on the gear position
indicator.
Use the gear position indicator and the shift button
indicator to check the gear position before selecting
a shift button.
If the indicator of the currently selected gear position,
or all the gear position indicators are blinking
simultaneously, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
When the engine speed is increased while the
transmission is in
(N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may
be cut off even without the engine speed entering
the tachometer red zone.
Gear Position Indicator
Tachometer red zone
Press the (P button.
Pull back the (R button.
Press the
(N button.
Shift Button
Indicator
M (sequential mode)
Indicator
Sequential Mode Gear
Selection Indicator
Press the button.
Each time you press the button,
the mode switches between
Drive and S Position mode.
D/S
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 453 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
454
Driving
■
When opening the driver’s door
If you open the driver’s door under the following conditions, the gear position
automatically changes to
(P.
• The vehicle is stationary with the engine running, or moving at 1 mph (2 km/h) or
slower.
• The transmission is in other than
(P.
• You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.
u If you manually change the gear position from
(P with the brake pedal
depressed, the gear position will automatically return to
(P once you release
the brake pedal.
■
When turning off the power mode
If you turn the engine off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission is in
other than
(P, the gear position automatically changes to (P.
1Shift Operation
When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures
(−22°F/−30°C), there may be a short delay before the
shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you
are in the correct gear before driving.
The beeper sounds once when you change to
(R.
2 Customized Features P. 359
1When opening the driver’s door
While the system is designed to automatically change
the gear position to
(P under the described
conditions, in the interest of safety you should always
select
(P before opening the driver’s door.
Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.
2 When Stopped P. 555
If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position
has automatically changed to
(P under the described
conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt,
depress the brake pedal, then change the gear
position.
If you leave the vehicle, turn off the engine and lock
the doors.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 454 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
455
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■
If you want to keep the transmission in
(N position [car wash mode]
With the engine running:
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
2. Select
(N, then release the button to display (N (Neutral) hold mode on the
multi-information display.
3. Press and hold
(N again for two seconds.
u This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle
is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an
attendant do not remain in the vehicle.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button is pressed
after car wash mode has been activated, the
power mode will change to ACCESSORY and
a message will be displayed on the multi-
information display.
u For 15 minutes the gear position remains
in
(N with the power mode in
ACCESSORY. After that, the position
automatically changes to
(P and the
power mode changes to OFF.
u Manually press the ENGINE START/
STOP button cancels ACCESSORY
mode. The
(P indicator comes on and
the power mode changes to OFF. You
must always press the ENGINE START/
STOP button when car wash mode is no
longer needed.
1If you want to keep the transmission in
(N position [car wash
mode]
To keep the vehicle in
(N position, you can also
follow this procedure:
While the engine is on, select
(N, and then within
five seconds, press the ENGINE START/STOP
button.
The transmission may not stay in
(N position while
the following indicators are on or when the message
below appears:
•
Malfunction indicator lamp
•
Transmission system indicator
•
Charging system indicator
•
The 12 Volt Battery Charging System Problem.
Do Not Drive. message on the multi-information
display.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 455 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
456
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■
Restrictions on selecting a gear position
You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to a crash.
When the
transmission is in:
1. Under these
circumstances:
2. If you try to change to the
following:
3. The gear position
remains in/changes to:
How to change the
gear position
(P
The brake pedal is not
depressed.
Other gear position
(P
Release the accelerator
pedal and depress the
brake pedal.
The accelerator pedal is
depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low
speed without the brake pedal
depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low
speed with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
(N, (D or (S The vehicle is moving forward. (R Stop your vehicle in a
safe place, depress the
brake pedal, and select
the appropriate gear
position.
(R or (N The vehicle is moving backward. (D, (S
(R, (N, (D or (S The vehicle is moving. (P
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 456 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
457
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 10th gears without releasing
your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential
mode.
■
When the transmission is in (D:
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode momentarily, and the sequential mode
gear selection indicator will come on.
When the vehicle goes into the sequential mode by
(- paddle shifter and the lower
gear is available, the transmission properly selects single or double gear change.
Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically
switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off.
Hold the
(+ paddle shifter for two-seconds or push the button to return to
normal drive.
■
When the transmission is in (S:
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator
and sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on.
If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometer red
zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear.
You can cancel this mode by holding the
(+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push
the button. When the sequential mode is canceled, the sequential mode
indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator go off.
■
Sequential Mode
1Sequential Mode
The sequential mode may be canceled if the Dynamic
Mode is changed to another dynamic mode.
D/S
D/S
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 457 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
458
Driving
■
Sequential Mode Operation
1Sequential Mode Operation
Each paddle shift operation makes a single or double
gear change.
To change gears continuously, release the paddle
shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.
If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks
when you try to shift up or down, this means your
vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range or the
protection of transmission system is necessary.
Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift
down while the indicator is blinking.
The transmission is in
(S and Sport mode, to
prioritize the engine performance enhancement, the
transmission may not allow for shifting up while the
engine speed is low.
Sequential Mode Gear
Selection Indicator
Paddle Shifter
(Shift down)
Downshifting
when pulling
the
(- paddle
shifter.
(Changes to a
lower gear.)
Upshifting
when pulling
the
(+ paddle
shifter.
(Changes to a
higher gear.)
(- (+ Paddle Shifter
(Shift up)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 458 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
459
uuWhen DrivinguAcura Integrated Dynamics System
Continued
Driving
Acura Integrated Dynamics System
Modifies the dynamic character of the vehicle. There are four modes to select from:
COMFORT, NORMAL, SPORT, and SNOW.
Turn the Dynamic Mode switch to select a mode. The mode you have selected
appears on the audio/information screen.
1Acura Integrated Dynamics System
The mode may not be able to be changed when:
•
The vehicle is turning
•
The VSA® system is activating
•
There is a problem with the engine, transmission,
the brake system, the VSA®, the EPS, the Active
Damper System
*
, or the SH-AWD®
*
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 459 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
460
uuWhen DrivinguAcura Integrated Dynamics System
Driving
■
Selecting the Dynamic Mode
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 460 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
461
uuWhen DrivinguAcura Integrated Dynamics System
Continued
Driving
■
Mode descriptions
Each mode has been crafted for different driving styles according to the following chart.
*1:Interior accent light only available if equipped. Interior accent light changes with Dynamic Mode only when Accent Light Theme is
set to Dynamic Mode.
2 Customized Features P. 359
2 Lighting area of the accent light P. 463
Mode Function Accent Light Color
*1
SNOW Maximizes controllability through reduced throttle response
When in SNOW, the Auto Idle Stop System will stay disabled regardless of
the Auto Idle Stop OFF button
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 464
White
COMFORT Maximizes driver comfort through decreased steering effort and reduced ride
firmness (if Active Damper System is equipped)
Blue
NORMAL Balanced response for everyday use White
SPORT Enhances vehicle response through increased steering effort, heightened
throttle response, modified active sound control, and more responsive ride
and/or handling (if Active Damper System and/or SH-AWD® is equipped)
When in SPORT, the Auto Idle Stop System will stay disabled regardless of
the Auto Idle Stop OFF button
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 464
Red
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 461 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
462
uuWhen DrivinguAcura Integrated Dynamics System
Driving
■
Next start-up mode
The mode for the next start-up is saved according to the following chart. Each keyless remote has its own mode saved.
*1:Interior accent light only available if equipped. Interior accent light changes with Dynamic Mode only when Accent Light Theme is
set to Dynamic Mode.
2 Customized Features P. 359
2 Lighting area of the accent light P. 463
Last Dynamic Mode Next Dynamic Mode Welcome Accent Light Color
*1
SNOW NORMAL White
COMFORT COMFORT Blue
NORMAL or SPORT NORMAL White
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 462 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
463
uuWhen DrivinguAcura Integrated Dynamics System
Driving
■
Lighting area of the accent light
Interior accent light only available if equipped. Interior accent light changes with
Dynamic Mode only when Accent Light Theme is set to Dynamic Mode.
2 Customized Features P. 359
Lighting Area of the Accent Light
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 463 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
464
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
Driving
Auto Idle Stop
To help maximize fuel economy, the engine automatically stops when the vehicle
comes to a stop, depending on environmental and vehicle operating conditions. The
indicator (green) comes on at this time.
The environmental and vehicle conditions that
impact Auto Idle Stop system operation are
varied.
2 Auto Idle Stop Activates When:
P. 467, 468
The engine then restarts once the vehicle is
about to move again, and the indicator
(green) goes off.
2 The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
P. 469
If the driver’s door is opened while the
indicator (green) comes on, a buzzer sounds
to notify you that the Auto Idle Stop function
is in operation.
A message associated with Auto Idle Stop
appears on the multi-information display.
1Auto Idle Stop
The 12-volt battery installed in this vehicle is
specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop.
Using a 12-volt battery other than this specified type
may shorten the 12-volt battery life, and prevent
Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace
the 12-volt battery, make sure to select the specified
type. Ask a dealer for more details.
Auto Idle Stop Indicator
(Green)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 464 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
465
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
Continued
Driving
The Auto Idle Stop suspend indicator comes
on and a message appears on the multi-
information display. when the Auto Idle Stop
system cannot be activated.
2 Indicators P. 80
2 Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF P. 466
Auto Idle Stop Suspend
Indicator
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 465 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
466
Driving
To turn the Auto Idle Stop system off, press
this button. The Auto Idle Stop system stops.
u Auto Idle Stop system will stop, the
indicator will come on and a message
appears on the multi-information
display.
The Auto Idle Stop system is turned on every
time you start the engine, even if you turned it
off the last time you drove the vehicle.
■
Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF
1Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF
If you turn off the Auto Idle Stop system while it is
activated, the engine will restart.
2 Auto Idle Stop Activates When: P. 467
If you hold the Auto Idle Stop OFF button, you can
disable idle stop messages.
2 Indicators P. 80
Auto Idle Stop OFF
Indicator
Auto Idle Stop OFF
Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 466 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
467
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
Driving
The vehicle stops with the gear position in (D and the brake pedal depressed.
When you put the transmission into (P, the Auto Idle Stop continues to operate,
even if the brake pedal is released.
u If you depress the brake pedal, the engine may automatically restart.
■
Auto Idle Stop does not activate when:
• The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed.
• The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
• The engine is not adequately warmed up or coolant temperature is high.
• The transmission fluid temperature is low or high.
• The vehicle comes to a stop again before the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5
km/h) after the engine starts.
• The vehicle is stopped on a steep incline.
• The transmission is in a position other than
(D.
• The engine is started with the hood open.
u Turn off the engine. Close the hood before you restart the engine to activate
Auto Idle Stop.
• The battery charge is low.
• The internal temperature of the battery is 14°F (−10°C). or less.
• The climate control system is in use, and the outside temperature is below −4°F
(−20°C) or over 104°F (40°C).
• The climate control system is in use, and the temperature is set to Hi or Lo.
• is ON (indicator on).
• The Integrated Dynamics System mode is changed to SNOW or SPORT mode.
■
Auto Idle Stop Activates When:
1Auto Idle Stop Activates When:
Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop
function is activated. If the hood is opened, the
engine will not restart automatically.
In this case, restart the engine with the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
2 Starting the Engine P. 443
When ACC with Low Speed Follow is in operation,
the vehicle stops without depressing the brake pedal
and Auto Idle Stop may activate.
Pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button causes
the engine to no longer restart automatically. Follow
the standard procedure to start the engine.
2 Starting the Engine P. 443
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 467 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
468
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
Driving
■
Auto Idle Stop may not activate when:
• The vehicle is stopped by braking suddenly.
• The steering wheel is operated.
• Altitude is high.
• The climate control system is in use, and there is a significant difference between
the set temperature and the actual interior temperature.
• The climate control system is in use, and humidity in the interior is high.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 468 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
469
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
Driving
• The brake pedal is released (without the automatic brake hold system activated).
• The accelerator pedal is depressed (with the automatic brake hold system
activated).
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 550
■
The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed
*1
when:
• The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed.
• The steering wheel is operated.
• The transmission is put into
(R or (S, or when it is set from (N to (D.
u If you put the transmission into
(P after the Auto Idle Stop activates, the Auto
Idle Stop continues to operate. In this case, the engine restarts when you
depress the brake pedal.
• The pressure on the brake pedal is reduced and the vehicle starts moving while
stopped on an incline.
• The brake pedal is released slightly during a stop.
• The battery charge becomes low.
• The accelerator pedal is depressed.
• The driver’s seat belt is unlatched.
• is ON (indicator on).
• The climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set
temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant.
• The climate control system is being used to dehumidify the interior.
• The Integrated Dynamics System mode is changed to SNOW or SPORT mode.
• The vehicle ahead of you starts again when your vehicle stops automatically with
ACC with Low Speed Follow.
■
The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
1The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
If you are using an electronic device during Auto Idle
Stop, the device may temporarily be turned off when
the engine restarts.
1The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed
*1
when:
*1: With the automatic brake hold system activated,
you can release the brake pedal while Auto Idle Stop
is in operation.
If the automatic brake hold system has been turned
off, or if there is a problem with the system, the
engine will restart automatically when you release
the brake pedal.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 550
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 469 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
470
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
Driving
Briefly keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal to restart the engine.
This can keep your vehicle from unexpectedly moving while on an incline.
■
Starting Assist Brake Function
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 470 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
471
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Continued
Driving
Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.
It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine does not respond to the accelerator.
You may also notice some noise from the
hydraulic brake system. You will also see the
indicator blink.
■
VSA® Operation
1Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.
VSA® System
Indicator
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 471 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
472
Driving
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To partially disable VSA® functionality/
features, press and hold it until you hear a
beep.
Your vehicle will have normal braking and
cornering ability, but traction control function
will be less effective.
To restore VSA® functionality/features, press
the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a
beep.
VSA® is turned on every time you start the
engine, even if you turned it off the last time
you drove the vehicle.
■
VSA® On and Off
1Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.
When the button is pressed, the traction control
function becomes less effective. This allows for the
wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if
you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
VSA® OFF Indicator
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 472 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
473
uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist
Driving
Agile Handling Assist
Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the
steering wheel, and helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during
cornering.
Lightly brakes the front wheels, as needed, when you turn the steering wheel, and
helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during cornering.
1Agile Handling Assist
The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in
all driving situations. You still need to drive and
corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and
always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, the agile handling assist does not
activate.
You may hear a sound coming from the engine
compartment while the agile handling assist is
activated. This is normal.
AWD models
2WD models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 473 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
474
uuWhen DrivinguSuper Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-AWD®)
*
Driving
Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-AWD®)
*
The system controls and transfers varying amounts of engine torque to each wheel
in accordance with the driving conditions.
SH-AWD® helps to enhance driving stability, and lets you handle situations like
slippery surfaces, such as on wet, icy, or snowy roads, better than when driving with
two wheel drive. However, the system does not help to enhance braking. Be
precautious about the following:
• It is still your responsibility to drive safely when you steer, accelerate, and apply
brakes.
• Leave a sufficient margin when braking on slippery surfaces.
1Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-AWD®)
*
The SH-AWD® system may not function properly if
tire type and size are mixed.
Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and
the air pressures as specified.
2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 620
Do not continuously spin the front tires of your
vehicle. Continuously spinning the front tires can
cause damage to the transmission and SH-AWD®
unit.
If the Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-AWD®)
indicator blinks while driving, it indicates the
differential temperature is too high. If this happens,
pull to the side of the road when it is safe, change the
gear position to
(P, and idle the engine until the
indicator goes out.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 474 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
475
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
Continued
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire
Fill Assist
Monitors the tire pressure while you are
driving. If your vehicle’s tire pressure becomes
significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS
indicator comes on and a message appears on
the multi-information display.
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come
on.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks P. 676
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
•
Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
•
Cold weather can become overinflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come
on as a result of overinflation.
Only use genuine TPMS specified wheels since your
vehicle’s wheels are equipped with the low tire
pressure/TPMS sensor.
If you drive your vehicle without the genuine TPMS
specified wheels, the low tire pressure/TPMS
indicator blinks for one minutes and then stays on.
2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 620
The TPMS audibly and visually informs you of
changes in tire pressure of the individual tire that you
are adjusting using audible and visual indications.
If a change in tire pressure has been significant, the
system beeps and the hazard lights flash continuously
for five seconds when the specified tire pressure is
reached. Stop filling the tire.
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 475 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
476
Driving
To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power
mode to ON, and roll the right selector wheel
until you see the tire pressure screen.
The pressure for each tire is displayed in psi
(U.S.) or kPa (Canada).
Tire Pressures Low is displayed when a tire
has significantly low pressure. The specific tire
is displayed on the screen.
■
Tire Pressure Monitor
1Tire Pressure Monitor
The pressure displayed on the multi-information
display can be slightly different from the actual
pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a
significant difference between the two values, or if
the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message
on the multi-information display do not go off after
you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure,
have the system checked by a dealer.
Tire Pressure Monitor System Problem. Check
Tire Pressure. See Your Dealer. may appear if you
drive with the compact spare tire
*
, or there is a
problem with the TPMS.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 476 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
477
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Continued
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s
handling and stopping ability.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 477 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
478
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 478 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
479
uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information System
Continued
Driving
Blind Spot Information System
When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the
appropriate indicator comes on, providing assistance when you change lanes.
The system activates when your vehicle is moving forward at about 20 mph (32 km/h)
or above.
Alert zone range
A: Approx. 1.6 ~ 10 feet (0.5 ~ 3 meters) from vehicle side.
B: Approx. 10 feet (3 meters) from rear bumper.
C: Approx. 10 ~ 82 feet (3 ~ 25 meters) behind from rear bumper. (The faster the
approaching vehicle, the further away it will be detected.)
The initially set alert zone is alert zone 1. Over time, after the vehicle has been driven
on straight roads with traffic and roadside objects, the system will adapt and expand
the alert zone (alert zone 1 and 2).
■
How the System works
1Blind Spot Information System
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, the blind spot information
system has limitations. Always look in your mirrors, to
either side of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes. Overreliance on the
blind spot information system may result in a
collision.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer in the
following situations:
•
The rear bumper or area around the radar sensors
is strongly impacted.
•
The indicator does not come on even if a vehicle in
the alert zone should have been detected.
•
The rear bumper or any system components need
to be repaired.
If the rear bumper or any system components are
repaired, the system will revert to alert zone 1 only
until it is able to adapt and expand to alert zone 1
and 2.
Turn the system off when towing a trailer.
The system may not work properly for the following
reasons:
•
The added mass tilts the vehicle and changes the
radar coverage.
•
The trailer itself can be detected by the radar
sensors, causing the blind spot information system
alert indicators to come on.
Radar Sensors: underneath the
rear bumper corners
: Alert Zone 1
A
BC
: Alert Zone 2
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 479 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information System
480
Driving
■
When the system detects a vehicle
Blind spot information system alert indicator:
Located near the pillar on both sides.
Comes on when:
• A vehicle approaches you from behind to
overtake you at a speed difference of no
more than about 31 mph (50 km/h).
• You pass a vehicle at a speed difference of
no more than about 12 mph (20 km/h).
Blinks and a beeper sounds when:
You use the turn signal lever to signal a turn in
the direction of the detected vehicle while the
blind spot information system alert indicator is
on.
u The beeper sounds three times.
1Blind Spot Information System
For proper blind spot information system operation:
•
Always keep the rear bumper and area around the
radar sensors clean.
•
Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with
labels or stickers of any kind.
The system is for your convenience only. Even if an
object is within the alert zone, the following
situations may occur:
•
The blind spot information system alert indicator
does not come on and the message Blind Spot
Information System Not Available appears on
the multi-information display.
•
The blind spot information system alert indicator
may come on even with the message displayed.
Comes On
Blinks
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 480 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
481
uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information System
Driving
When you turn the blind spot information
system on and off, do the following.
1. Press the safety support switch.
2. Roll the right selector wheel to the
symbol and push it.
u The message appears on the multi-
information display when the system
turns on or off.
u A check mark appears in the box and the
color of the symbol changes green
when the system is on. The check mark
disappears and the color of the
symbol changes gray when the system is
off.
The blind spot information system is in the
previously selected on (checked) or off
(unchecked) setting each time you start the
engine.
■
Blind Spot Information System On and Off
1Blind Spot Information System
You can also select the safety support content from
the multi-information display.
2 Multi-Information Display P. 137
You can change the settings for the blind spot
information system.
2 Customized Features P. 359
Safety Support Switch
Right Selector Wheel
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 481 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
482
uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information System
Driving
The blind spot information system alert indicator may not come on under the
following conditions:
• There is a large speed difference between your vehicle and the vehicle in the
adjacent lane.
• A vehicle is parked in a side lane.
• An object not detected by the radar sensors approaches or passes your vehicle.
• The vehicle driving in the adjacent lane is a motorcycle or other small vehicle.
The blind spot information system may not operate correctly under the following
conditions:
• Making a turn at an intersection.
• Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc.) are detected.
• An object that does not reflect radio waves well or a motorcycle, is in the alert
zone.
• Driving on a curved road.
• A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent lane.
• The system picks up signal interference such as other radar sensors from another
vehicle or strong radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.
• The rear bumper or the area around the radar sensors is covered by dirt, mud,
snow, ice, etc.
• The rear bumper or the area around the radar sensors has been damaged or
deformed.
• In bad weather (heavy rain, snow, and fog).
• Making a short turn or driving on a bumpy road that slightly tilts the vehicle.
• An object such as a bicycle rack is attached to the rear of the vehicle.
■
Blind Spot Information System Conditions and Limitations
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 482 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
483
Continued
Driving
AcuraWatch
TM
AcuraWatch
TM
is a driver support system which employs the use of two distinctly
different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor located behind the emblem, and a front
sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rearview
mirror.
AcuraWatch
TM
is a driver support system which employs the use of three distinctly
different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor located behind the emblem, a front sensor
camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rearview mirror,
and the sonar sensors located in the front and rear bumpers.
AcuraWatch
TM
has the following functions.
■
The functions which do not require switch operations to activate
• Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
2 P. 486
• Low Speed Braking Control
*
2 P. 497
• Road Departure Mitigation System
2 P. 530
• Traffic Sign Recognition System
2 P. 535
■
The functions which require switch operations to activate
• Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
2 P. 502
• Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
2 P. 522
Models without Low Speed Braking Control
Models with Low Speed Braking Control
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 483 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
484
uuAcuraWatch
TM
u
Driving
■
Button
Press to activate standby mode for ACC with
Low Speed Follow.
Or press to cancel the system.
■
LKAS Button
Press to activate standby mode for LKAS.
Or press to cancel the system.
■
RES/+/SET/− Switch
Press the RES/+/SET/– switch up to resume
the ACC with Low Speed Follow or increase
the vehicle speed.
Press the RES/+/SET/– switch down to set the
ACC with Low Speed Follow or decrease the
vehicle speed.
■
Interval Button
Press to change the ACC with Low Speed
Follow following-interval.
■
CANCEL Button
Press to cancel ACC with Low Speed Follow.
■
Operation Switches for the ACC with Low Speed Follow/
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Interval
Button
LKAS
Button
Button
CANCEL
Button
RES/+/SET/−
Switch
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 484 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
485
uuAcuraWatch
TM
u
Driving
You can see the current state of ACC with
Low Speed Follow, and Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS).
You can have the head-up display show you the current state of each function.
2 Head-Up Display
*
P. 148
■
Multi-Information Display Content
6
a
Indicates that ACC with Low Speed Follow is ready to be activated.
• Green: The system is on.
• White: The system is standby.
• Amber: There is a problem with the system.
b
Indicates that LKAS is ready to be activated.
• Green: The system is on.
• White: The system is standby.
• Amber: There is a problem with the system.
c
Indicates that LKAS is activated and whether or not traffic lane lines are detected.
• Solid lane outlines: The system is on.
• Lane outlines: The system is in standby.
d
Indicates whether or not ACC with Low Speed Follow detected the vehicle ahead.
e
Shows vehicle set speed in ACC with Low Speed Follow.
f
Shows set vehicle interval in ACC with Low Speed Follow.
Models with Head-up display
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 485 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
486
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
The system can assist you when it determines there is a possibility of your vehicle
colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of your vehicle. The CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when the potential for a collision is determined, as well as to
reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is
deemed unavoidable.
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Important Safety Reminder
The CMBS
TM
is designed to reduce the severity of an
unavoidable collision. It does not prevent collisions
nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your
responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering
wheel appropriately according to the driving
conditions.
The CMBS
TM
may not activate or may not detect a
vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 491
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 541
For directions on the proper handling of the radar
sensor, refer to the following page.
2 Radar Sensor P. 543
When the CMBS
TM
activates, it may automatically
apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle
stops or a potential collision is not determined.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 486 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
487
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Continued
Driving
■
How the system works
The radar sensor
is behind the
emblem.
The camera is located
behind the rearview
mirror.
The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about
3 mph (5 km/h) or above and will search for a vehicle in front of you.
The CMBS
TM
activates when:
●
The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected in
front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a collision.
●
Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and the system determines
there is a chance of a collision with:
- Vehicles detected in front of you that are stationary, oncoming, or traveling in your
same direction.
- A pedestrian who is detected in front of you.
●
Your vehicle speed is above 62 mph (100 km/h), and the system determines there
is a chance of a collision with a vehicle detected in front of you traveling in your
same direction.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 487 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
488
Driving
■
When the system activates
You can change the distance (Long/Normal/Short) between vehicles at which the
system’s earliest collision alert will come on through audio/information screen
setting options.
2 Customized Features P. 359
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
The camera in the CMBS
TM
is also designed to detect
pedestrians.
However, this pedestrian detection feature may not
activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of
your vehicle under certain conditions.
Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection
limitations from the list.
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 491
The head-up warning uses a lens located at the front
end of the dashboard.
Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.
Models with Head-up display
Lens
The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops if the
collision is avoided.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change
lanes, etc.).
Beep
Head-up Warning
Lights
*
Visual Alerts
Audible Alert
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 488 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
489
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Continued
Driving
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBS
TM
may not go through all of
the stages before initiating the last stage.
■
Collision Alert Stages
Distance between vehicles
CMBS
TM
The radar sensor detects a vehicle Audible & Visual WARNINGS Braking
Stage
one
There is a risk of a collision with the
vehicle ahead of you.
When in Long, visual and audible alerts come
on at a longer distance from a vehicle ahead
than in Normal setting, and in Short, at a
shorter distance than in Normal.
—
Stage
two
The risk of a collision has increased,
time to respond is reduced.
Visual and audible alerts.
Lightly
applied
Stage
three
The CMBS
TM
determines that a
collision is unavoidable.
Forcefully
applied
Vehicle
Ahead
Normal
ShortLong
Your
Vehicle
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 489 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
490
Driving
When you turn the CMBS
TM
on and off, do the
following.
1. Press the safety support switch.
2. Roll the right selector wheel to the
symbol and push it.
u The message appears on the multi-
information display when the system
turns on or off.
u A check mark appears in the box and the
color of the symbol changes green
when the system is on. The check mark
disappears and the color of the
symbol changes gray when the system is
off.
The CMBS
TM
is turned on every time you start
the engine, even if you turned it off the last
time you drove the vehicle.
■
CMBS
TM
On and Off
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut off, and the
safety support indicator (amber) will come and stay
on under certain conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 491
You can also select safety support content from the
multi-information display.
2 Multi-Information Display P. 137
When the CMBS
TM
is activated, it will continue to
operate even if the accelerator pedal is partially
depressed. However, it will be canceled if the
accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
Safety Support Switch
Right Selector Wheel
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 490 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
491
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
In the following situations, the radar sensor or camera may be unable to correctly
detect vehicles, pedestrians, moving bicycles, or road conditions, potentially causing
the CMBS to operate improperly.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 541
2 Radar Sensor P. 543
■
Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between objects and the background.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■
Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
■
CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
message appears too frequently).
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 491 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
492
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
■
Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• When tire chains are installed.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• Driving with the parking brake applied.
• When the radar sensor behind the emblem gets dirty.
• The vehicle is towing a trailer.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 492 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
493
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Continued
Driving
■
Detection limitations
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 493 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
494
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
• When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side.
• Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
• When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about
6.6 feet (2 meters) in height.
• When a pedestrian blends in with the background.
• When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or
they are running.
• When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.
• When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).
■
Automatic shutoff
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut itself off and the safety support indicator
(amber) comes and stays on when:
• The temperature inside the system is high.
• You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
Once the conditions that caused the CMBS
TM
to shut off improve or are addressed
(e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.
Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 494 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
495
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Continued
Driving
The CMBS
TM
may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:
■
When Passing
Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
■
At an intersection
Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
■
With Little Chance of a Collision
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 495 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
496
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
■
On a curve
When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming
vehicle is right in front of you.
■
Through a low bridge at high speed
You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.
■
Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.
You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train
tracks or roadside objects (such as a traffic sign and guard rail) on a curve or, when
parking, stationary vehicles and walls.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 496 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
497
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLow Speed Braking Control
*
Continued
Driving
Low Speed Braking Control
*
Using sonar sensors located on the front and rear bumpers, the vehicle can detect if
there is danger of a potential collision with a wall or other obstacle. The system is
designed to alert you when a potential collision is determined, as well as assist in
reducing speed, avoiding collisions, and reducing collision severity.
1Low Speed Braking Control
*
If the Low Speed Braking Control activates in a
situation where you do not want automatic brake
application (such as when the vehicle is between two
railroad crossing gates), simply press the brake pedal
to deactivate the system and then continue to drive
as intended.
3
WARNING
The Low Speed Braking Control System
cannot avoid all collisions and may not
reduce damage in each situation where the
accelerator is mistakenly or aggressively
pressed.
Overreliance on the system may result in a
collision with serious injury or death.
Always check your surroundings, your shift
position, and your pedal use. Driver
remains responsible for safely operating
the vehicle.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 497 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLow Speed Braking Control
*
498
Driving
The Low Speed Braking Control provides a visual and audible alert when the vehicle
is moving between approximately 1 and 6 mph (2 and 10 km/h) and there is the
possibility of a collision with a detected wall or other obstacle, as well as providing
assistance with braking.
If the only rear sensors are turned off using the parking sensor system, the assistive
braking will not work when reversing.
2 Turning off All Rear Sensors P. 560
■
How the System Works
1Low Speed Braking Control
*
For directions on the proper handling of the sonar
sensors, please refer to the following page.
2 Sonar Sensors
*
P. 544
The vehicle will release the brake and start moving a
few seconds after the system is activated. To keep the
vehicle stopped, keep the brake pedal depressed or
put the transmission into
(P.
In order to prevent the system from activating when
not needed, always turn it off during vehicle
maintenance, when loading on ships, trucks, and so
on, or when using a chassis dynamometer or free
rollers for inspection or when washing the car in
conveyor type car wash machine.
If you put any accessories (such as a towing hitch or
bicycle rack) on or around the rear sensors, the Low
Speed Braking Control System may activate if it
detects these accessories as an obstacle. In this case,
turn off the rear sensor.
2 Turning off All Rear Sensors P. 560
Beep Beep
The vehicle
applies brake
Driver
depresses
brake pedal
Remove
brake after
maintaining
stationary
position
Stop
Audible Alert
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 498 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
499
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLow Speed Braking Control
*
Driving
When you turn the system on and off, do the
following.
1. Press the safety support switch.
2. Roll the right selector wheel to the
symbol and push it.
u The message appears on the multi-
information display when the system
turns on or off.
u A check mark appears in the box and the
color of the symbol changes green
when the system is on. The check mark
disappears and the color of the
symbol changes gray when the system is
off.
The system is turned on every time you start
the engine, even if you turned it off the last
time you drove the vehicle.
■
System On and Off
1System On and Off
You can also select safety support content from the
multi-information display.
2 Multi-Information Display P. 137
Right Selector Wheel
Safety Support Switch
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 499 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLow Speed Braking Control
*
500
Driving
A certain amount of time has passed since activation.
The system may not operate correctly under the following conditions:
■
Examples of obstacles the sonar sensors cannot detect
• Obstacles that do not reflect sound waves well, such as people, snow, cloth,
sponges, etc.
• Thin obstacles such as fences, bicycles, sign posts, etc.
• Short or small obstacles.
• Obstacles immediately in front of the bumper.
• Moving objects or obstacles that suddenly enter the road.
• Obstacles that are not perpendicular to the ground.
■
Conditions for Cancellation
■
Low Speed Braking Control System Conditions and Limitations
1Conditions for Cancellation
After Low Speed Braking Control has activated once,
it will not activate again for the same obstacle.
The system can be activated again after driving for
some time after the last activation.
Low Speed Braking Control activates separately when
moving forward and reversing. (For example, if it
activates when moving forward, it can be activated
again immediately if reversing.)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 500 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
501
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLow Speed Braking Control
*
Driving
■
Examples of situations where the sonar sensors cannot detect obstacles
• The sonar sensors are dirty (covered by snow, water, mud, etc.).
• The vehicle is too hot or cold.
• The steering wheel is turned sharply when approaching the obstacle at an angle.
■
Examples of other cases where the system may not work correctly
• The vehicle is tilted due to heavy load in the cargo area or rear seats.
• Bad weather conditions such as heavy rain, fog, snow, sandstorms, etc.
• The ambient temperature/humidity is too high or low.
• When going down a very steep slope.
• When close to other vehicles with sonar sensors or other objects that emit
ultrasonic waves.
■
Situations where the system may activate even without risk of a collision
• When passing through short or narrow gates.
• When driving on uneven surfaces, grassy areas, or places with steps.
• When a sloped pillar or wall is protruding from a high position.
• When there are obstacles next to the road.
• When driving toward flags, curtains, tree branches, railroad crossing bars, etc.
• When driving on flooded roads.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 501 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
502
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate
and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
When ACC with Low Speed Follow slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your
vehicle’s brake lights will illuminate.
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Important Reminder
As with any system, there are limits to ACC with Low
Speed Follow. Use the brake pedal whenever
necessary, and always keep a safe interval between
your vehicle and other vehicles.
ACC with Low Speed Follow cannot be activated if
Intelligent Dynamics System setting is SNOW.
3
WARNING
Improper use of ACC with Low Speed
Follow can lead to a crash.
Use ACC with Low Speed Follow only when
driving on expressways or freeways and in
good road and weather conditions.
3
WARNING
ACC with Low Speed Follow has limited
braking capability and may not stop your
vehicle in time to avoid a collision with a
vehicle that quickly stops in front of you.
Always be prepared to apply the brake
pedal if the conditions require.
When to use
■
Vehicle speed for ACC with Low Speed Follow: A vehicle is detected ahead
within ACC with Low Speed Follow range – ACC with Low Speed Follow
operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h).
No vehicle is detected within ACC with Low Speed Follow range – ACC with
Low Speed Follow operates at the speed of 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.
■
Gear position for ACC with Low Speed Follow: In
(D or (S.
The radar sensor
is behind the
emblem.
The camera is
located behind
the rearview
mirror.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 502 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
503
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
■
How to activate the system
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
For directions on the proper handling of the radar
sensor, refer to the following page.
2 Radar Sensor P. 543
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 541
The radar sensor for ACC with Low Speed Follow is
shared with the Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
).
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 486
ACC with Low Speed Follow may not work properly
under certain conditions.
2 ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions
and Limitations P. 509
When not using ACC with Low Speed Follow: Turn
off adaptive cruise by pressing the button.
How to use
■
Press the button on the
steering wheel.
(white) is on in the instrument panel.
ACC with Low Speed Follow is ready to use.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 503 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
504
Driving
When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the
pedal and press down the RES/+/SET/– switch when you reach the desired speed.
The moment you release the switch, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with Low Speed
Follow begins.
When you use ACC with Low Speed Follow, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the
Electric Power Steering system) is activated.
By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight
line.
When driving slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving
and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the switch fixes the set speed to
about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. If the vehicle is
stationary, you can set the vehicle speed even with the brake pedal depressed.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Do not use ACC with Low Speed Follow under the
following conditions:
•
On roads with frequent lane-change or continuous
stop and go traffic, ACC with Low Speed Follow
cannot keep an appropriate distance between your
vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you.
•
On roads with sharp turns.
•
On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such
cases, ACC with Low Speed Follow will not apply
the brakes to maintain the set speed.
•
On roads with toll collection facilities or other
objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking
areas, or facilities with drive through access.
•
On roads with bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.),
ACC with Low Speed Follow may not detect the
distance between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead of you properly.
•
On roads with slippery or icy surfaces. The wheels
may spin out and your vehicle may lose the control
on the condition.
1To Set the Vehicle Speed
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the multi-information display or
audio/information screen between mph and km/h.
2 Speed/Distance Units P. 142
2 Customized Features P. 359
On when ACC with Low
Speed Follow begins
Press and release
RES/+/SET/– switch
(green) is on.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 504 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
505
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Continued
Driving
When ACC with Low Speed Follow starts
operating, the vehicle icon, interval bars and
set speed appear on the multi-information
display.
Set Vehicle Speed (green)
Set Vehicle Interval
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 505 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
506
Driving
■
There is a vehicle ahead
ACC with Low Speed Follow monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with
Low Speed Follow range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with Low Speed
Follow system maintains or decelerates your vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the
vehicle’s set following-interval from the vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following-interval P. 513
When a vehicle whose speed is slower than
your set speed is detected in front of you, your
vehicle starts to slow down.
■
When in Operation
1When in Operation
If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down
abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in
front of you, a beeper sounds and a message appears
on the multi-information display, and the head-up
warning lights
*
flash.
Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate
interval from the vehicle ahead.
Beep
Head-up
Warning Lights
*
ACC with Low Speed Follow Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
A vehicle icon appears on the
multi-information display.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 506 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
507
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
■
There is no vehicle ahead
Your vehicle maintains the set speed without
having to keep your foot on the brake or
accelerator pedal.
If there previously was a vehicle detected
ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at
the set speed, ACC with Low Speed Follow
accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and
then maintains it.
■
When you depress the accelerator pedal
You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or
visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with Low Speed Follow range.
ACC with Low Speed Follow stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the
accelerator pedal, the system resumes an appropriate speed for keeping the
following interval while a vehicle ahead is within the ACC with Low Speed Follow
range.
1When in Operation
Even if the interval between your vehicle and the
vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with Low Speed
Follow may start accelerating your vehicle under the
following circumstances:
•
The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.
•
A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval
between the vehicles.
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle in
front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC with
Low Speed Follow detecting range. A vehicle detect
beep on and off can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 359
Limitations
You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe
interval when using ACC with Low Speed Follow.
Additionally, ACC with Low Speed Follow may not
work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions
and Limitations P. 509
A vehicle icon with dotted-line
contour appears on the multi-
information display.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 507 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
508
Driving
■
A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with Low Speed Follow range and
slows to a stop
Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The
Stopped message appears on the multi-
information display.
When the vehicle ahead of you starts again, if
you press the RES/+/SET/– switch up or
down, or depress the accelerator pedal, ACC
with Low Speed Follow will operate again
within the previously set speed.
If no vehicle is ahead of you before you
resume driving, depressing the accelerator
pedal will resume operation of ACC with Low
Speed Follow within the prior set speed.
1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with Low Speed Follow
range and slows to a stop
3
WARNING
Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped
while the ACC with Low Speed Follow
system is operating can result in the vehicle
moving without operator control.
A vehicle that moves without operator
control can cause a crash, resulting in
serious injury or death.
Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is
stopped by ACC with Low Speed Follow.
(green)
(green)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 508 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
509
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
The system may automatically shut off under certain conditions. Some examples of
these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the ACC
with Low Speed Follow functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 541
2 Radar Sensor P. 543
■
Environmental conditions
Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
■
Roadway conditions
Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected
lights, road spray, high contrast).
■
Vehicle conditions
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• The parking brake is applied.
• The radar sensor cover is dirty.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• Tire chains are installed.
• The vehicle is towing a trailer.
■
ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
1ACC with Low Speed Follow Conditions and Limitations
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the
button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
message appears too frequently).
If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the
following situations, the radar sensor may not work
properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer:
•
The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock,
embankment, etc.
•
You drive the vehicle where water is deep.
•
Your vehicle has a frontal collision.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 509 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
510
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
■
Detection limitations
• A vehicle suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• You accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle ahead of you at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle.
• There are animals in front of your vehicle.
• You drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for the
sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 510 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
511
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Continued
Driving
• Driving through a narrow metal bridge.
• The vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.
• The vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.
• Your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.
Sensor detects upper section
of an empty carrier truck.
Panel truck, tanker
truck, etc.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 511 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
512
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/– switch on the steering
wheel.
• Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
than your increased set speed, ACC with Low Speed
Follow may not accelerate your vehicle. This is to
maintain the set interval between your vehicle and
the vehicle ahead.
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the multi-information display or
audio/information screen between mph and km/h.
2 Speedometer P. 136
2 Customized Features P. 359
When you depress the accelerator pedal and then
press down and release the SET/– switch, the current
speed of the vehicle is set.
To increase speed
To decrease speed
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 512 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
513
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Continued
Driving
Press the interval button to change the ACC
with Low Speed Follow following-interval.
Each time you press the button, the following-
interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected
ahead of you) setting cycles through extra
long, long, middle, and short following-
intervals.
Determine the most appropriate following-
interval setting based on your specific driving
conditions. Be sure to adhere to any
following-interval requirements set by local
regulation.
■
To Set or Change Following-interval
Interval
Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 513 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
514
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or
extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your
reference.
When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has
stopped, the interval between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with Low
Speed Follow interval setting.
Following-interval
When the Set Speed is:
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)
Short
83 feet
25 meters
1.1 sec
100 feet
31 meters
1.1 sec
Middle
110 feet
33 meters
1.5 sec
137 feet
42 meters
1.5 sec
Long
154 feet
47 meters
2.1 sec
200 feet
61 meters
2.1 sec
Extra
Long
207 feet
63 meters
2.9 sec
272 feet
83 meters
2.9 sec
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 514 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
515
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
To cancel ACC with Low Speed Follow, do any
of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
u The indicator (green) on the multi-
information display changes to the
indicator (white).
• Press the button.
u indicator (green) goes off.
• Depress the brake pedal while the vehicle is
moving forward.
u The indicator (green) on the multi-
information display changes to the
indicator (white).
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After you have
canceled ACC with Low Speed Follow, you can
activate the ACC with Low Speed Follow with the
prior set speed displayed on the multi-information
display (in gray) by pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch
up even if the vehicle is stopped.
When you turn the ACC with Low Speed Follow off
by pressing the CANCEL button or depressing the
brake pedal, the prior set speed is displayed on the
multi-information display in gray.
When pressing the RES/+/SET/– switch, the ACC
with Low Speed Follow is activated with displayed
speed.
If the indicator (white) is displayed and you press
the RES/+/SET/– switch up, but no prior set speed (in
gray) is displayed, the speed will be set to your
vehicle's current speed.
CANCEL
Button
Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 515 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
516
Driving
1To Cancel
The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC
with Low Speed Follow has been turned off using the
button. Press the button to activate the
system, then set the desired speed.
(white)
Prior Set Speed (gray)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 516 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
517
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Continued
Driving
■
Automatic cancellation
The beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display when
ACC with Low Speed Follow is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may
cause the ACC with Low Speed Follow to automatically cancel:
• Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
• When the radar sensor behind the emblem gets dirty.
• The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
• Driving on a mountainous road for extended periods, or driving off road.
• Abrupt steering wheel movement.
• When the ABS, VSA®, CMBS
TM
, or Low Speed Braking Control
*
is activated.
• When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.
• When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.
• When you manually apply the parking brake.
• When the detected vehicle within the ACC with Low Speed Follow range is too
close to your vehicle.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• When the Maximum Load Limit is exceeded.
• When passing through an enclosed space, such as tunnel.
• The vehicle has repeatedly applied the brakes to maintain the set speed (for
example, you are descending a long slope).
The ACC with Low Speed Follow automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the
following causes. In these cases, the parking brake will be automatically applied.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary.
• The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes.
• The engine is turned off.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 517 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
518
Driving
Press and hold the interval button for one
second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on
the multi-information display for two seconds,
and then the mode switches to Cruise.
The comes on.
• Green: The system is on.
• White: The system is standby.
To switch back to ACC with Low Speed
Follow, press and hold the interval button
again for one second.
■
When to use
Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h).
Take your foot off the pedal and press the RES/+/SET/– switch down when you
reach the desired speed.
The moment you release the RES/+/SET/– switch, the set speed is fixed, and cruise
control begins. The indicator (green) comes on.
When you use cruise control, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power
Steering system) is activated.
By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight
line.
■
To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control
1To Switch ACC with Low Speed Follow to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you
are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist
you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle
ahead of you.
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the multi-information display or
audio/information screen between mph and km/h.
2 Speedometer P. 136
2 Customized Features P. 359
ACC with
Low Speed
Follow ON
Cruise
Control ON
Press and hold the
interval button
(white) (white)
Interval Button
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 518 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
519
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Continued
Driving
Each time you press the RES/+/SET/– switch up or down, the vehicle speed is
increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
If you keep the RES/+/SET/– switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases
or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 519 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
520
Driving
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
u The indicator (green) on the multi-information display changes to the
indicator (white).
• Press the button.
u indicator (green) goes off.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u The indicator (green) on the multi-information display changes to the
indicator (white).
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After you have canceled cruise mode, you can
activate the cruise mode with the prior set speed
displayed on the multi-information display (in gray)
by pressing the RES/+/SET/− switch up while driving
at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more.
When you turn the cruise mode off by pressing the
CANCEL button or depressing the brake pedal, the
prior set speed is displayed on the multi-information
display in gray.
When pressing the RES/+/SET/− switch up, the
cruise mode is activated with displayed speed.
If the indicator (white) is displayed and you press
the RES/+/SET/– switch up, but no prior set speed (in
gray) is displayed, the speed will be set to your
vehicle's current speed.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 520 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
521
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow
Driving
1To Cancel
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
•
When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
•
When the button is turned off
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
mode is canceled automatically.
Prior Set Speed (gray)
(white)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 521 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
522
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not an
autonomous driving system and always requires
driver attention and control. The system does not
work if you take your hands off the steering wheel or
fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages P. 107
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on
expressways or freeways.
Do not place objects on the instrument panel.
Objects may reflect on the windshield and prevent
correct detection of the traffic lanes.
The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect
all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will
vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker
condition.
It is always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 527
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 541
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and
resumes after the signals are off.
If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts
activate, and torque is applied to the steering.
■
Front Sensor Camera
Monitors the lane
lines.
■
Tactile and visual alerts
Rapid vibrations on the steering
wheel and a warning display alert
you that the vehicle is drifting out of
a detected lane.
■
Steering input assist
The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left and
right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets closer to
either of the lane lines.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 522 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
523
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle
nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become
stronger.
When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering
wheel vibration as well as a warning display.
■
Lane Keep Support Function
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
The LKAS may not function as designed while driving
in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with
sharp curves.
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will
temporarily be canceled. When a lane is detected, the
system will recover automatically.
■
Lane Departure Warning Function
Warning Area
Warning Area
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 523 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
524
Driving
The system can be used when the following conditions are met.
• The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in high speed operation.
■
How to activate the system
1. Press the LKAS button.
u LKAS indicator (white) and lane outlines
appear on the multi-information display.
The system is ready to use.
■
When the System can be Used
1When the System can be Used
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line
due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS
and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
LKAS Button
(white)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 524 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
525
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Continued
Driving
2. Keep your vehicle near the center of the
lane while driving.
u The LKAS indicator changes from white
to green and the lane outlines change to
solid ones once the system starts
operating after detecting the left and
right lane markings.
Press the LKAS button.
The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the
engine, even if you turned it on the last time
you drove the vehicle.
(green) is on.
■
To Cancel
LKAS Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 525 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
526
Driving
■
The system operation is suspended if
you:
• Set the wipers to HI.
u Turning the wipers off or setting it to LO
resumes the LKAS.
• Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the
wipers operate at high speed.
u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop
or operate at low speed.
• Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40 mph
(64 km/h) or less.
u Increasing the vehicle speed to about
45 mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the
LKAS.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the
brake pedal.
■
The LKAS may be automatically suspended when:
• The system fails to detect lane lines.
• The steering wheel is quickly turned.
• You fail to steer the vehicle.
• Driving through a sharp curve.
• Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.
1The system operation is suspended if you:
You can change the setting for the LKAS.
LKAS suspended beep on and off can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 359
When the LKAS is suspended,
the lane lines on the multi-
information display change to
lane outlines, and the beeper
sounds (if activated).
(white) is on.
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
All models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 526 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
527
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Continued
Driving
■
The LKAS may be automatically canceled when:
• The camera temperature gets extremely high or low.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• The ABS or VSA® system engages.
The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in
the middle of the lane under certain conditions, including the following:
■
Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■
LKAS Conditions and Limitations
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 527 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
528
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
■
Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
Faded lines Duplicate lines Tire tracks
Very wide or narrow traffic lane
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 528 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
529
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
(or yellow) lines.
• Driving on roads with double lines.
■
Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The vehicle is towing a trailer.
Lane void of lines at exit or
interchange
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 529 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
530
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uRoad Departure Mitigation System
Driving
Road Departure Mitigation System
Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.
The front camera behind the rearview mirror
monitors left and right lane markings (in white
or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close
to detected lane markings without a turn
signal activated, the system, in addition to a
visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts
you with rapid vibrations on the steering
wheel, to help you remain within the detected
lane.
2 Customized Features P. 359
As a visual alert, the Lane Departure
message appears on the multi-information
display.
If the system determines that its steering input is insufficient to keep your vehicle on
the roadway, it may apply braking.
u Braking is applied only when the lane markings are solid continuous lines.
The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid
crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system
beeps to alert you.
■
How the System Works
1Road Departure Mitigation System
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, the Road Departure
Mitigation system has limitations.
Overreliance on the Road Departure Mitigation
system may result in a collision. It is always your
responsibility to keep the vehicle within your driving
lane.
The Road Departure Mitigation system only alerts you
when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in
use. The Road Departure Mitigation system may not
detect all lane markings or lane or roadway
departures; accuracy will vary based on weather,
speed and lane marker condition. It is always your
responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid
collisions.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 541
The Road Departure Mitigation system may not work
properly or may work improperly under the certain
conditions:
2 Road Departure Mitigation Conditions and
Limitations P. 533
There are times when you may not notice the Road
Departure Mitigation functions due to your operation
of the vehicle, or road surface conditions.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 530 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
531
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uRoad Departure Mitigation System
Driving
The system activates when all of the following conditions are met:
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in high speed operation.
• The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking, or steering.
■
How the System Activates
1How the System Activates
The Road Departure Mitigation system may
automatically shut off and the indicator comes and
stays on.
2 Indicators P. 80
Road Departure Mitigation system function can be
impacted when the vehicle is:
•
Not driven within a traffic lane.
•
Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane.
•
Driven in a narrow lane.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 531 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uRoad Departure Mitigation System
532
Driving
When you turn the Road Departure Mitigation
on and off, do the following.
1. Press the safety support switch.
2. Roll the right selector wheel to the
symbol and push it.
u The message appears on the multi-
information display when the system
turns on or off.
u A check mark appears in the box and the
color of the symbol changes green
when the system is on. The check mark
disappears and the color of the
symbol changes gray when the system is
off.
The Road Departure Mitigation is in the
previously selected on (checked) or off
(unchecked) setting each time you start the
engine.
■
Road Departure Mitigation On and Off
1Road Departure Mitigation On and Off
When you have selected Warning Only from the
customized options using the audio/information
screen, the system does not operate the steering
wheel and braking.
2 Customized Features P. 359
You can also select safety support content from the
multi-information display.
2 Multi-Information Display P. 137
Safety Support Switch
Right Selector Wheel
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 532 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
533
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uRoad Departure Mitigation System
Continued
Driving
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle
under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
■
Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■
Road Departure Mitigation Conditions and Limitations
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 533 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
534
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uRoad Departure Mitigation System
Driving
■
Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
(or yellow) lines.
• Driving on roads with double lines.
■
Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
• The vehicle is towing a trailer.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 534 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
535
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uTraffic Sign Recognition System
Continued
Driving
Traffic Sign Recognition System
Reminds you of road sign information of the current speed limit your vehicle has just
passed through, showing it on the multi-information display and the head-up
display
*
.
1Traffic Sign Recognition System
Not all signs may be displayed, but any signs posted
on roadsides should not be ignored. The system does
not work on the designated traffic signs of all the
countries you travel, nor in all situations.
Do not rely too much on the system. Always drive at
speeds appropriate for the road conditions.
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
windshield that could obstruct the camera’s field of
vision and cause the system to operate abnormally.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even
minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision or
installing an aftermarket replacement windshield may
also cause the system to operate abnormally. After
replacing the windshield, have a dealer recalibrate the
camera. Proper calibration of the camera is necessary
for the system to operate properly.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing system to
shut off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front
of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a reflective sun
shade, do not allow it to cover the camera housing.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on it.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 541
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 535 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uTraffic Sign Recognition System
536
Driving
Shows the current speed limit based on either information compiled through the
navigation system
*
or speed limit signs captured by the front sensor camera. The
system displays the ones that are recognized as designated for your vehicle. The sign
icon will be displayed until the vehicle reaches a predetermined time and distance.
If the system does not detect any traffic signs while you are driving, the sign icon will
not be displayed.
The sign icon also may switch to another one or disappear when:
• The other designated limit is detected.
• You make a turn with a turn signal at an intersection.
■
How the System Works
1Traffic Sign Recognition System
You can select whether the source of the speed limit
information is the front sensor camera or the
navigation system.
You can also turn off speed limit information.
2 Customized Features P. 359
You can turn on or off the speed limit information.
2 Customized Features P. 359
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
Multi-Information Display
Head-up display
*
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 536 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
537
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uTraffic Sign Recognition System
Driving
The Traffic Sign Recognition system may incorrectly recognize, be slow to identify,
or fail to recognize the traffic sign in the following cases.
■
Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• There are portions remaining to be wiped.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
■
Environmental conditions
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• When you drive in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Driving at night, in dark areas such as long tunnels.
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• A vehicle in front of you is kicking up spray or snow.
■
Traffic Sign Recognition System Conditions and Limitations
1Traffic Sign Recognition System Conditions and Limitations
When the Traffic Sign Recognition system
malfunctions, appears on the multi-information
display and the head-up display
*
. If this message does
not disappear, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Multi-Information Display
Head-up display
*
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 537 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
538
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uTraffic Sign Recognition System
Driving
■
The position or the condition of the traffic sign
• A sign is hard to be found since it is in a complicated area.
• A sign is located far away from your vehicle.
• A sign is located where the beam of the headlight is hard to reach.
• A sign is on a corner or bend in the road.
• Faded or bent signs.
• Rotated or damaged signs.
• A sign is covered with mud, snow, or frost.
• A part of the sign is hidden by the trees, or the sign itself is hidden by a vehicle
and others.
• Light (a streetlight) or a shadow is reflected on the surface of the sign.
• A sign is too bright or too dark (an electric sign).
• A sign of a small size.
■
Other conditions
• When you are driving at a high speed.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 538 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
539
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uTraffic Sign Recognition System
Continued
Driving
The Traffic Sign Recognition system may not operate correctly, such as displaying a
sign that does not follow the actual regulation for the roadway or does not exist at
all in the following cases.
u A speed limit sign may display at a higher or lower speed than the actual speed
limit.
• There is a supplementary sign with further information such as weather, time,
vehicle type, school zone, etc.
• Figures on the sign are hard to read (electric signs, numbers on the sign are
blurred, etc.).
• The sign is in the vicinity of the lane you are driving in, even though it is not for
the lane, such as a speed limit sign situated at an exit or an intersection between
the side road and the main road.
• There are things that look similar to the color or shape of the recognition object
(similar sign, electric sign, signboard, structure, etc.).
• A truck or another large vehicle with a sticker of the speed limit sign on the back
is traveling in front of you.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 539 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
540
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uTraffic Sign Recognition System
Driving
The speed limit sign icon is displayed on the right half of the screen.
■
Signs Displayed on the Multi-Information Display and Head-
up Display
*
Speed Limit Sign
Multi-Information Display
Speed Limit Sign
Head-up display
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 540 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
541
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uFront Sensor Camera
Continued
Driving
Front Sensor Camera
The camera, used in systems such as Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS), Road
Departure Mitigation system, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow, Traffic Sign Recognition system, and Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
), is designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate
their functions.
This camera is located behind the rearview
mirror.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing
system to shut off, when parking, find a shady
area or face the front of the vehicle away from
the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do
not allow it to cover the camera housing.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on
it.
■
Camera Location and Handling Tips
1Front Sensor Camera
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
windshield, the hood, or the front grille that could
obstruct the camera’s field of vision and cause the
system to operate abnormally.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even
minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision or
installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the
camera is necessary for the system to operate
properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument
panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.
Front Sensor
Camera
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 541 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uFront Sensor Camera
542
Driving
1Front Sensor Camera
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
•
Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed towards the camera.
•
Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
•
Park your vehicle in a safe place, and make sure the
windshield is clean. Clean the windshield if it is
dirty. If the message does not disappear after
driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 542 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
543
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uRadar Sensor
Driving
Radar Sensor
The radar sensor is behind the emblem.
1Radar Sensor
Avoid strong impacts to the radar sensor cover.
For the system to work properly, observe the
following precautions.
•
Always keep the emblem and front grille clean.
•
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder
for cleaning the emblem and front grille. Clean it
with water or a mild detergent.
•
Do not put any stickers or paint on the emblem or
front grille.
•
Do not scratch or damage the emblem or front
grille.
•
Do not replace the emblem, front grille, or bumper.
•
Do not remove or disassemble the radar sensor.
Consult a dealer if:
•
The radar sensor cover is strongly impacted.
•
The front grille or bumper needs to be repaired.
If the vehicle is involved in any of the following
situations, the radar sensor may not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer:
•
Your vehicle is involved in a frontal collision
•
Your vehicle drives through deep water or is
submerged in deep water
•
Your vehicle strongly strikes a bump, curb, chock,
slope, or embankment that could jar the radar
sensor
Radar
Sensor
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 543 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
544
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uSonar Sensors
*
Driving
Sonar Sensors
*
■
Location and range of sensors
The sonar sensors are situated in the front and rear bumpers.
1Sonar Sensors
*
For the sonar sensors to work properly, do not:
•
Place stickers or other objects on or around the
sensors.
•
Hit the area around the sensors.
•
Attempt to take apart any sensor.
•
Put any accessories on or around the sensors.
Consult with a dealer if:
•
A sensor has been subjected to shock.
•
Work needs to be done to the area around a
sensor.
In the following cases, the sonar sensors may not
work properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
•
The front or rear bumper has made contact with a
hill, parking block, curb, embankment, etc.
•
The vehicle has been involved in frontal or rear
collision.
•
The vehicle has been driven through a deep
puddle.
Sonar Sensors Sonar Sensors
Sensor Range
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 544 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
545
Continued
Driving
Braking
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the
parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it.
■
To apply
The electric parking brake can be applied any
time the vehicle has battery, no matter which
position the power mode is in.
Press the electric parking brake switch gently
and securely.
u The indicator in the switch comes on.
u The Parking Brake and Brake System
indicator (red) comes on.
■
Parking Brake
1Brake System
When you depress the brake pedal, you may hear a
whirring sound coming from the engine
compartment. This is because the brake system is in
operation, and it is normal.
1Parking Brake
You may hear the electric parking brake system
motor operating from the rear wheel area when you
apply or release the parking brake. This is normal.
The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric
parking brake system operation when you apply or
release the parking brake. This is normal.
You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the
battery goes dead.
2 If the Battery Is Dead P. 667
If you press and hold the electric parking brake
switch while driving, the brakes on all four
wheels are applied by the electric servo brake
system until the vehicle come to a stop. The
electric parking brake then applies, and the
switch should be released.
Electric Parking
Brake Switch
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 545 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuBrakinguBrake System
546
Driving
■
To release
The power mode must be in ON in order to
release the electric parking brake.
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull the electric parking brake switch up
gently and securely.
u The indicator in the switch goes off.
u The Parking Brake and Brake System
indicator (red) goes off.
Manually releasing the parking brake using
the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and
smoothly when facing downhill on steep hills.
1Parking Brake
In the following situations, the parking brake
automatically operates.
•
When the vehicle stops more than 10 minutes
while ACC with Low Speed Follow is activated.
•
When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with
Low Speed Follow.
•
When the engine is turned off, except by Auto Idle
Stop system, while ACC with Low Speed Follow is
activated.
•
When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake
hold system activated for more than 10 minutes.
•
When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped and automatic brake hold is
applied.
•
When the engine is turned off, except by Auto Idle
Stop system, while automatic brake hold system is
applied.
•
When there is a problem with the automatic brake
hold system while Automatic Brake Hold is applied.
Electric Parking
Brake Switch
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 546 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
547
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
■
Automatic parking brake feature operation
If the automatic parking brake feature has been activated:
• The parking brake is applied automatically when you set the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF.
• To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the Parking Brake and Brake
System indicator (red) is on.
2 Activating and deactivating the automatic parking brake feature P. 548
■
To release automatically
Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake.
Use the accelerator pedal to release the brake when you are starting the vehicle
facing uphill, or in a traffic jam.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
When on a hill, it may require more
accelerator input to release.
u The Parking Brake and Brake System
indicator (red) goes off.
You can release the parking brake automatically when:
• You are wearing the driver’s seat belt.
• The engine is running.
• The transmission is not in
(P or (N.
1Parking Brake
If the parking brake cannot be released
automatically, release it manually.
When the vehicle is traveling uphill, the accelerator
pedal may need to be pressed farther to
automatically release the electric parking brake.
The parking brake cannot be released automatically
while the following indicators are on:
• Malfunction indicator lamp
• Transmission system indicator
The parking brake may not be released automatically
while the following indicators are on:
• Parking brake and brake system indicator (amber)
• VSA® system indicator
• ABS indicator
• Supplemental restraint system indicator
Accelerator Pedal
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 547 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuBrakinguBrake System
548
Driving
■
Activating and deactivating the automatic parking brake feature
With the power mode in ON, carry out the following steps to either activate or
deactivate the automatic parking brake feature.
1. Put the transmission into
(P.
2. Without depressing the brake pedal, press and release the parking brake switch.
u Check that the Parking Brake and Brake System indicator (red) has come on.
3. Press and hold the parking brake switch. When you hear a beeping sound, release
the switch and within 3 seconds press and hold the switch again.
4. When you hear a sound indicating that the procedure is completed, release the
switch.
u Two beeps indicates that the feature has been activated.
u One beep indicates that the feature has been deactivated.
u When you have completed activating the feature, the parking brake will
remain applied after you turn off the engine.
u To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the Parking Brake and
Brake System indicator (red) is on.
If you need to temporarily deactivate the feature while putting your vehicle through
a conveyor type car wash or when having your vehicle towed. You can follow the
procedure explained below.
1. Depress the brake pedal and bring the vehicle to a stop.
2. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF and then within 2 seconds pull up the
parking brake switch.
u Activation and deactivation settings for the feature will not be affected.
u Before temporarily deactivating the feature, make sure to first turn off both
ACC with Low Speed Follow and the automatic brake hold system.
u To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the Parking Brake and
Brake System indicator (red) is on.
1Parking Brake
In cold climates, the parking brake may freeze in
place if applied.
When parking the vehicle, chock the wheels and
make sure the automatic parking brake feature is
deactivated.
Also, when putting your vehicle through a conveyor-
type car wash or when having your vehicle towed,
deactivate the automatic parking brake feature and
leave the parking brake released.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 548 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
549
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. The brake assist system
increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an
emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering
control when braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 554
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 553
■
Foot Brake
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear
indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates
that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an
occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply
the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by
high frequency vibration of the brake pads against
the rotating brake disc.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your
foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a
lower gear.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
Whenever the brakes are activated by CMBS
TM
or
another system that automatically controls braking,
the brake pedal is depressed and released in
accordance with braking function.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 549 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuBrakinguBrake System
550
Driving
Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is
pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at
traffic lights and in heavy traffic.
■
Automatic Brake Hold
1Automatic Brake Hold
3
WARNING
Activating the automatic brake hold system
on steep hills or slippery roads may still
allow the vehicle to move if you remove
your foot from the brake pedal.
If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may
cause a crash resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never activate the automatic brake hold
system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from
moving when stopped on a steep hill or
slippery roads.
3
WARNING
Using the automatic brake hold system to
park the vehicle may result in the vehicle
unexpectedly moving.
If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may
cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never leave the vehicle when braking is
temporarily kept by automatic brake hold
and always park the vehicle by putting the
transmission in
(P
and applying the parking
brake.
■
Turning on the system
Fasten your seat belt
properly, then start the
engine. Press the
automatic brake hold
button.
●
The automatic brake
hold system indicator
comes on. The system
is turned on.
■
Activating the system
Depress the brake pedal
to come to a complete
stop. The transmission
must not be in
(P or (R.
●
The automatic brake
hold system indicator
changes to the
automatic brake hold
indicator. Braking is
kept for up to 10
minutes.
●
Release the brake
pedal after the
automatic brake hold
indicator comes on.
■
Canceling the system
Depress the accelerator
pedal while the
transmission is in a
position other than
(P
or
(N. The system is
canceled and the vehicle
starts to move.
●
The automatic brake
hold indicator changes
to the automatic
brake hold system
indicator. The system
continues to be on.
Accelerator
Pedal
Brake
Pedal
Automatic
Brake Hold
Button
Comes On Changes to Changes to
U.S.
Canada
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 550 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
551
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
■
The system automatically cancels when:
• You engage the parking brake.
• You depress the brake pedal and put the transmission into
(P or (R.
■
The system automatically cancels and the parking brake is applied when:
• Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
• The engine is turned off.
• There is a problem with automatic brake hold system.
1Automatic Brake Hold
While the system is activated, you can turn off the
engine or park the vehicle through the same
procedure as you normally do.
2 When Stopped P. 555
Whether the system is on, or the system is activated,
the automatic brake hold turns off once the engine is
off.
You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves
while the automatic brake hold system is in
operation.
3
WARNING
When using the automatic brake hold,
keep your foot on the brake pedal until the
automatic brake hold indicator comes on.
If the vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may
cause a crash resulting in serious injury or
death.
Release your foot from the brake pedal
after the automatic brake hold indicator
comes on.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 551 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuBrakinguBrake System
552
Driving
■
Turning off the automatic brake hold system
While the system is on, press the automatic
brake hold button again.
u The automatic brake hold system
indicator goes off.
If you want to turn off automatic brake hold
while the system is in operation, press the
automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.
1Turning off the automatic brake hold system
Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold
system before using an automated car wash.
Automatic Brake
Hold Button
Goes
Off
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 552 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
553
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Driving
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you can.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.”
■
ABS operation
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Depress the brake
pedal and keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to
press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel
the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on:
• Wet or snow covered roads.
• Roads paved with stone.
• Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
■
ABS
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE
The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of
the incorrect size or type.
If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there
may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking will not be affected, there is a
possibility that the ABS will not be operating. Have
your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing
the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is
designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to
skidding and loss of steering control.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS:
•
You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,
such as gravel or snow.
•
The tires are equipped with tire chains.
The following may be observed with the ABS system:
•
Motor sounds coming from the engine
compartment when the brakes are applied, or
when system checks are being performed after the
engine has been started and while the vehicle
accelerates.
•
Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when
ABS activates.
These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS
systems and are no cause for concern.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 553 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
554
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System
Driving
Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
■
Brake assist system operation
Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 554 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
555
Continued
Driving
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly and come to a complete stop.
2. With the brake pedal depressed, press the electric parking brake switch slowly,
but fully.
3. Change the shift position to
(P.
u Do not release the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on
the shift position indicator.
4. Turn off the engine.
u The Parking Brake and Brake System indicator (red) goes off in about 30
seconds.
Always set the parking brake, in particular if you are parked on an incline.
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that
(P
is shown
on the gear position indicator.
1When Stopped
NOTICE
The following can damage the transmission:
•
Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
•
Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
•
Changing to (P before the vehicle stops
completely.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 555 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped
556
Driving
1When Stopped
In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake
may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are
expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if
parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so
they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the
slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from
moving. If you do not take either precaution, the
vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 556 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
557
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
Continued
Driving
Parking Sensor System
*
The corner and center sensors monitor obstacles around your vehicle, and the
beeper, multi-information display and audio/information screen let you know the
approximate distance between your vehicle and the obstacle.
■
The sensor location and range
1Parking Sensor System
*
Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is
no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.
The system may not work properly when:
•
The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud, or
dirt.
•
The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather.
•
There is something nearby that emits ultrasonic
waves or high frequency sounds.
•
Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
•
Any accessories have been put on or around the
sensors.
The system may not detect these obstacles:
•
Thin or low objects.
•
Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,
or sponge.
•
Objects directly under the bumper.
The system may falsely detect obstacles in the
following situations:
•
The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass,
bumps, or a hill.
•
When close to other vehicles with sonar sensors or
other objects that emit ultrasonic waves.
•
There is splashing water near the sensors due to
heavy rains, etc.
Within about 24 in (60 cm) or less
Front Corner Sensors
Rear Corner Sensors
Rear Center Sensors
Front: Within about 39 in (100 cm) or less
Rear: Within about 43 in (110 cm) or less
Front Center Sensors
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 557 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
558
Driving
■
Parking sensor system on and off
With the power mode in ON, press the
parking sensor system button to turn on or off
the system. The indicator in the button comes
on when the system is on.
The front center and front corner sensors start
to detect an obstacle when the transmission is
in any position other than
(Por (R, and the
vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
The front corner, rear center and rear corner
sensors start to detect an obstacle when the
transmission is in
(R, and the vehicle speed is
less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
1Parking Sensor System
*
Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.
uIf you put any accessories (such as a towing hitch
or bicycle rack) on or around the rear sensors, the
system may activate if it detects these accessories as
an obstacle. In this case, turn off the rear sensor.
2 Turning off All Rear Sensors P. 560
1Parking sensor system on and off
When you set the power mode to ON, the system will
be in the previously selected condition.
If the rear sensors are turned off when using the
parking sensor system, the Low Speed Braking
Control System will not activate while reversing.
2 Low Speed Braking Control
*
P. 497
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 558 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
559
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
Continued
Driving
■
When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles becomes shorter
*1: At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles.
Interval between
beeps
Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle
Indicator
Multi-Information Display
Audio/information Screen
Corner Sensors Center Sensors
Moderate —
Rear: About 43-24 in
(110-60 cm)
Front: About 39-24 in
(100-60 cm)
Blinks in Yellow
*1
Short
About 24-18 in
(60-45 cm)
About 24-18 in
(60-45 cm)
Blinks in Amber
Very short
About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm)
About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm)
Continuous
About 14 in
(35 cm) or less
About 14 in
(35 cm) or less
Blinks in Red
Multi-Information Display
Indicators light
up where the
sensor detects
an obstacle.
Audio/information screen
Models with multi-view rear camera system
Indicators light up where the
sensor detects an obstacle.
Models with surround view camera system
Indicators light up where the
sensor detects an obstacle.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 559 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
560
Driving
To deactivate the rear sensors, please take the following steps:
1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated.
u The indicator in the button turns off.
2. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
3. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON.
4. Keep pressing the button for 10 seconds. Release the button when the indicator
in the button flashes.
u The beeper sounds once.
5. While the indicator is flashing, press the button again. The indicator in the button
turns off.
u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off. They will remain
turned off until manually turned back on again. To turn the rear sensors on
again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds three times when the
rear sensors come back on.
■
Turning off All Rear Sensors
1Turning off All Rear Sensors
When you shift to
(R, the indicator in the parking
sensor system button blinks as a reminder that the
rear sensors have been turned off.
If the rear sensors are turned off when using the
parking sensor system, the Low Speed Braking
Control System will not activate while reversing.
2 Low Speed Braking Control
*
P. 497
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 560 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
561
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
Continued
Driving
Cross Traffic Monitor
Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts
you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.
The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.
1Cross Traffic Monitor
The parking sensor system’s alerting buzzer overrides
the Cross Traffic Monitor buzzer when the sensors
are detecting obstacles at the closest range.
3
CAUTION
Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all
approaching vehicles and may not detect
an approaching vehicle at all.
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
back up the vehicle before doing so may
result in a collision.
Do not solely rely on the system when
reversing; always also use your mirrors, and
look behind and to the sides of your vehicle
before reversing.
Models with Parking Sensor System
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 561 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
562
Driving
The system activates when:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The Cross Traffic Monitor is turned on.
2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 564
• The transmission is in (R.
• Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or
lower.
When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor
alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.
The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your
vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly
behind your vehicle.
The system does not provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your
vehicle, and it may alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects.
■
How the System Works
1Cross Traffic Monitor
Cross traffic monitor may not detect or may delay
alerting an approaching vehicle, or may alert without
an approaching vehicle under the following
conditions:
•
An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,
near your vehicle’s rear bumper, is blocking the
radar sensor’s scope.
•
Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph
(5 km/h) or higher.
•
A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than
between about 6 mph (10 km/h) and 16 mph (25
km/h).
•
The system picks up external interference such as
other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong
radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.
•
Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with
snow, ice, mud or dirt.
•
When there is bad weather.
•
Your vehicle is on an incline.
•
Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear.
•
Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a
vehicle, and so on.
The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly
repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper
corner area clean.
Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels
or stickers of any kind.
Radar sensors:
Underneath the rear bumper
corners
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 562 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
563
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
Driving
An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the audio/information
screen.
■
When the System Detects a Vehicle
1When the System Detects a Vehicle
If the on the lower right changes to in amber
when the gear position is in
(R, mud, snow or ice,
etc. may have accumulated in the vicinity of the
sensor. The system is temporarily canceled. Check the
bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly
clean the area if necessary.
If the comes on when the gear position is in
(R,
there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic
Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
If the display remains the same with the transmission
in
(R, there may be a problem with the rear camera
system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system.
Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
Wide View Normal View
Arrow Icon
Top Down View
Models with multi-view rear camera system
Models with surround view camera system
Arrow Icon
Rear Wide View Rear Ground View
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 563 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
564
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
Driving
You can switch the system on and off using
the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 359
The system can also be turned on and off on
the audio/information screen by pressing the
Cross Traffic Monitor icon.
■
Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off
Cross Traffic Monitor Icon
Models with multi-view rear camera
system
Models with surround view camera
system
Cross Traffic Monitor Icon
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 564 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
565
Continued
Driving
Multi-View Rear Camera
*
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view.
The display automatically changes to the rear view when the transmission is put into
(R.
■
Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
If the rear camera lens is covered with dirt or
moisture, activate the rearview camera washer
*
or
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
2 Rear Wiper/Washer P. 206
Guidelines appear when you put the transmission
into
(R.
You can change the Guidelines setting.
2 Customized Features P. 359
Off: Guidelines do not appear.
Fixed: Fixed Guidelines appear.
Dynamic: Guidelines that move according to the
steering wheel direction appear.
Both: Fixed guidelines and dynamic guidelines
appear.
Guidelines
Bumper
Camera
Approx. 20 inches
(50 cm)
Tailgate Open Range
Approx. 39 inches
(1 m)
Wide View Mode
Normal View Mode
Top Down View Mode
Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)
Tailgate Open Range
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 565 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
566
uuMulti-View Rear Camera
*
uAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera
Driving
You can view three different camera modes on the rearview display. Swipe to
highlight the view mode icon and click the A-zone touchpad to change the mode.
2 True Touchpad Interface P. 261
: Wide view mode
: Normal view mode
: Top down view mode
• If the last used viewing mode was Wide or Normal view mode, the same mode is
selected the next time you put the transmission into
(R.
• If Top down view mode was last used before you turned the power mode to OFF,
Wide View mode is selected next time you set the power mode to ON and put the
transmission into
(R.
• If Top down view mode was last used more than 10 seconds after you change
from (R, Wide View mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into
(R.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 566 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
567
Driving
Surround View Camera System
*
Is a four camera system that views areas commonly known as “blind spots” from
different angles, then displays the images on the audio/information screen. This
system can be used to:
• Check for obstacles when you are moving in
(R.
2 Using the Surround View Camera System P. 571
• Check the right and left sides of the vehicle while crossing at intersections with
poor visibility (obstructed view, etc.).
2 Checking from the front wide view at intersections P. 573
• Check for obstacles in front of the vehicle when parking or maneuvering in
confined areas.
2 Checking the sides of your vehicle P. 573
1Surround View Camera System
*
3
WARNING
Failure to visually assess the area around
the vehicle (directly or by use of the
mirrors) may result in a crash causing
serious injury or death.
The areas shown in the surround view
camera system display are limited. The
display may not show all pedestrians or
other objects around your vehicle.
Do not solely rely only on the surround
view camera system display to assess
whether it is safe to move your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Failure to pay proper attention to your
surroundings while driving may result in a
crash causing serious injury or death.
To help mitigate the chances of a collision,
only look at the surround view camera
system display when it is safe to do so.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 567 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
568
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
Driving
Displaying an Image From the Surround View
Cameras
■
For frontal views:
Press the CAMERA button when the vehicle is
stationary or moving at 12 mph (20 km/h) or
slower. Press the button again to switch
camera views.
■
For rear reviews:
Change the gear position to
(R when the
vehicle is stationary. Press the CAMERA
button to switch to rear view mode.
You can customize the display setting.
2 Customized Features P. 359
1Surround View Camera System
*
The surround view camera system does not eliminate
all blind spots. The system is for your convenience
only.
Always keep the camera lenses clean and free from
debris.
If the rear camera lens is covered with dirt or
moisture, activate the rearview camera washer or use
a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of
debris.
2 Rear Wiper/Washer P. 206
CAMERA
Button
1Displaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
The navigation system is disabled when the gear
position is in
(R.
Pressing the (home) or (back) button while
the surround view camera system screen is displayed
cancels the front view screen of the surround view
camera system.
If you press the CAMERA button while the vehicle
speed is more than 16 mph (25 km/h), the standby
screen appears.
When the vehicle speed is reduced below 12 mph (20
km/h), the screen switches to a surround view camera
system image.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 568 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
569
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
Continued
Driving
■
Camera Locations and Images
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 569 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
570
Driving
Following can be displayed when the system is on.
Guidelines: Help you to get a sense of a distance between your vehicle and the rear
surroundings. The distance may appear differently than the actual distance.
Projection lines: Indicate vehicle direction while the steering wheel is in the current
position.
■
Reference Lines and Guides
1Reference Lines and Guides
The positions/distances indicated by the guidelines
and camera views on the display may differ from the
actual positions/distances due to the changes in the
vehicle height, road conditions, and other factors.
The guidelines should be used as a reference only.
The guidelines can be turned on and off using the
audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 359
If you turn the guidelines off, they remain off until
you turn them back on.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 570 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
571
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
Driving
■
Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle
The display automatically changes to the rear view when the gear position is
changed to
(R.
■
Using the Surround View Camera System
1Using the Surround View Camera System
The ground view can be displayed even with the door
mirrors folded. However, the viewable angle and
blind spot change.
Do not refer to the surround view camera system
when the door mirrors are folded.
FoldedNot folded
Rear Wide View Rear Ground View
When the
steering wheel
is turned more
than 90
degrees.
The projection lines
appear approx. 10
inches (25 cm) outside
the vehicle body.
Blind spots
appear in
black.
Press the CAMERA
button.
Approximate distances
the guidelines indicate
Approximate distances the
projection lines indicate
39 inches
(1 m)
20 inches
(50 cm)
39 inches
(1 m)
Ground View Icon
Click the ground
view icon.
1Checking for Obstacles at the Back of Your Vehicle
When changing the gear position from/to
(R, you
may experience a delay in switching between the
audio/information screen and a rear view image.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 571 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
572
Driving
■
Checking for the sides of your vehicle
You can display the front ground view screen using all the four cameras for the
system. Pressing the CAMERA button when the vehicle speed is at below 12 mph
(20 km/h) changes the image as follows.
1Checking for the sides of your vehicle
If the vehicle speed exceeds 16 mph (25 km/h) while
the front or side view image from the multi-view
camera is displayed, the screen automatically
switches to the audio/information screen.
0 mph (0 km/h)
Down Up
Camera Screen
Audio/Information
Screen
16 mph (25 km/h)
Front Ground View Front Wide ViewAudio/Information Screen
Approximate distance
the reference line
indicates.
Press the CAMERA
button.
approx. 3 feet (1 m)
Blind spots appear
in black.
Click the ground
view icon.
Ground View Icon
Side View + Ground View Side View
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 572 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
573
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
Driving
■
Checking from the front wide view at intersections
The front wide view screen is useful when you need to check for vehicles crossing
from either direction at an intersection with poor visibility.
■
Checking the sides of your vehicle
The side view screens are convenient when you pull over at a curb or tollbooth, or
slowly pass by oncoming vehicles on a narrow road.
1Checking from the front wide view at intersections
The front wide view image is a wide-angled view. The
displayed image will be largely distorted, and objects
may appear closer or more distant than they actually
are.
The angle provided
by the front wide
view screen is 180
degrees.
Front Wide View Screen
When the vehicle speed is below 12 mph (20 km/h),
press the CAMERA button and touch the ground
view icon.
Ground View Icon
1Checking the sides of your vehicle
When the door mirrors are folded, the side views
cannot be displayed.
12 inches
(30 cm)
Approximate distance
the projection lines
indicate is 12 inches
(30 cm) from the
vehicle.
Side Views
The images from the side cameras.
12 inches
(30 cm)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 573 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
574
uuSurround View Camera System
*
uDisplaying an Image From the Surround View Cameras
Driving
The system may not work properly under the following conditions.
■
Surround View Camera System Limitations
Conditions Solutions
The images may not
appear clearly when:
●
You activate the system in bad weather (heavy rain,
snow, fog, etc.) or in the dark.
●
Camera temperatures are high.
●
A sudden change between light and dark such as an
entrance or exit of a tunnel.
●
You drive into the sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk.)
Do not use the surround view camera system but rely
only on visual confirmation until the conditions allow
the system to work properly.
●
A camera lens is covered with dirt, moisture, or
debris.
●
A camera lens is scratched.
Clean rear camera lenses with the rearview camera
washer or a soft cloth moisturized with water, mild
detergent or glass cleaner.
2 Rear Wiper/Washer P. 206
The audio/information screen is dirty. Wipe off the screen using a soft dry cloth.
A camera angle is
altered.
A camera or the area around the camera has been
severely impacted.
Do not use the surround view camera system and
contact a dealer.
An error message is displayed while the surround view camera system is in use.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 574 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
575
Driving
Refueling
Fuel Information
■
Fuel recommendation
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the
engine and will result in decreased engine performance.
Use of a gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.
■
Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid buildup of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com In
Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more
information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
■
Fuel tank capacity: 17.1 US gal (64.7 L)
Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher
1Fuel Information
NOTICE
We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service. Some
gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as
ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 575 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
576
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Driving
How to Refuel
Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel filler cap. You can insert the filler nozzle
directly into the filler neck. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler
nozzle.
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the engine.
3. Unlock the driver’s door using the master
door lock switch.
u The fuel fill door on the outer side of the
vehicle will unlock.
2 Using the Master Door Lock Switch
P. 171
4. Press and release the area indicated by the
arrow to release the fuel fill door. You will
hear a click and the lid will open slightly.
5. Manually pull the fuel fill door to a fully
open position.
1How to Refuel
The fuel filler opening is designed to accept only
service station filler nozzles for refueling. Use of
smaller diameter tubes (e.g., those used to siphon
fuel for other uses) or other non-service station
devices can damage the area in and around the filler
opening.
Use the master door lock switch to unlock the fuel fill
door.
The vehicle doors and fuel fill door automatically
relock if the remote unlock function is used. This can
be deactivated by briefly opening then closing the
driver’s door.
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flames away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Press
Fuel Fill Door
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 576 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
577
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Driving
6. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the
lower part of filler opening, then insert it
slowly and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the filler
nozzle goes down along with the filler
pipe.
u Keep the filler nozzle level.
u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically.
u If you do not fill up the tank to full,
always add a minimum of 3.5 US gal
(13.3 L) of fuel.
u After filling, wait about five seconds
before removing the filler nozzle.
7. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1How to Refuel
If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump’s fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.
If you repeatedly fill the tank with less than the
specified minimum amount of fuel, the malfunction
indicator lamp may come on. If this happens, have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
P. 688
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 577 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
578
Driving
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions
Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO
2
Emissions
Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO
2
emissions is dependent on several
factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and
vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the
rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
multi-information display.
• Use engine oil with the viscosity recommended.
2 Recommended Engine Oil P. 595
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle’s underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
■
Maintenance and Fuel Economy
1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO
2
Emissions
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test.
For more information on how this test is performed,
please visit https://www.nrcan.gc.ca and search for
“fuel consumption testing” in the search field at the
top of the page.
Miles driven
Gallons of
fuel
Miles per
Gallon
100 Liter
Kilometers L per 100 km
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 578 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
579
Driving
Turbo Engine Vehicle
Handling Precautions
The turbocharger is a high-precision device to obtain greater horsepower by
delivering a large volume of compressed air into the engine using a turbine driven by
the engine’s exhaust gas pressure.
• When the engine is cold just after starting, avoid revving the engine or sudden
acceleration.
• Always replace the engine oil and engine oil filter according to the Maintenance
Minder. The turbine rotates at very high speeds over 100,000 rpm and its
temperature reaches over 1,292°F (700°C). It is lubricated and cooled by engine
oil. If you fail to replace the engine oil and filter at the scheduled distance or
interval, deteriorated engine oil may cause failure such as sticking and abnormal
noise of the turbine bearing.
1Turbo Engine Vehicle
The scheduled maintenance intervals for replacing
the filter is indicated on the multi-information
display. Follow the information of when to replace
them.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 585
The temperature gauge pointer is at the mark
when you restart the engine after driving under high
load conditions such as at high speed or in hilly
terrain. This is normal. The gauge goes down after
you idle or drive the vehicle for about one minute.
H
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 579 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
580
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 580 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
This page intentionally left blank.
581
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 582
Safety When Performing Maintenance..583
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ........................................... 584
Maintenance Minder
TM
..................... 585
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 592
Opening the Hood ........................... 593
Engine Compartment Cover............. 594
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 595
Oil Check......................................... 596
Adding Engine Oil............................ 597
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter .. 598
Engine Coolant................................ 600
Transmission Fluid............................ 602
Brake Fluid....................................... 603
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 604
Replacing Light Bulbs....................... 605
Checking and Maintaining Wiper
Blades .......................................... 609
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 614
Tire and Loading Information Label .. 615
Tire Labeling .................................... 615
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 617
Wear Indicators ............................... 619
Tire Service Life................................ 619
Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 620
Tire Rotation.................................... 621
Winter Tires ..................................... 622
Battery............................................... 623
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Remote Battery .......... 625
Climate Control System Maintenance
..627
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 629
Exterior Care.................................... 632
Accessories and Modifications ........ 636
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 581 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
582
Maintenance
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and
inspection information.
■
Routine inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.
2 Maintenance P. 26
■
Periodic inspections
• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Checking the Brake Fluid P. 603
• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 614
• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 605
• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 609
■
Types of Inspection and Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the multi-information display.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 589
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.acura.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 700
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 582 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
583
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance
Maintenance
Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given
task.
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or
compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.
u Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated.
■
Maintenance Safety
■
Vehicle Safety
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3
WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner’s manual.
3
WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner’s manual.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 583 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
584
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
Maintenance
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same
high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.
1Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
NOTICE
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 584 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
585
Maintenance
Maintenance Minder
TM
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear on the multi-information display every time you set the power mode to ON.
The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your
vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 585 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
586
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
To Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the
engine oil, appear on the multi-information display.
You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the right selector wheel until the content is displayed.
3. Roll the right selector wheel until the Maintenance screen is displayed. The
engine oil life appears on the multi-information display along with maintenance
items due soon.
■
Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you
can view on the multi-information display.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 589
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 100 to 91
90 90 to 81
80 80 to 71
70 70 to 61
60 60 to 51
50 50 to 41
40 40 to 31
30 30 to 21
20 20 to 16
15 15 to 11
10 10 to 6
5 5 to 1
00
Right Selector Wheel
Remaining Engine Oil Life
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 586 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
587
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
■
Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information
Display
Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information
—
When you select the Maintenance
screen, it displays codes for
maintenance items due at the next
engine oil change, along with the
percentage of engine oil life
remaining.
—
Maintenance Due Soon 15% The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6
percent. Once you switch the display
by rolling the right selector wheel, this
message will go off.
The engine oil is approaching the end
of its service life, and the maintenance
items should be inspected and serviced
soon.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 587 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
588
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
The maintenance minder indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance message.
Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information
Maintenance Due Now 5% The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1
percent. Roll the right selector wheel
to switch to another display.
The engine oil has almost reached the
end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be
inspected and serviced as soon as
possible.
Maintenance Past Due Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has
passed its service life, and a negative
distance appears after driving over 10
miles (U.S. models) or 10 km
(Canadian models). Roll the right
selector wheel to switch to another
display.
The engine oil life has passed.
The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced immediately.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 588 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
589
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
■
Maintenance Service Items
Maintenance Minder Message
Main
Item
Sub
Items
Maintenance Minder Indicator
System Message Indicator
U.S. models
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 589 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
590
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
Canadian models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 590 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
591
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
Reset the maintenance minder information display if you have performed the
maintenance service.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the right selector wheel until the content is displayed.
3. Roll the right selector wheel until the Maintenance screen is displayed.
4. Press and hold the right selector wheel for about 10 seconds to enter the reset mode.
5. Roll the right selector wheel to select a maintenance item to reset, or to select All
Due Items (You can also press the right selector wheel to the left to end the
process).
6. Press the right selector wheel to reset the selected item.
7. Repeat from step 4 for other items you wish to reset.
■
Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE
Failure to reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display
after a maintenance service results in the system
showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can
lead to serious mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display after completing the required maintenance
service. If someone other than a dealer performs
maintenance service, reset the Maintenance
Minder
TM
display yourself.
You can also reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display
using the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 359
Right Selector Wheel
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 591 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
592
Maintenance
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)
Engine Coolant
Reserve Tank
Radiator Cap
Washer Fluid
(Black Cap)
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Battery
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 592 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
593
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood
Maintenance
Opening the Hood
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
driver’s side lower corner of the dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.
3. Push the hood latch lever (located under
the front edge of the hood to the center) to
the side and raise the hood. Once you have
raised the hood slightly, you can release the
lever.
4. Lift the hood up most of the way.
u The hydraulic supports will lift it up the
rest of the way and hold it up.
When closing, lower it to approximately
12 inches (30 cm), then press down firmly with
your hands.
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE
Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised. The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in
possible damage to the hood and/or the wipers.
NOTICE
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop
function is activated.
Hood Release Handle
Pull
Lever
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 593 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
594
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Compartment Cover
Maintenance
Engine Compartment Cover
The component parts in the engine compartment are protected by a cover.
You may need to remove the cover when you perform certain maintenance work.
Pull up on the engine compartment cover carefully until all pins are removed from
their grommets.
Remove the Engine Compartment Cover
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 594 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
595
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil
Maintenance
Recommended Engine Oil
Use a genuine engine oil or another commercial engine oil of suitable type and
viscosity (for the ambient temperature) as shown in the image that follows.
Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s performance and longevity. If you drive
the vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil, the engine may fail or be damaged.
*1:Formulated to improve fuel economy.
■
Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.
Genuine Engine Oil Commercial Engine Oil
●
Acura Genuine Motor Oil
●
API service SN or higher grade fuel-
efficient oil
●
API Certification Mark “Starburst”
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.
The following seal indicates the oil is energy
conserving and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Ambient Temperature
Ambient Temperature
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 595 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
596
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
Maintenance
Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the
oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil, being careful not to overfill.
Lower Mark
Upper Mark
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 596 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
597
uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil
Maintenance
Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
1Adding Engine Oil
NOTICE
Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil may result in leaks and
engine damage.
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil
may damage the engine compartment components.
Engine Oil
Fill Cap
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 597 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
598
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Maintenance
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine’s lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multi-
information display.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the slotted head screws by
turning 90° counterclockwise on the
undercarriage and remove the under
cover.
4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE
You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
Screw
Under Cover
Drain Bolt
Washer
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 598 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
599
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Maintenance
5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the filter gasket.
8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
29 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
9. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter):
5.0 US qt (4.8 L)
10. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and
start the engine.
11. Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
12. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,
and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.
Oil Filter
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 599 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
600
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
Maintenance
Engine Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.
u If the coolant level is below the MIN
mark, add the specified coolant until it
reaches the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
■
Reserve Tank
1Engine Coolant
NOTICE
Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
temperatures as low as about -31°F (-35°C). If your
vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures
below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the
coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for
details.
If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in
corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction
or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled
with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.
Reserve Tank
MAX MIN
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 600 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
601
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
Maintenance
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Remove the engine compartment cover.
2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 594
3. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn counter-
clockwise and relieve any pressure in the
cooling system.
4. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
5. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
6. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
■
Radiator
1Radiator
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Radiator Cap
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 601 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
602
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
Maintenance
Transmission Fluid
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself.
■
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Acura ATF-type 2.0
1Automatic Transmission Fluid
NOTICE
Do not mix Acura ATF-type 2.0 with other
transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-type
2.0 may adversely affect the operation and durability
of your vehicle’s transmission, and damage the
transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Acura ATF-type 2.0 is not covered
by Acura’s new vehicle limited warranty.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 602 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
603
uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid
Maintenance
Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reserve
tank.
Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
■
Checking the Brake Fluid
1Brake Fluid
NOTICE
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn
brake pads as soon as possible.
Brake Reserve Tank
MIN
MAX
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 603 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
604
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid
Maintenance
Refilling Window Washer Fluid
Open the cap and check the amount of window washer fluid.
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.
If the washer fluid is low, a message appears
on the multi-information display.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.
Use only commercially available windshield washer
fluid.
Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime
scale buildup.
Cap
Canadian models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 604 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
605
Maintenance
Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlights
Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.
Front Turn Signal, Parking/Chicane
TM
Daytime
Running and Front Side Marker Lights
Front turn signal, parking/daytime running and front side marker lights are LED type.
Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Fog Lights
*
Fog lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights
Door mirror side turn lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect
and replace the light assembly.
1Headlights
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have
the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 605 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
606
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the cover by prying on the edge
using a flat-tip screwdriver.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. Use a Phillips-head screwdriver to remove
the bolts.
3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W (PY21W Amber/Silver)
Cover
Bolts
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 606 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
607
uuReplacing Light BulbsuChicane
TM
Taillights, Brake and Rear Side Marker Lights
Maintenance
4. Turn the socket counterclockwise and
remove it.
5. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Chicane
TM
Taillights, Brake and Rear Side Marker
Lights
Taillights, brake and rear side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura
dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Bulb
Socket
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 607 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
608
uuReplacing Light BulbsuChicane
TM
Taillights/Brake and Back-Up Lights
Maintenance
Chicane
TM
Taillights/Brake and Back-Up Lights
Taillights/brake and back-up lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer
inspect and replace the light assembly.
Rear License Plate Light
Rear license plate light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
High-Mount Brake Light
High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
Puddle Lights
*
Puddle lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 608 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
609
Continued
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks, become noisy, and
the hard surfaces of the blade may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
2. While holding the wiper switch in the MIST
position, set the power mode to ON, then
to VEHICLE OFF.
u Both wiper arms are set to the
maintenance position as shown in the
image.
3. Lift both wiper arms.
1Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
When lifting the wiper arms, always follow the
instructions to move them into the maintenance
position.
The wiper arms may be damaged if they are moved
manually.
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it
may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 609 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
610
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
4. Press up on and hold the tab, then slide
the holder off the wiper arm.
5. Pull the end of the wiper blade in the
direction of the arrow in the image until it
is out of the holder’s end cap.
6. Pull the wiper blade in the opposite
direction to slide it out of the holder.
Tab
Holder
Wiper Arm
Wiper
Blade
End cap at
the bottom
Wiper Blade
Holder
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 610 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
611
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
7. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade
onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert
the blade all the way.
8. Install the end of the wiper blade into the
cap.
9. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm until it
locks.
10. Lower both wiper arms.
11. Set the power mode to ON and hold the
wiper switch in the MIST position until
both wiper arms return to the standard
position.
Holder
Wiper
Blade
Cap
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 611 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
612
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Raise the wiper arm off.
2. Slide the wiper blade out from the end with
the indent.
3. Remove the retainers from wiper blade and
mount to a new rubber blade.
1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm, it may damage the
rear window.
Blade
Retainer
Rubber
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 612 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
613
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
4. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder.
u Make sure it is engaged correctly, then
install the wiper blade assembly onto the
wiper arm.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 613 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
614
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
■
Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare
*
. Even tires in good condition can lose 1–2 psi (10–20
kPa, 0.1–0.2 kgf/cm
2
) per month.
■
Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.
Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 619
• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm
2
) higher than if
checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.
3
WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 614 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
615
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label
Continued
Maintenance
Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Tire Labeling
The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described as shown.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a
The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b
The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c
The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare.
d
The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.
Label
Example
Example
Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)
Maximum
Tire Load
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size
■
Tire Sizes
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
P235/60 R18 102T
P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle).
235: Tire width in millimeters.
60: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
18: Rim diameter in inches.
102: Load index (a numerical code associated with
the maximum load the tire can carry).
T: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 615 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling
616
Maintenance
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
■
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
■
Glossary of Tire Terminology
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 616 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
617
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Continued
Maintenance
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
■
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
■
Treadwear
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 617 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
618
Maintenance
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
■
Traction
■
Temperature
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 618 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
619
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators
Maintenance
Wear Indicators
The groove where the wear indicator is
located is about 1/16 inch (about 1.6 mm)
shallower than elsewhere on the tire. If the
tread has worn so that the indicator is
exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.
Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare
*
, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 619 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
620
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement
Maintenance
Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and
Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®) system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
Whenever you have a tire replaced or reset, make sure that the rubber valve stem is
replaced and that the TPMS sensor is transferred from the old valve stem to the new
one.
If you replace a wheel, make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the
original wheels.
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3
WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 620 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
621
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation
Maintenance
Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the multi-information
display helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.
■
Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
■
Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Front
Rotation Mark
Front
Front
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 621 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
622
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires
Maintenance
Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires,
or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when
driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
• Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.
Cable-type: QCC Cobra 1046
1Winter Tires
NOTICE
Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.
3
WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 622 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
623
Maintenance
Battery
Checking the Battery
The condition of the battery is monitored by a
sensor located on the negative terminal of the
battery. If there is a problem with this sensor,
the multi-information display will display a
warning message. If this happens, have your
vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Check the battery terminals for corrosion
monthly.
If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Audio System Theft Protection P. 257
• The clock resets.
2 Clock P. 154
• The immobilizer system needs to be reset.
2 Immobilizer System Indicator P. 99
1Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Consult a dealer for more information.
3
WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.
Battery
Canadian models only
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 623 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
624
uuBatteryuCharging the AGM Battery
Maintenance
Charging the AGM Battery
AGM labeled batteries like those installed in your vehicle require a compatible
charger to be properly charged. Damage to the battery can result if the battery is
charged improperly or with the wrong equipment. For more information on how to
charge your vehicle’s AGM battery, consult a dealer.
1Battery
The battery installed in this vehicle is specifically
designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop.
Using a battery other than this specified type may
shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop
from activating. If you need to replace the battery,
make sure to select the specified type and size. Ask a
dealer for more details.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 624 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
625
Continued
Maintenance
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Remote Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip
screwdriver to remove the cover.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
1Replacing the Remote Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
3
WARNING
CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD
The battery that powers the remote
transmitter can cause severe internal burns
and can even lead to death if swallowed.
Keep new and used batteries away from
children.
If you suspect that a child has swallowed
the battery, seek medical attention
immediately.
Models without two-way keyless remote
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
Cover
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 625 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Remote Battery
626
Maintenance
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip
screwdriver to remove the cover.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
Models with two-way keyless remote
1Replacing the Remote Battery
NOTICE
The Remote transmitter is equipped with two
batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin
button battery and an integral non-replaceable
rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage
to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032
battery every three to four years.
Models with two-way keyless remote
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
Cover
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 626 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
627
Maintenance
Climate Control System Maintenance
Air Conditioning
To ensure proper and safe operation, the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE
J2845) recommends that the refrigerant system only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
Never repair or replace the air conditioning evaporator (cooling coil) with one
removed from a used or salvaged vehicle.
New replacement mobile air conditioning evaporators must be certified (and
labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842.
1Climate Control System Maintenance
NOTICE
Vented refrigerant is harmful to the environment.
To avoid refrigerant from venting, never replace the
evaporator with one removed from a used or
salvaged vehicle.
Refrigerant in your vehicle’s air conditioning system is
flammable and can be ignited during servicing if
proper procedures are not followed.
The air conditioner label is found under the hood:
2 Safety Labels P. 78
2 Specifications P. 690
Canadian models
Caution
Flammable
Refrigerant
Requires Registered
Technician to Service
Air Conditioning
System
:
:
:
:
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 627 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
628
uuClimate Control System MaintenanceuDust and Pollen Filter
Maintenance
Dust and Pollen Filter
The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance Minder
TM
messages will let
you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the climate control system
deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
contact a dealer for replacement.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 628 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
629
Continued
Maintenance
Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
■
Cleaning Seat Belts
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle.
Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if
liquids are splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may
cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside
the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
away using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
Opening
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 629 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuCleaninguInterior Care
630
Maintenance
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
The driver’s floor mat hooks over floor
anchors, which keep the mat from sliding
forward.
Do not put any additional floor mats on
top of the anchored mat.
■
Cleaning the Window
■
Floor Mats
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.
Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass
cleaner, on or around the cover of both the electrical
components around the rearview mirror.
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position any rear seat floor mats properly. If not
properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere with
the front seat functions.
Lock
Unlock
Example
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 630 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
631
uuCleaninguInterior Care
Maintenance
To properly clean leather:
1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust.
2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90%
water and 10% neutral soap.
3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth.
4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.
■
Maintaining Genuine Leather
1Maintaining Genuine Leather
It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as
soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting
in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the
leather. In addition, please note that some dark
colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats
resulting in discoloration or stains.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 631 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
632
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches
on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you
find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
■
Washing the Vehicle
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can
cause a malfunction.
Lock the doors when washing the vehicle.
Do not spray water onto the fuel fill door directly. A
high-pressure spray may cause it to open.
Do not spray water onto the capless unit when the
fuel fill door is open. It can cause damage to the fuel
system or engine.
If you need to lift the wiper arms away from the
windshield, first set the wiper arms to the
maintenance position.
2 Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
P. 609
Air Intake Vents
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 632 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
633
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
• Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.
• Fold in the door mirrors.
• For models equipped with automatic intermittent wipers, turn the wipers off.
• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.
• Do not spray water directly onto the camera or the area around it. Water may
enter the lens and cause the camera to malfunction.
■
Using an Automated Car Wash
■
Using High Pressure Cleaners
1Using an Automated Car Wash
When using an automated car wash that pulls the
vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure vehicle is
in car wash mode.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in
(N
position [car wash mode] P. 455
Always wash the vehicle by hand with a mild car
wash detergent and plenty of water.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 633 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuCleaninguExterior Care
634
Maintenance
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
■
Applying Wax
■
Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
■
Cleaning the Window
1Applying Wax
NOTICE
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe
away spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 634 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
635
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent
to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals
(including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish
on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish,
the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains,
wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet.
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
■
Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
■
Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 635 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
636
Maintenance
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
• Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows.
Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the
vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags
deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 678
• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
• It is recommended to use genuine Acura roof bicycle racks for carrying bicycles.
Do not install load-carrying (strap-type) accessory racks to the tailgate, as they
may interfere with normal operation, which may result in damage to the tailgate.
1Accessories and Modifications
Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 636 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
637
uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications
Maintenance
Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or
reliability, or install non-genuine Acura parts or accessories that may have a similar
effect.
Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance.
Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not
make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle
to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.
The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle
is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other
devices that Acura has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely
affect the vehicle's electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly
resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.
Do not modify or attempt to repair any of the electrical components.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 637 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
638
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 638 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
This page intentionally left blank.
639
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools .................................................. 640
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire......................... 641
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 649
Handling of the Jack......................... 663
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine........................ 664
If the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak ...665
Emergency Engine Stop ................... 666
Vehicles with a compact spare tire
Vehicles with temporary tire repair kit
Models with temporary tire repair kit
If the Battery Is Dead
Jump Starting Procedure .................. 667
Overheating ...................................... 669
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Engine Oil Pressure Low Warning
Appears............................................. 671
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On ..672
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 672
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On or Blinks .......................................673
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator Comes On ........................... 674
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake
System Indicator (Amber) Comes On .....675
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 676
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks
along with the Warning Message.... 677
Fuses.................................................. 678
Emergency Towing........................... 685
If You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
.. 686
If You Cannot Open the Tailgate .... 687
Refueling........................................... 688
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 639 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
640
Handling the Unexpected
Tools
Types of Tools
1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in the cargo area.
Wheel Nut Wrench/
Jack Handle
Jack
Jack Handle Bar
Vehicles with a compact spare tire
Vehicles with temporary tire repair kit
Funnel
Funnel
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 640 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
641
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact
spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or
replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Change the gear position to
(P.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
Vehicles with a compact spare tire
1Changing a Flat Tire
Follow compact spare precautions:
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model. Do not use them with
another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact
spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire,
as it can damage the tire pressure sensor.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 641 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
642
Handling the Unexpected
1. Push the rear edge of the handle on the
floor lid and open the lid.
2. Push the tabs to open the tool box lid.
3. Take the jack, wheel nut wrench, and jack
handle bar out of the tool box.
■
Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
1Changing a Flat Tire
NOTICE
Do not use the jack if it doesn’t work properly. Call
your dealer or a professional towing service.
The wheel nut wrench supplied with your vehicle is
specially adapted to fit the holder shaft. Do not use
any other tool.
Handle
Tool Box Lid
Tab
Tool Box
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 642 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
643
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
4. Remove the cover and the rubber plug on
the cargo area lining to access the shaft
for the spare tire hoist.
5. Put the wheel nut wrench with the jack
handle bar on the hoist shaft.
Turn the wrench to the left to lower the
spare tire to the ground.
6. Keep turning the wheel nut wrench to
create slack in the cable.
7. Remove the bracket from the spare tire.
Cover
Rubber plug
Jack Handle Bar
Wheel Nut Wrench
Bracket
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 643 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
644
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
8. Place a wheel block or rock in front and
rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
9. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side
up) under the vehicle body, near the tire
that needs to be replaced.
10. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.
Wheel
Blocks
The tire to be replaced.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 644 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
645
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.
2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in
the image until the top of the jack contacts
the jacking point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.
■
How to Set Up the Jack
1How to Set Up the Jack
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
may not fit the jacking point.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely:
•
Do not use while the engine is running.
•
Use only where the ground is firm and level.
•
Use only at the jacking points.
•
Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
•
Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and never get under the vehicle
when it is supported only by the jack.
Jack
Handle Bar
Wheel Nut Wrench as Jack Handle
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 645 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
646
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop
rotating.
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around
tightening the nuts two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
80 lbf∙ft (108 N∙m, 11 kgf∙m)
■
Replacing the Flat Tire
1Replacing the Flat Tire
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 646 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
647
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Put the flat tire in the storage bag provided
with your vehicle.
u The storage bag is in the tool box.
2. Knot the top of the storage bag.
3. Securely put the jack, jack handle bar, and
wheel nut wrench back in the tool box.
4. Bore through the bag, and pass the holding
belt through the hole of the bag and the
wheel of the flat tire as shown.
5. Place the flat tire in the cargo area, and
thread the belt through the tie-down
anchor as shown.
6. Pass the belt through the ring, and tighten
the belt to secure the flat tire in place.
■
Storing the Flat Tire
1Storing the Flat Tire
3
WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely
before driving.
Belt
Tie-down Anchor
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 647 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
648
Handling the Unexpected
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), Tire
Pressure Monitor System Problem. Check Tire Pressure. See Your Dealer will
appear on the multi-information display and the indicator will start blinking for a
short time and then stay on; however, this is normal and is no cause for concern.
If you replace the tire with a full-size tire, the warning message on the multi-
information display and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few
miles (kilometers).
■
TPMS and the Compact Spare Tire
1TPMS and the Compact Spare Tire
The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare
tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure
that it is correct.
Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with
a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind
the valve stem.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 648 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
649
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the
vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can
use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station
for a more permanent repair.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking
brake.
2. Change the gear position to
(P.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
Vehicles with temporary tire repair kit
1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
The kit should not be used in the following situations.
Instead, contact a dealer or roadside assistance to
have the vehicle towed.
•
The tire sealant has expired.
•
More than one tire is punctured.
•
The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4.8 mm).
•
The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
outside the contact area.
•
Damage has been caused by driving with the tire
extremely under inflated.
•
The tire bead is no longer seated.
•
The rim is damaged.
Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the
tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be
able to repair the puncture using the kit.
Contact Area
When the puncture is: Kit Use
Smaller than 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) Yes
Larger than 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) No
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 649 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
650
Handling the Unexpected
1. Push the rear edge of the handle on the
floor lid and open the lid.
■
Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
NOTICE
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the
one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If
a different agent is used, you may permanently
damage the tire pressure sensor.
1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Repair notification label and speed restriction label
are applied to the side of the temporary tire repair kit.
When making a temporary repair, carefully read the
instruction manual provided with the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
Pressure Gauge
Instruction Manual
REPAIR
AIR
Power Plug
Sealant/Air Hose
Inflator Switch
Selector Knob
Repair Notification Label Speed Restriction Label
Handle
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 650 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
651
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
2. Push the tabs to open the tool box lid.
3. Take the kit out of the tool box.
4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
Tool Box Lid
Tab
Tire Repair Kit
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 651 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
652
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve
stem.
2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the
packaging.
3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
■
Injecting Sealant and Air
1Injecting Sealant and Air
In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily.
In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before
using.
The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other
materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away
any spills immediately.
3
CAUTION
Tire sealant contains substances that are
harmful if inhaled, ingested or if contact is
made with the eyes or skin.
Always use in a well-ventilated area and
use gloves and safety glasses for protection;
do not ingest.
For skin or eye contact, flush with cool
water; if ingested, rinse mouth with water.
In all cases, seek medical attention if
necessary.
Tire Valve Stem
Valve Cap
Sealant/Air Hose
Tire Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 652 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
653
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory
power socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
u Do not plug any other electric devices
into other accessory power sockets.
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 239
5. Start the engine.
2 Starting the Engine P. 443
u Keep the engine running while injecting
sealant and air.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 77
6. Turn the selector switch to REPAIR.
1Injecting Sealant and Air
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure
shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than
actual. After the sealant injection is complete the
pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the
tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately
measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air
compressor off only after the sealant injection is
complete.
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid buildup of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
REPAIR
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 653 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
654
Handling the Unexpected
7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the
compressor.
u The compressor starts injecting sealant
and air into the tire.
u When the sealant injection is complete
continue to add air.
8.
After the air pressure reaches 33 psi (230
kPa), turn off the kit.
After the air pressure reaches 36 psi (250
kPa), turn off the kit.
u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
off the compressor and read the gauge.
9. Unplug the power plug from the accessory
power socket.
10. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
Pressure
Gauge
ON
OFF
Models with 235/55R19 101H tires
Models with 255/45R20 101V tires
1Injecting Sealant and Air
If the required air pressure is not reached within 10
minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for
the kit to provide the necessary seal, and your vehicle
will need to be towed.
See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle
and proper disposal of an empty bottle.
Sealant/Air Hose
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 654 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
655
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
11. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns 0 psi (0 kPa).
12. Apply the repair notification label to the
flat surface of the wheel.
u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.
Pressure Relief Button
Repair Notification Label
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 655 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
656
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Apply the speed restriction label to the
location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes.
u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
4. Recheck the air pressure using the sealant/
air hose on the compressor.
■
Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
Speed Restriction Label
Sealant/Air Hose
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 656 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
657
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
5. Turn the selector switch to AIR.
u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure.
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 660
6. If the air pressure is
• Less than 25 psi (175 kPa):
Do not add air or continue driving. The
leak is too severe. Call for help and have
your vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 685
• 33 psi (230 kPa) or more:
• 36 psi (250 kPa) or more:
Continue driving for another 10 minutes
or until you reach the nearest service
station, whichever is sooner.
Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you
have not reached a service station, stop
and check the tire pressure.
u If the air pressure does not go down
after the 10 minute driving, you do not
need to check the pressure any more.
AIR
ON
Models with 235/55R19 101H tires
Models with 255/45R20 101V tires
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 657 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
658
Handling the Unexpected
• Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less
than 33 psi (230 kPa):
Turn the air compressor on to inflate
the tire until the tire pressure reaches
33 psi (230 kPa).
• Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less
than 36 psi (250 kPa):
Turn the air compressor on to inflate
the tire until the tire pressure reaches
36 psi (250 kPa).
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
P. 660
Then, drive carefully for 10 more minutes
or until you reach the nearest service
station, whichever is sooner. Do not
exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not
reached a service station, stop and check
the tire pressure.
u You should repeat this procedure as
long as the air pressure is within this
range.
7. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
8. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
Models with 235/55R19 101H tires
Models with 255/45R20 101V tires
1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid buildup of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 658 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
659
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
9. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns 0 psi (0 kPa).
10. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 659 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
660
Handling the Unexpected
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire.
1. Open the cargo area floor lid.
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair
the Flat Tire P. 650
2. Push the tabs to open the tool box lid.
3. Remove the kit from the box.
4. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the tire to be inflated, away from traffic.
Do not place the kit on its side.
5. Remove the sealant/air hose from the kit.
6. Remove the valve cap.
7. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
■
Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
Sealant/Air Hose
Valve Cap
Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 660 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Continued
661
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
8. Plug in the kit to the accessory power
socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
u Do not plug any other electronic
devices into other accessory power
sockets.
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 239
9. Start the engine.
2 Starting the Engine P. 443
u Keep the engine running while injecting
air.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 77
10. Turn the selector switch to AIR.
11. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts to inject air into
the tire.
12. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid buildup of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
AIR
ON
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 661 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
662
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
13. Turn off the kit.
u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor.
u If overinflated, press the pressure relief
button.
14. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
15. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
16. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns 0 psi (0 kPa).
17. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 662 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
663
Handling the Unexpected
Handling of the Jack
Your vehicle has jacking points as shown.
When replacing your tires, consult a dealer.
Models with temporary tire repair kit
Jacking Points
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 663 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
664
Handling the Unexpected
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine
If the engine does not start, check the starter.
If you cannot start the engine after checking all the items in the list above, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.
2 If the Battery Is Dead P. 667
Starter condition Checklist
Starter doesn’t turn or turns
over slowly.
The battery may be dead. Check
each of the items on the right and
respond accordingly.
Check for a message on the multi-information display.
●
If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears
2 If the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak P. 665
uMake sure the keyless remote is in its operating range.
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button P. 193
Check the fuses.
Check all fuses, or have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 684
The starter turns over normally
but the engine doesn’t start.
There may be a problem with a
fuse. Check each of the items on
the right and respond accordingly.
Review the engine start procedure.
Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again.
2 Starting the Engine P. 443
Check the immobilizer system indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.
2 Immobilizer System P. 183
2 Immobilizer System Indicator P. 99
Check the fuel level.
There should be enough fuel in the tank.
2 Fuel Gauge P. 136
Check the fuses.
Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 684
If the problem continues:
2 Emergency Towing P. 685
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 664 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
665
uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak
Handling the Unexpected
If the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak
If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears on the multi-information display, the ENGINE START/STOP button flashes,
and the engine won’t start, start the engine as follows:
1. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
u The beeper sounds and the ENGINE
START/STOP button flashes for about
30 seconds.
2. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the A logo on the keyless
remote while the ENGINE START/STOP
button is flashing. The buttons on the
keyless remote should be facing you.
u The beeper sounds, and the ENGINE
START/STOP button stays on for about
10 seconds.
3. Depress the brake pedal and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button while the
ENGINE START/STOP button is on.
u The engine starts.
u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 665 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
666
uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Engine Stop
The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an
emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the
following operations:
• Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds.
• Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times.
The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables
the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will
require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use
both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a
safe place.
The gear position automatically changes to
(P after the vehicle comes to a complete
stop. Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.
1Emergency Engine Stop
NOTICE
Do not press the ENGINE START/STOP button while
driving unless it is absolutely necessary for the engine
to be turned off.
If you press the ENGINE START/STOP button while
driving, the beeper sounds.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 666 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
667
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
If the Battery Is Dead
Jump Starting Procedure
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine,
then open the hood.
1. Open the fuse box cover on your vehicle’s
12-volt battery positive + terminal.
2. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle’s battery + terminal.
3. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
u Use a 12-volt booster battery only.
u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery,
select a lower charging voltage than 15-
volt. Check the charger manual for the
proper setting.
4. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.
1If the Battery Is Dead
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the engine vibrates. Be careful
not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the cable
ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.
3
WARNING
A battery can explode if you do not follow
the correct procedure, seriously injuring
anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the battery.
Positive Battery
Terminal Cover
Booster Battery
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 667 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
668
uuIf the Battery Is DeaduJump Starting Procedure
Handling the Unexpected
5. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the engine mounting bolt
as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable
to any other part.
6. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
7. Attempt to start your vehicle’s engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
Once your vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -
terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
■
What to Do After the Engine Starts
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 668 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
669
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The temperature gauge is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses power.
• Engine Temperature Too Hot. Do Not Drive. Allow Engine To Cool.
message appears on the multi-information display.
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.
■
First thing to do
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then, open the hood.
1How to Handle Overheating
NOTICE
Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge at
the mark may damage the engine.
3
WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
H
H
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 669 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
670
Handling the Unexpected
■
Next thing to do
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature
gauge goes down.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.
■
Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge.
If the temperature gauge has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone down,
contact a dealer for repairs.
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
Continuing to drive with the Engine Temperature
Too Hot. Do Not Drive. Allow Engine To Cool.
message on the multi-information display may
damage the engine.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Reserve Tank
MAX MIN
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 670 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
671
Handling the Unexpected
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Engine Oil Pressure Low Warning Appears
■
Reasons for the warning to appear
Appears when the engine oil pressure is low.
■
What to do as soon as the warning
appears
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level
ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights
on.
■
What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for
approximately three minutes.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
u Add oil as necessary.
2 Oil Check P. 596
3. Start the engine and check the Engine Oil
Pressure Low warning.
u The warning disappears: Start driving
again.
u The warning does not disappear within
10 seconds: Immediately stop the engine
and contact a dealer for repairs.
1If the Engine Oil Pressure Low Warning Appears
NOTICE
Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 671 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
672
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Charging System Indicator Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
■
Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when there is a problem with the charging system.
■
What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop in a safe place and have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■
Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink
• Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■
What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■
What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge
the battery.
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 672 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
673
uu
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
u
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or
Blinks
■
Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■
What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.
■
Reasons for the indicator to blink
• There is a problem with the electric parking brake system.
■
What to do when the indicator blinks
• Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a
dealer immediately.
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator (red) and ABS indicator
come on simultaneously, the electronic brake
distribution system is not working. This can result in
vehicle instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) blinks at the same
time when the Brake System Indicator (Amber) comes
on, the parking brake may not work.
Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On or Blinks at the Same Time When the
Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
P. 675
U.S.
Canada
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 673 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
674
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes On
■
Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system.
■
What to do when the indicator comes on
• Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
• If Do Not Drive displays on the multi-information display,
immediately stop in a safe place and contact a dealer.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 674 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
675
uu
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
u
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or
Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System
Indicator (Amber) Comes On
■
If the brake system indicator (red) comes on or blinks at the
same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on,
release the parking brake manually or automatically
2 Parking Brake P. 545
• If the brake system indicator (red) continuously comes on or blinks at
the same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on,
stop the vehicle in a safe place and have it inspected by a dealer
immediately.
u To prevent the vehicle from moving, put the transmission into
(P.
• If only the brake system indicator (red) is turned off, avoid using the
parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
1
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same
Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
If you apply the parking brake, you may not be able
to release it.
If the brake system indicator (red) and the brake
system indicator (amber) come on at the same time,
the parking brake is working.
If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same
time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes
on, the parking brake may not work because it is
checking the system.
If you repeatedly operate the electric parking brake in
a short period of time, the brake stops operating to
prevent heating of the system and the indicator
blinks.
It returns to its original state in approximately 1
minute.
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 675 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
676
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks
■
Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low.
If there is a problem with the TPMS, the indicator blinks for about one
minute, and then stays on.
If the compact spare tire
*
is installed, the indicator will either come on or
it will first blink for about one minute, then stay on.
■
What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
If the compact spare tire
*
causes the indicator to come on, change the
tire to a full-size tire.
■
What to do when the indicator blinks
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire
*
causes the indicator to first blink, and then stay on, change
the tire to a full-size tire. The indicator goes off after driving for a few
miles (kilometers).
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
TPMS with Tire Fill Assist provides visual and audible
assistance during tire pressure adjustment. With the
power mode in ON and transmission in
(P, while you
adjust tire pressure up or down, the system alerts you
as follows:
Below recommended pressure: The beeper
sounds and exterior lights flash once every five
seconds.
At recommended pressure: The beeper sounds
and exterior lights flash rapidly for three seconds with
five seconds intervals.
Above recommended pressure: The beeper
sounds and lights flash twice every two seconds.
When a certain amount of time has passed since
activation, Tire Fill Assist will be canceled until you set
the power mode to OFF.
You cannot use Tire Fill Assist if the engine was
started by the remote engine start, or if there is a
malfunction in the system.
If Tire Fill Assist does not work, use a tire pressure
gauge.
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 676 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
677
uu
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
u
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message
Handling the Unexpected
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along
with the Warning Message
■
Reasons for the indicator to blink
The transmission is malfunctioning.
■
What to do when the indicator blinks
• Immediately have your vehicle inspected by
a dealer.
• Change the gear position to
(N after
starting the engine.
u Check if the (N position in the
instrument panel and the indicator on
the
(N button light/blink.
u The engine cannot be turned on unless
the parking brake is set.
2 Starting the Engine P. 443
1If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the
Warning Message
You may not be able to start the engine.
Make sure to set the parking brake when parking
your vehicle.
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow
your vehicle.
2 Emergency Towing P. 685
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 677 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
678
Handling the Unexpected
Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working, set
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF and check
to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
Located near the battery. Push the tabs to
open the box.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse
Box Type A
Tab
■
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 − −
2− −
3 IG1 VBSOL2 10 A
4 IG1 RR WIPER 10 A
5 IG1 VSA 10 A
6 HTR MTR 40 A
7 DBW 15 A
8TCU 15 A
9 FI MAIN 15 A
10 STARTER CUT 30 A
11 INJ 20 A
12 HAZARD 15 A
13 TCU 2 10 A
14 TCU 3 10 A
15 FET MODULE 20 A
16 SUB FAN 30 A
17 HORN 15 A
18 BACK UP 10 A
19 STOP 7.5 A
20 FET MODULE 20 A
21 VBU 10 A
22 FRT DEICER
*
15 A
23 IG COIL 15 A
24 WASHER 15 A
25 MAIN FAN 30 A
26 STRLD 7.5 A
27 IGPS 10 A
28 − −
29 R H/L LO 10 A
30 L H/L LO 10 A
31 VBACT 10 A
32 IGPS (LAF) 10 A
33 − −
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 678 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
679
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
Located near the battery. Push the tabs to
open the box.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse
Box Type B
Tab
■
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1
− (50 A)
ABS/VSA MTR 40 A
F/B MAIN 2 50 A
F/B MAIN 60 A
ABS VSA FSR 40 A
WIPER 30 A
IDLE STOP 30 A
IDLE STOP 30 A
2 − −
3 − −
44WD
*
(30 A)
5 IG MAIN 2 20 A
6 IG MAIN 30 A
7 − −
8 DR P/SEAT 3 30 A
9 EBB 40 A
10 TRL SMALL
*
(7.5 A)
*1:Models without seat ventilator
*2:Models with seat ventilator
11 PTG CLOSER MTR 20 A
12 RR ACC SOCKET (20 A)
13 DR P/SEAT 1 30 A
14 AS P/SEAT 2 30 A
15 AS P/SEAT 1 30 A
16 RR DEF 40 A
17 AMP
30 A
*1
40 A
*2
18 SUNSHADE 20 A
19 DR P/SEAT 2 30 A
20 AS P/SEAT 3 30 A
21 SBW 10 A
22 TRL HAZARD
*
(7.5 A)
23 BMS 10 A
24 PTG MTR 40 A
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 679 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
680
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located near the + terminal on the battery.
Remove the cover on the + terminal (as
shown).
Replacement of this fuse should be done by
a dealer.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse
Box Type C
Positive Battery
Terminal Cover
■
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
a MAIN 150 A
b − 70 A
c R/B 1 70 A
d R/B 2 70 A
e EPS 70 A
f FET 60 A
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 680 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
681
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the side panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
■
Interior Fuse Box Type A
Fuse Label
Fuse Box
AB
■
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 BACK-UP LIGHT 10 A
2 STARTER MOTOR 10 A
3 OPTION 10 A
4 − −
5 − −
6 − (10 A)
7 − −
8 − −
9 IG1 R/B 15 A
10 DR REAR DOOR LOCK 10 A
11 DR DOOR LOCK 10 A
12 AS SIDE DOOR LOCK 10 A
13 AS SIDE DOOR UNLOCK 10 A
14 DR DOOR UNLOCK 10 A
15 OPTION 2 10 A
16 SMART 10 A
17
SUNROOF
20 A
18
HEATED STRG WHEEL
*
(10 A)
19 REAR LEFT P/W 20 A
20 SRS 10 A
21 FUEL PUMP 20 A
22 FRONT ACC SOCKET 20 A
23 LEFT H/L HI 10 A
24 RIGHT H/L HI 10 A
25 DRIVER P/W 20 A
26 DR REAR DOOR UNLOCK 10 A
27 ACCESSORY 10 A
28 PASS SRS IND 10 A
29 PDM 10 A
30 ADS
*
(15 A)
31 REAR RIGHT P/W 20 A
32 − −
33 TRANSMISSION 10 A
34 ACG 10 A
35 DRL 10 A
36 A/C 10 A
37 AUDIO 15 A
38 DOOR LOCK 20 A
39 AS P/W 20 A
A REAR SEAT HEATER
*
20 A
B − −
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 681 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
682
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the side panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
■
Interior Fuse Box Type B
Fuse Label
Fuse Box
■
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
A METER 10 A
B VSA 10 A
C OPTION 10 A
D BCM 10 A
E AUDIO 20 A
F BACKUP 10 A
G ACCESSORY (10 A)
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 682 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
683
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located inside the driver’s side outer panel.
Replacement of this fuse should be done by
a dealer.
■
Interior Fuse Box Type C
Fuse Box C
■
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 − −
2 − −
3 A/C MG CL 10 A
4 − −
5 FR H/SEAT 20 A
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 683 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
684
uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses
Handling the Unexpected
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF. Turn
headlights and all accessories off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.
3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with
the fuse puller and replace it with a new
one.
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE
Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Use the charts to locate the fuse in question and
confirm the specified amperage on the fuse label.
2 Fuse Locations P. 678
Replace a fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
There is a fuse puller on the back of the cover of the
engine compartment fuse box type A.
Combined
Fuse
Blown Fuse
Fuse Puller
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 684 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
685
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
■
Flatbed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the best way to transport your vehicle.
■
Wheel lift equipment
The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off
the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to
tow your vehicle.
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle’s weight.
Make sure the parking brake is released. If you
cannot release the parking brake, your vehicle must
be transported by the flatbed equipment.
2 Parking Brake P. 545
NOTICE
Improper towing such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous, since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.
2WD models
All models
2WD models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 685 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
686
Handling the Unexpected
If You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure.
1. Open the tailgate.
2. Push the tabs to open the cover on the left
side of cargo area.
3. Pull the release cord toward you.
u The release cord unlocks the fuel fill door
when it is pulled.
■
What to Do If Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
1What to Do If Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the
vehicle checked.
Tab
Tab
Release Cord
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 686 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
687
Handling the Unexpected
If You Cannot Open the Tailgate
If you cannot open the tailgate, use the following procedure.
1. Use a flat-tip screwdriver and remove the
cover on the back of the tailgate.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate
while sliding the lever to the right.
■
What to Do If Unable to Open the Tailgate
1What to Do If Unable to Open the Tailgate
Following up:
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the
vehicle checked.
When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure
there is enough space around the tailgate, and it
does not hit anyone or any object.
Cover
Lever
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 687 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
688
Handling the Unexpected
Refueling
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the fuel fill door.
2 How to Refuel P. 576
3. Take the funnel out of tool box in the cargo
area.
2 Types of Tools P. 640
4. Place the end of the funnel on the lower
part of filler opening, then insert it slowly
and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the funnel
goes down along with the filler pipe.
5. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel
container.
u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any.
6. Remove the funnel from the filler neck.
u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before
storing it.
7. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
NOTICE
Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container
or any funnel other than the one provided with your
vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system.
Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel
tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel
system and its seal.
Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is
gasoline before you refuel.
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flames away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Funnel
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 688 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
689
Information
This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications .................................... 690
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, and Transmission
Number ......................................... 692
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 693
Reporting Safety Defects ................. 694
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 695
Warranty Coverages ........................ 697
Authorized Manuals......................... 700
Client Service Information ............... 701
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 689 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
690
Information
Specifications
■
Vehicle Specifications
■
Air Conditioning
Model RDX
No. of Passengers:
Front 2
Rear 3
Total 5
Weights:
Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Gross Combined
Weight Rating
U.S.: 5,975 lbs (2,710 kg)
Canada: 2,710 kg
Refrigerant Type HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)
Charge Quantity 17.8 – 19.6 oz (505 – 555 g)
Lubricant Type ND-OIL14 (POE)
Quantity 4.27 – 5.19 cu-in (70 – 85 cm
3
)
■
Engine Specifications
■
Fuel
■
Washer Fluid
Displacement 121.76 cu-in (1,996 cm
3
)
Spark Plugs NGK DILKAR8P8SY
Type
Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane
number 91 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 17.1 US gal (64.7 L)
Tank Capacity
U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 L)
Canada: 5.8 US qt (5.5 L)
■
Light Bulbs
Headlights (Low Beam) LED
Headlights (High Beam) LED
Fog Lights
*
LED
Parking/Chicane
TM
Daytime Running Lights LED
Front Turn Signal Lights LED
Side Turn Signal Lights
(on Door Mirrors)
LED
Front Side Marker Lights LED
Brake Lights LED
Rear Side Marker Lights LED
Brake/Chicane
TM
Taillights LED
Chicane
TM
Taillights LED
Back-Up Lights LED
Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W (Amber/Silver)
High-Mount Brake Light LED
Rear License Plate Light LED
Puddle Lights
*
LED
Interior Lights
Front and Rear Map Lights LED
Front and Rear Ambient Lights LED
Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W
Door Pocket Lights
*
LED
Center Pocket Light LED
Door Courtesy Lights 3.4 W
Glove Box Light 1.4 W
Cargo Area Light LED
Door Inner Handle Lights LED
Foot Lights LED
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 690 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
691
uuSpecificationsu
Information
■
Brake Fluid
■
Automatic Transmission Fluid
*1: 2WD models
*2: AWD models
■
Rear Differential Fluid
*
■
Transfer Assembly Fluid
*
Specified Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Specified Acura ATF-type 2.0
Capacity Change
4.5 US qt (4.3 L)
*1
5.1 US qt (4.8 L)
*2
Specified Acura DPSF-II
Capacity Change 1.76 US qt (1.67 L)
Specified Acura HGO-1
Capacity Change 0.61 US qt (0.58 L)
■
Engine Oil
■
Engine Coolant
Recommended
·Acura Genuine Motor Oil 0W-20
·API service SN or higher grade 0W-20
Capacity
Change 4.6 US qt (4.4 L)
Change
including
filter
5.0 US qt (4.8 L)
Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity
1.43 US gal (5.40 L)
(change including the remaining 0.23 US gal
(0.86 L) in the reserve tank)
■
Tire
*1: Models with 19 inch wheel
*2: Models with 20 inch wheel
Regular
Size
235/55R19 101H
*1
255/45R20 101V
*2
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
33 (230 [2.3])
*1
36 (250 [2.5])
*2
Compact
Spare
*
Size T155/90D17 101M
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size
Regular
19 x 8J
*1
20 x 8J
*2
Compact Spare
*
17 x 4T
* Not available on all models
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 691 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
692
Information
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number,
and Transmission Number
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle.
The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number, and transmission number are
shown as follows.
1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and
Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
located under the cover.
Cover
Vehicle Identification Number
Engine Number
Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification Number
Automatic Transmission
Number
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 692 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
693
Information
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
Each radio frequency device installed in the vehicle conforms to the requirements
and standards of the regulation listed below:
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of the device.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 693 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
694
Information
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 694 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
695
Continued
Information
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has readiness code as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.
Some states use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle’s emissions
components are working properly.
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has
gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The
malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the
readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds.
5. Keep the vehicle in
(P. Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there
for about 3 minutes.
6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is
disconnected, and set again only after several days of
driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 695 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
696
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes
Information
7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in
(D. Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without
moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you
cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for
at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 696 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
697
Continued
Information
Warranty Coverages
■
U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered against
rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.
Accessory Limited Warranty – Acura accessories are covered under this warranty.
Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please
read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Acura replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 697 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
698
uuWarranty Coveragesu
Information
Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a
replacement battery purchased from your dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
■
Statement on Warranty Coverage for Aftermarket and Recycled Parts
The Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. s.2301 et seq., makes it illegal for
motor vehicle manufacturers to void a motor vehicle warranty or deny warranty
coverage solely because an aftermarket or recycled part has been used to repair the
vehicle or someone other than the authorized service provider performed service on
the vehicle.
This provision does not apply to a new motor vehicle purchased solely for
commercial or industrial use.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 698 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
699
uuWarranty Coveragesu
Information
Under federal law, a manufacturer may deny warranty coverage and charge for
repairs to a vehicle if it is discovered that an aftermarket or recycled part installed on
the vehicle is defective or was installed incorrectly and caused damage to another
part of the vehicle otherwise covered under warranty.
The Federal Trade Commission requires that a manufacturer demonstrate that an
aftermarket or recycled part or service performed by a person other than an
authorized service provider caused damage to another part of the vehicle otherwise
covered under warranty before denying warranty coverage.
Additionally, federal law allows a manufacturer to void a motor vehicle warranty or
deny warranty coverage if the manufacturer provides the article or service to
consumers free of charge under the warranty or the manufacturer has secured a
waiver from the Federal Trade Commission.
■
Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
■
EPA Contact Information
An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report
violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:
Director,
Light-Duty Vehicle Center,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Attention: Warranty Claim
2000 Traverwood Drive,
Ann Arbor, MI 48105;
[email protected]
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 699 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
700
Information
Authorized Manuals
■
Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.acura.com for pricing and options.
■
For U.S. Owners
Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
■
For Canadian Owners
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 700 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
701
Information
Client Service Information
Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals able to deal with any problems
you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced with a problem that
they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Acura Client Relations/Services.
U.S. Owners
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Acura Client Relations
Mail Stop CHI-4
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: 1 (800) 382-2238
Canadian Owners
Honda Canada Inc.
Acura Client Services
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: [email protected]
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin
Islands
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: 1 (787) 620-7546
In Guam:
Triple J Autogroup
157 S. Marine Corps Drive
Tamuning, GU 96913
(671) 648-2277
1Client Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
•
Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, and Transmission
Number P. 692
•
Date of purchase
•
Odometer reading of your vehicle
•
Your name, address, and telephone number
•
A detailed description of the problem
•
Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 701 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
Index
702
Index
Index
A
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)................... 553
Accessories and Modifications ................. 636
Accessory Power Socket ........................... 239
Acura Integrated Dynamics System......... 459
Dynamic Mode Switch ............................. 460
AcuraLink® ............................................... 419
AcuraWatch
TM
........................................... 483
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow........................... 102, 502
Additives
Coolant ................................................... 600
Engine Oil................................................ 595
Washer.................................................... 604
Additives, Engine Oil................................ 595
Adjusting
Armrest ................................................... 229
Front Seats .............................................. 216
Head Restraints........................................ 225
Mirrors .................................................... 213
Rear Seats................................................ 222
Steering Wheel ........................................ 212
Agile Handling Assist................................ 473
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
System) .................................................... 247
Changing the Mode ................................ 247
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ............................................... 249
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 628
Rear Temperature Control Dial................. 251
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 247
Sensors ................................................... 252
Synchronized Mode................................. 250
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 247
Air Pressure....................................... 615, 691
Airbags........................................................ 46
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 52
After a Collision ........................................ 49
Airbag Care............................................... 63
Front Airbags (SRS).................................... 49
Indicator.............................................. 60, 95
Knee Airbags............................................. 54
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 61
Sensors ..................................................... 46
Side Airbags .............................................. 57
Side Curtain Airbags.................................. 59
AM/FM Radio............................................ 293
Amazon Alexa .......................................... 289
Android Auto
TM
........................................ 327
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 553
Indicator.................................................... 94
Apple CarPlay ........................................... 322
Armrest ..................................................... 229
AT&T Hotspot ........................................... 321
Audio Remote Controls ........................... 258
Audio System............................................ 254
Adjusting the Sound................................ 287
Audio/Information Screen........................ 264
Display Setup .......................................... 288
Error Messages........................................ 332
General Information ................................ 336
Home Screen........................................... 269
How to Update Wirelessly ....................... 281
How to Update with a USB Device .......... 285
iPod ........................................................ 310
Limitations for Manual Operation............ 288
MP3/WMA/AAC ..................................... 313
Reactivating ............................................ 257
Remote Controls..................................... 258
Security Code ......................................... 257
Status Area ............................................. 274
System Updates ...................................... 281
Theft Protection ...................................... 257
True Touchpad Interface ......................... 261
USB Flash Drives.............................. 313, 338
USB Ports................................................ 255
Audio/Information Screen ....................... 264
Authorized Manuals ................................ 700
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................ 172
Auto High-Beam ...................................... 201
Indicator ................................................... 98
Auto Idle Stop .......................................... 464
OFF Button ............................................. 466
Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 550
Indicator ........................................... 85, 550
Automatic Folding Door Mirror.............. 215
Automatic Intermittent Wipers .............. 205
Automatic Lighting.................................. 198
Automatic Transmission .......................... 450
Creeping................................................. 450
Fluid ....................................................... 602
Kickdown ............................................... 450
Operating the Shift Button...................... 453
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 702 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
703
Index
Sequential Shift Mode............................. 457
Shifting................................................... 451
Average Fuel Economy ............................ 141
AWD ......................................................... 474
B
Battery ...................................................... 623
Charging System Indicator ................ 87, 672
If the Battery Is Dead............................... 667
Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ....... 623
Belts (Seat).................................................. 37
Beverage Holders..................................... 235
Blind Spot Information System ............... 479
Bluetooth® Audio..................................... 316
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® ................... 389
Booster Seats (For Children)...................... 76
Brake System ............................................ 545
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 553
Automatic Brake Hold............................. 550
Brake Assist System................................. 554
Fluid ....................................................... 603
Foot Brake .............................................. 549
Indicator ............................... 81, 82, 83, 673
Indicator (Red) ........................................ 675
Parking Brake.......................................... 545
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) ... 208
Built-in Key............................................... 157
Bulb Replacement.................................... 605
Chicane
TM
Taillights, Brake and Rear Side
Marker Lights........................................ 607
Chicane
TM
Taillights/Brake and Back-Up
Lights .................................................... 608
Fog Lights................................................ 605
Front Turn Signal, Parking/Chicane
TM
Daytime Running and Front Side
Marker Lights ...................................... 605
Headlights ............................................... 605
High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 608
Puddle Lights........................................... 608
Rear License Plate Light ........................... 608
Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs .................... 606
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator
Lights .................................................... 605
Bulb Specifications ................................... 690
C
CAMERA Button ....................................... 568
Carbon Monoxide Gas................................ 77
Carrying Cargo.................................. 431, 433
Certification Label .................................... 692
Changing Bulbs......................................... 605
Charging System Indicator................. 87, 672
Chicane
TM
Daytime Running Lights ......... 200
Child Safety................................................. 64
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 171
Child Seat .................................................... 64
Booster Seats............................................. 76
Child Seat for Infants................................. 66
Child Seat for Small Children ..................... 67
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt.................................................. 71
Larger Children ......................................... 75
Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 66
Selecting a Child Seat................................ 68
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 171
Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 632
Cleaning the Interior................................ 629
Client Service Information ....................... 701
Climate Control System............................ 247
Changing the Mode ................................ 247
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows............................................... 249
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 628
Rear Temperature Control Dial ................ 251
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 247
Sensors ................................................... 252
Synchronized Mode................................. 250
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 247
Clock.......................................................... 154
CMBS
TM
(Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
)................................................. 486
Coat Hook................................................. 237
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) ................................................. 486
Compact Spare Tire .......................... 641, 691
Console Compartment ............................. 234
Controls..................................................... 153
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 703 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
704
Index
Coolant (Engine)....................................... 600
Adding to the Radiator ............................ 601
Adding to the Reserve Tank ..................... 600
Overheating............................................. 669
Creeping (Automatic Transmission) ........ 450
Cross Traffic Monitor................................ 561
Cup Holders............................................... 235
Customized Features ................................ 359
D
Dead Battery............................................. 667
Defaulting All the Settings ...................... 385
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows.................................................. 249
Devices that Emit Radio Waves................ 693
Dimming
Headlights ............................................... 197
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 213
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................. 596
Directional Signals (Turn Signal).............. 196
Door Mirrors ............................................. 214
Doors ......................................................... 156
Auto Door Locking .................................. 172
Auto Door Unlocking............................... 172
Keys ........................................................ 156
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside..................................................... 169
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside.................................................. 160
Lockout Prevention System ...................... 167
DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 617
Driving ...................................................... 429
Automatic Transmission .......................... 450
Braking ................................................... 545
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines............... 441
Shifting Gear........................................... 451
Starting the Engine.................................. 443
Driving Position Memory System ............ 210
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 628
Dynamic Mode Switch ............................. 460
E
Electric Parking Brake
Switch..................................................... 545
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator............................................ 95, 674
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............. 471
Emergency ................................................ 685
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes)....... 695
Engine ....................................................... 692
Coolant................................................... 600
If the Battery Is Dead ............................... 667
Oil........................................................... 595
Remote Engine Start................................ 445
Starting ................................................... 443
Engine Compartment Cover .................... 594
Engine Coolant......................................... 600
Adding to the Radiator............................ 601
Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 600
Overheating ............................................ 669
Temperature Gauge................................ 136
Engine Oil................................................. 595
Adding ................................................... 597
Checking ................................................ 596
Displaying Oil Life ................................... 586
Engine Oil Pressure Low Warning............ 671
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 595
ENGINE START/STOP Button.................... 193
EPS (Electric Power Steering) System...... 674
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide).. 77
Exterior Care (Cleaning) .......................... 632
Exterior Mirrors........................................ 214
F
Features .................................................... 253
Filters
Dust and Pollen....................................... 628
Oil .......................................................... 598
Flat Tire............................................. 641, 649
Floor Mats ................................................ 630
Fluids
Automatic Transmission .......................... 602
Brake ...................................................... 603
Engine Coolant ....................................... 600
Windshield Washer ................................. 604
FM/AM Radio ........................................... 293
Fog Lights
Indicator ................................................... 98
Folding Down the Rear Seats.................. 222
Foot Brake ................................................ 549
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 704 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
705
Index
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 49
Front Seats................................................ 216
Adjusting ................................................ 216
Front Sensor Camera ............................... 541
Fuel ..................................................... 23, 575
Economy................................................. 578
Gauge .................................................... 136
Instant Fuel Economy .............................. 141
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 94
Range ..................................................... 141
Recommendation.................................... 575
Refueling ................................................ 575
Fuel Economy ........................................... 578
Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 23, 576
Fuses ......................................................... 678
Inspecting and Changing ........................ 684
Locations ................................ 678, 681, 682
G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy................................................. 578
Gauge .................................................... 136
Information............................................. 575
Instant Fuel Economy .............................. 141
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 94
Refueling ................................................ 575
Gauges...................................................... 136
Gear Position Indicator...................... 87, 453
Glass (care) ............................................... 634
Glove Box ................................................. 233
H
Handling of the Jack ................................ 663
Handling the Unexpected ........................ 639
HandsFreeLink® (HFL)............................... 389
Automatic Import of Phone Contacts and
Call History ............................................ 400
Automatic Transferring ............................ 399
Displaying Messages................................ 412
Favorite Contacts..................................... 401
HFL Buttons............................................. 389
HFL Menus .............................................. 393
HFL Status Display ................................... 391
In Case of Emergency .............................. 423
Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 392
Making a Call .......................................... 402
Options During a Call .............................. 406
Phone Setup............................................ 395
Receiving a Call ....................................... 405
Receiving a Text Message ........................ 410
Ring Tone................................................ 399
Selecting a Phone .................................... 411
To Set Up a Text Message Options........... 409
Hazard Warning Button............................... 6
HD Radio
TM
................................................ 296
Head Restraints......................................... 225
Headlights................................................. 197
Auto High-Beam System.......................... 201
Automatic Operation............................... 198
Dimming ......................................... 197, 200
Operating ................................................ 197
Head-Up Display ....................................... 148
Heated Steering Wheel............................ 244
Heaters (Seat) ........................................... 245
HFL (HandsFreeLink®)............................... 389
High Beam Indicator .................................. 98
Hill Start Assist System ............................. 448
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver............ 386
Honda App License Agreement .............. 339
I
Identification Numbers ............................ 692
Engine and Transmission ......................... 692
Vehicle Identification ............................... 692
Illumination Control................................. 208
Knob....................................................... 208
Immobilizer System .................................. 183
Indicator.................................................... 99
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 705 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
706
Index
Indicators..................................................... 80
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (Amber)............................ 102
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow (White/Green) ... 102, 503
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................... 94
Auto High-Beam........................................ 98
Auto Idle Stop (Green) ............................... 90
Auto Idle Stop OFF..................................... 90
Auto Idle Stop Suspend ................. 90, 91, 92
Auto Idle Stop System (Amber) .................. 90
Automatic Brake Hold........................ 85, 550
Automatic Brake Hold System............ 85, 550
Charging System ............................... 87, 672
Cruise Mode (White/Green) ..................... 101
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System .. 95, 674
Engine Oil Pressure Low Warning............. 671
Fog Light ................................................... 98
Gear Position ............................................. 87
High Beam................................................. 98
Immobilizer System.................................... 99
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
(Amber) ................................................. 102
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
(White/Green) ........................................ 102
Lights On................................................... 98
Low Fuel (Amber) ...................................... 94
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ..................... 97, 676
M (sequential mode) Indicator/Gear
Selection Indicator ................................... 87
Maintenance Minder ............................... 101
Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 86, 672
Parking Brake and Brake System
(Amber)........................................... 83, 675
Parking Brake and Brake
System (Red)...................... 81, 82, 673, 675
Safety Support (Amber) ........... 103, 104, 105
Safety Support (Green/Gray).................... 106
Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 39, 93
Security System Alarm ............................... 99
Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-AWD®)............................................ 101
Supplemental Restraint System............ 60, 95
System Message...................................... 100
Transmission System.......................... 88, 677
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning ............... 98
Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®) OFF .......... 96
Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®)
System ............................................ 96, 471
VSA® OFF ................................................ 472
Information .............................................. 689
Instant Fuel Economy............................... 141
Instrument Panel ........................................ 79
Brightness Control................................... 208
Interior Lights ........................................... 230
Interior Rearview Mirror.......................... 213
iPad ........................................................... 337
iPhone ....................................................... 337
iPod ................................................... 310, 337
J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench)........................ 645
Jump Starting........................................... 667
K
Key Number Tag ...................................... 158
Keyless Access System .............................. 160
Keyless Lockout Prevention..................... 167
Keys........................................................... 156
Lockout Prevention ................................. 167
Number Tag............................................ 158
Rear Door Won’t Open ........................... 171
Remote Transmitter ................................ 165
Two-way Keyless Remote........................ 168
Types and Functions................................ 156
Kickdown (Automatic Transmission) ...... 450
Knee Airbags.............................................. 54
L
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ........ 522
LATCH (Child Seats) ............................. 69, 73
Legal Information .................................... 351
License Information ................................. 354
Lights ................................................ 197, 605
Automatic............................................... 198
Bulb Replacement ................................... 605
Chicane
TM
Daytime Running Lights.......... 200
Fog Lights ............................................... 200
High Beam Indicator ................................. 98
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 706 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
707
Index
Interior.................................................... 230
Light Switches......................................... 197
Lights On Indicator.................................... 98
Turn Signals and Hazard Warning ........... 196
Load Limits ............................................... 433
Locking/Unlocking ................................... 156
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 172
Childproof Door Locks ............................ 171
From Inside ............................................. 169
From Outside .......................................... 160
Keys........................................................ 156
Using a Key............................................. 166
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 167
Low Battery Charge ................................. 672
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 94
Low Speed Braking Control .................... 497
Lower Anchors ..................................... 69, 73
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit)............. 433
Lumbar Support ....................................... 216
M
Maintenance .................................... 142, 581
Battery.................................................... 623
Brake Fluid.............................................. 603
Cleaning ................................................. 629
Climate Control System .......................... 627
Coolant .................................................. 600
Maintenance Minder
TM
............................ 585
Oil .......................................................... 596
Precautions ............................................. 582
Radiator .................................................. 601
Remote Transmitter ......................... 625, 626
Replacing Light Bulbs............................... 605
Safety...................................................... 583
Service Items ........................................... 589
Tires ........................................................ 614
Transmission Fluid ................................... 602
Under the Hood ...................................... 592
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 86, 672
Map Lights ................................................ 231
Maximum Load Limit ............................... 433
Meters, Gauges......................................... 136
Mirrors....................................................... 213
Adjusting................................................. 213
Door........................................................ 214
Exterior.................................................... 214
Interior Rearview ..................................... 213
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 636
MP3 ........................................................... 313
MP3/WMA/AAC ........................................ 313
Multi-Information Display ....................... 137
Switching the Display .............................. 139
Warning and Information Messages ........ 107
Multi-View Rear Camera.......................... 565
N
Navigation ................................................ 141
Numbers (Identification) .......................... 692
O
Odometer ................................................. 137
Off-Highway Driving Guidelines ............. 441
Oil (Engine)............................................... 595
Adding.................................................... 597
Checking................................................. 596
Displaying Oil Life.................................... 586
Engine Oil Pressure Low Warning ............ 671
Recommended Engine Oil ............... 595, 691
Viscosity.......................................... 595, 691
Open Source Licenses............................... 353
Opening/Closing
Hood....................................................... 593
Panoramic Roof....................................... 189
Power Windows...................................... 186
Tailgate ................................................... 173
Outside Temperature Display.................. 137
Overheating.............................................. 669
P
Paddle Shifters (Sequential Shift
Mode)...................................................... 457
Panic Mode ............................................... 185
Panoramic Roof........................................ 189
Parking...................................................... 555
Parking Brake ........................................... 545
Parking Brake and Brake System
Indicator.................................................. 673
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator
(Amber)..................................................... 83
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 707 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
708
Index
Parking Brake and Brake System
Indicator (Red) ............................ 81, 82, 675
Parking Sensor System.............................. 557
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 61
Passing Indicators ..................................... 197
Playing Bluetooth® Audio ........................ 316
Power Tailgate.......................................... 175
Power Windows........................................ 186
Precautions While Driving........................ 449
Driving Guidelines for Your Utility
Vehicle................................................... 449
Rain......................................................... 450
Pregnant Women ....................................... 44
Puncture (Tire) .................................. 641, 649
R
Radar Sensor ............................................. 543
Radiator..................................................... 601
Radio (AM/FM).......................................... 293
Radio (SiriusXM®)...................................... 297
Range ........................................................ 141
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 695
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button...................................................... 207
Rear Seat Reminder .................................. 224
Rear Seats (Folding Down)....................... 222
Rear Temperature Control Dial ............... 251
Rearview Mirror........................................ 213
Refueling........................................... 575, 688
Fuel Gauge .............................................. 136
Gasoline.......................................... 575, 690
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 94
Regulations............................... 477, 617, 693
Remote Engine Start ................................ 445
Remote Transmitter ................................. 165
Replacement
Battery ............................................ 625, 626
Bulbs....................................................... 605
Fuses....................................... 678, 681, 682
Rear Wiper Blade Rubber......................... 612
Tires ........................................................ 620
Wiper Blade Rubber ................................ 609
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 694
Resetting a Trip Meter ............................. 140
Reverse Tilt Door Mirror .......................... 214
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ......... 530
On and Off.............................................. 532
S
Safe Driving ................................................ 31
Safety Check ............................................... 36
Safety Labels............................................... 78
Safety Message............................................. 3
Safety Support.......................................... 146
Seat Belts .................................................... 37
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor.................. 43
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 41
Checking................................................... 45
Fastening .................................................. 42
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt ................................................. 71
Pregnant Women...................................... 44
Reminder .................................................. 39
Warning Indicator ............................... 39, 93
Seat Heaters ............................................. 245
Seat Ventilators........................................ 245
Seats.......................................................... 216
Adjusting ................................................ 216
Front Seats.............................................. 216
Lumbar Support ...................................... 216
Rear Seats............................................... 222
Seat Control Interface ............................. 218
Seat Heaters ................................... 245, 246
Ventilators .............................................. 245
Security System ........................................ 183
Immobilizer System Indicator..................... 99
Security System Alarm Indicator ................ 99
Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 68
Sequential Mode...................................... 457
Setting the Clock...................................... 154
SH-AWD® (Super Handling-All Wheel
Drive
TM
) ................................................... 474
Shift Button........................................ 21, 451
Operation ......................................... 21, 453
Shifting (Transmission) ...................... 21, 451
Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 43
Side Airbags ............................................... 57
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 59
SiriusXM® Radio ....................................... 297
Smart Shortcuts........................................ 278
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 708 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
709
Index
Snow Tires ................................................ 622
Sonar Sensors ........................................... 544
Spare Tire ......................................... 641, 691
Spark Plugs ............................................... 690
Specifications ........................................... 690
Specified Fuel ................................... 575, 690
Speed Limit Information ......................... 138
Speed/Distance Units ............................... 142
Speedometer............................................ 136
Sport Gauge Settings............................... 143
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 49
Starting Assist Brake Function ................ 470
Starting the Engine.................................. 443
Does Not Start ........................................ 664
If the Battery Is Dead............................... 667
Remote Engine Start ............................... 445
Steering Wheel ........................................ 212
Adjusting ................................................ 212
Stopping ................................................... 555
Summer Tires............................................ 622
Sunglasses Holder .................................... 238
Super Handling-All Wheel Drive
TM
(SH-AWD®).............................................. 474
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 49
Surround View Camera System............... 567
Switches (Around the Steering
Wheel) ............................................ 6, 7, 193
Synchronized Mode ................................. 250
System Message Indicator ....................... 100
System Updates........................................ 281
T
Tachometer............................................... 142
Tailgate ..................................................... 173
Unable to Open....................................... 687
Temperature
Gauge ..................................................... 136
Outside Temperature Display ................... 137
Temperature Sensor ......................... 137, 252
Temporary Tire Repair Kit........................ 650
Tie-down Anchors .................................... 237
Time (Setting) ........................................... 154
Tire Fill Assist ............................................ 676
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
with Tire Fill Assist .................................. 475
Indicator............................................ 97, 676
Tire Repair Kit........................................... 649
Tires ........................................................... 614
Air Pressure ..................................... 615, 691
Checking and Maintaining....................... 614
Inspection................................................ 614
Labeling .................................................. 615
Puncture (Flat Tire)........................... 641, 649
Regulations ............................................. 617
Rotation .................................................. 621
Spare Tire ........................................ 641, 691
Summer .................................................. 622
Temporary Tire Repair Kit ........................ 650
Tire Chains .............................................. 622
Tire Repair Kit.......................................... 649
Wear Indicators ....................................... 619
Winter..................................................... 622
Tools.......................................................... 640
Towing a Trailer ....................................... 435
Equipment and Accessories ..................... 437
Load Limits.............................................. 435
Towing Behind a Motorhome................. 440
Emergency .............................................. 685
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
with Tire Fill Assist.................................. 475
Indicator............................................ 97, 676
Traffic Sign Recognition System.............. 535
Transmission ....................................... 21, 451
Automatic......................................... 21, 451
Fluid........................................................ 602
Gear Position Indicator ...................... 87, 453
Indicator.................................................. 677
Number................................................... 692
Sequential Shift Mode ............................. 457
Transmission System
Indicator.................................................... 88
Trip Computer .......................................... 140
Trip Meter................................................. 140
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 709 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
710
Index
Troubleshooting ....................................... 639
Blown Fuse.............................. 678, 681, 682
Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 28
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door .......... 28
Emergency Towing .................................. 685
Engine Won’t Start .................................. 664
Fuel Fill Door............................................ 686
Noise When Braking .................................. 30
Overheating............................................. 669
Puncture/Flat Tire............................. 641, 649
Rear Door Won’t Open ...................... 28, 171
Tailgate ................................................... 687
Warning Indicators .................................... 80
True Touchpad Interface.......................... 261
Turbo Engine Vehicle ............................... 579
Turn Signals............................................... 196
Indicators (Instrument Panel)...................... 98
Turn-by-Turn Directions ........................... 151
Two-way Keyless Remote......................... 168
U
Under-floor Storage Area ........................ 238
Unlocking the Doors................................. 160
Unlocking the Front Doors from the
Inside ................................................. 15, 169
USB Flash Drives................................ 313, 338
USB Ports................................................... 255
V
Vanity Mirrors............................................... 9
Vehicle Identification Number ................ 692
Vehicle Speed ........................................... 151
Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®) .............. 471
Off Button............................................... 472
Off Indicator.............................................. 96
System Indicator................................ 96, 471
Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 595, 691
Voice Control Operation.......................... 290
Voice Portal Screen.................................. 291
Voice Recognition ................................... 290
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
) .............. 471
W
Warning and Information Messages....... 107
Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 671
Warning Labels........................................... 78
Warnings................................................... 142
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately) .............................................. 697
Watts......................................................... 690
Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 619
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 645
Wi-Fi Connection...................................... 319
Window Washers ..................................... 204
Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 604
Switch..................................................... 204
Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 186
Windshield ............................................... 204
Cleaning ................................................. 634
Defrosting/Defogging ............................. 249
Washer Fluid........................................... 604
Wiper Blades........................................... 609
Wipers and Washers ............................... 204
Winter Tires.............................................. 622
Snow Tires .............................................. 622
Tire Chains.............................................. 622
Wipers and Washers ................................ 204
Automatic Intermittent Wipers................ 205
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades..... 609
Front....................................................... 204
Rear........................................................ 206
Wireless Charger ...................................... 240
WMA......................................................... 313
Worn Tires ................................................ 614
23 ACURA RDX-31TJB6410.book 710 ページ ２０２３年５月２３日　火曜日　午前９時５７分
© 2023 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. — All Rights Reserved
Printed in the U.S.A.
mygarage.acura.com (U.S.A.)
acura.ca (Canada)
31TJB641
OM-22782
00X31-TJB-6410
2023 Acura RDX Owner’s Manual